CN110073511B - Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device - Google Patents

Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
CN110073511B
CN110073511B CN201780077274.2A CN201780077274A CN110073511B CN 110073511 B CN110073511 B CN 110073511B CN 201780077274 A CN201780077274 A CN 201780077274A CN 110073511 B CN110073511 B CN 110073511B
Authority
CN
China
Prior art keywords
light
layer
emitting
emitting element
abbreviation
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
CN201780077274.2A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
CN110073511A (en
Inventor
渡部刚吉
濑尾哲史
N.小松
山冈谅平
尾坂晴惠
铃木邦彦
细海俊介
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Original Assignee
Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd filed Critical Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co Ltd
Publication of CN110073511A publication Critical patent/CN110073511A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of CN110073511B publication Critical patent/CN110073511B/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09KMATERIALS FOR MISCELLANEOUS APPLICATIONS, NOT PROVIDED FOR ELSEWHERE
    • C09K11/00Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials
    • C09K11/06Luminescent, e.g. electroluminescent, chemiluminescent materials containing organic luminescent materials
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/611Charge transfer complexes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/654Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom comprising only nitrogen as heteroatom
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K85/00Organic materials used in the body or electrodes of devices covered by this subclass
    • H10K85/60Organic compounds having low molecular weight
    • H10K85/649Aromatic compounds comprising a hetero atom
    • H10K85/657Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons
    • H10K85/6572Polycyclic condensed heteroaromatic hydrocarbons comprising only nitrogen in the heteroaromatic polycondensed ring system, e.g. phenanthroline or carbazole
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/10Triplet emission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/20Delayed fluorescence emission
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K2101/00Properties of the organic materials covered by group H10K85/00
    • H10K2101/90Multiple hosts in the emissive layer
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • H10K50/10OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED]
    • H10K50/11OLEDs or polymer light-emitting diodes [PLED] characterised by the electroluminescent [EL] layers

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Electroluminescent Light Sources (AREA)

Abstract

A light-emitting element having high light-emitting efficiency and high reliability is provided. The light-emitting element includes a light-emitting layer containing a first organic compound and a guest material. The first organic compound has a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole skeleton. In the light-emitting layer, the weight ratio of a hydrocarbon group-substituted product in which at least one hydrogen atom in the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms to the first organic compound is greater than 0 and 0.1 or less.

Description

发光元件、发光装置、电子设备及照明装置Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device

技术领域technical field

本发明的一个实施方式涉及一种新颖的发光元件。本发明的另一个实施方式涉及一种指定杂质被减少的发光元件。本发明的另一个实施方式涉及一种各自包括该发光元件的发光装置、电子设备及照明装置。One embodiment of the present invention relates to a novel light-emitting element. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a light-emitting element in which specified impurities are reduced. Another embodiment of the present invention relates to a light-emitting device, an electronic device, and a lighting device each including the light-emitting element.

注意,本发明的一个实施方式不局限于上述技术领域。本发明的一个实施方式涉及一种物体、方法或制造方法。本发明的一个实施方式涉及一种工艺、机器、产品或组成物。尤其是,本发明的一个实施方式涉及一种半导体装置、发光装置、显示装置、照明装置、发光元件或它们的制造方法。Note that one embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the above technical field. One embodiment of the present invention relates to an object, method or method of manufacture. One embodiment of the present invention relates to a process, machine, product or composition. In particular, one embodiment of the present invention relates to a semiconductor device, a light-emitting device, a display device, a lighting device, a light-emitting element, or a method of manufacturing the same.

背景技术Background technique

包括有机化合物并利用电致发光(EL)的发光元件(有机EL元件)的实用化非常活跃。在这种发光元件的基本结构中,在一对电极之间夹有包含发光材料的有机化合物层(EL层)。通过对该元件施加电压来注入载流子,并且利用该载流子的复合能量,可以从发光材料获得发光。The practical application of a light-emitting element (organic EL element) including an organic compound and utilizing electroluminescence (EL) is very active. In the basic structure of such a light-emitting element, an organic compound layer (EL layer) containing a light-emitting material is sandwiched between a pair of electrodes. By applying a voltage to the element to inject carriers, and utilizing the recombination energy of the carriers, luminescence can be obtained from the light-emitting material.

因为上述发光元件是自发光型发光元件,所以使用该发光元件的显示装置具有如下优点:良好的可见度;不需要背光源;以及低功耗等。并且,该发光元件还具有如下优点:能够被制造得薄且轻;以及高响应速度。Since the above-mentioned light-emitting element is a self-luminous type light-emitting element, a display device using the light-emitting element has the following advantages: good visibility; no need for a backlight; low power consumption, and the like. Also, the light-emitting element has the advantages of being able to be made thin and light; and high response speed.

在是有机EL元件(OLED)的情况下,使用各种有机化合物制造发光元件。因此,各有机化合物的品质很重要,因为有机化合物中的杂质可能影响到发光元件的特性。尤其是,元件的可靠性容易受到杂质的影响。In the case of an organic EL element (OLED), a light-emitting element is produced using various organic compounds. Therefore, the quality of each organic compound is important because impurities in the organic compound may affect the characteristics of the light-emitting element. In particular, the reliability of elements is easily affected by impurities.

因此,为了得到特性良好的发光元件,尤其是具有高可靠性的发光元件,减少杂质是重要的。专利文献1及专利文献2各自公开了通过将包含有机化合物的EL层中的卤素化合物的浓度降低到一定程度以下来提高可靠性的发光元件。Therefore, in order to obtain a light-emitting element with good characteristics, especially a light-emitting element with high reliability, it is important to reduce impurities. Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2 each disclose a light-emitting element in which reliability is improved by reducing the concentration of a halogen compound in an EL layer containing an organic compound to a certain level or less.

[参考文献][references]

[专利文献][Patent Literature]

[专利文献1]国际公开第WO 00/41443号公报[Patent Document 1] International Publication No. WO 00/41443

[专利文献2]日本专利申请公开第2012-174901号公报[Patent Document 2] Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2012-174901

发明内容SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION

已知:有的杂质使发光元件的特性恶化,而有的杂质没有影响到发光元件的特性。因此,重要的是,确定使发光元件的特性恶化的杂质种类。此外,重要的是,确定影响到发光元件的杂质浓度。另外,使发光元件的特性恶化的机理还几乎不明确。It is known that some impurities deteriorate the characteristics of the light-emitting element, and some impurities do not affect the characteristics of the light-emitting element. Therefore, it is important to identify the type of impurities that deteriorate the characteristics of the light-emitting element. Furthermore, it is important to determine the impurity concentration that affects the light-emitting element. In addition, the mechanism for deteriorating the characteristics of the light-emitting element is hardly clear.

鉴于以上所述,本发明的一个实施方式的目的是提供一种新颖的发光元件。尤其是,目的是提供一种具有高可靠性的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式的另一目的是提供一种发光效率良好的发光元件。In view of the above, an object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel light-emitting element. In particular, the object is to provide a light-emitting element with high reliability. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting element with good luminous efficiency.

本发明的一个实施方式的另一目的是提供一种功耗低的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式的另一目的是提供一种新颖的发光装置。本发明的一个实施方式的另一目的是提供一种各自具有高可靠性的发光元件、发光装置及电子设备。本发明的一个实施方式的另一目的是提供一种各自的功耗低的发光元件、发光装置及电子设备。Another object of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting element with low power consumption. Another object of an embodiment of the present invention is to provide a novel lighting device. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting element, a light-emitting device, and an electronic apparatus each of which has high reliability. Another object of one embodiment of the present invention is to provide a light-emitting element, a light-emitting device, and an electronic device each of which has low power consumption.

此外,这些目的的记载不妨碍其他目的的存在。本发明的一个实施方式并不需要实现所有上述目的。另外,从说明书、附图、权利要求书等的记载中可明显看出这些目的以外的目的,而可以从说明书、附图、权利要求书等的记载中抽取这些目的以外的目的。In addition, the description of these purposes does not prevent the existence of other purposes. An embodiment of the present invention need not achieve all of the above objectives. In addition, objects other than these objects are evident from the description of the specification, drawings, claims, and the like, and objects other than these objects can be extracted from the description of the specification, drawings, claims, and the like.

本发明的一个实施方式是在一对电极之间包含EL层的发光元件。EL层至少包含发光层。发光层含有第一有机化合物及烃基取代物。第一有机化合物具有取代或未取代的咔唑骨架。烃基取代物具有第一有机化合物的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的结构。该烃基取代物的相对于第一有机化合物的重量比大于0且为0.1以下。One embodiment of the present invention is a light-emitting element including an EL layer between a pair of electrodes. The EL layer includes at least a light-emitting layer. The light-emitting layer contains the first organic compound and a hydrocarbon-based substituent. The first organic compound has a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole skeleton. The hydrocarbyl substituent has a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. The weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl-substituted product to the first organic compound is more than 0 and 0.1 or less.

在上述结构中,烃基取代物优选为第一有机化合物的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的化合物。更优选的是,烃基取代物是第一有机化合物的咔唑骨架的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的化合物。进一步优选的是,烃基取代物为第一有机化合物的咔唑骨架的2位的氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的化合物。In the above structure, the hydrocarbyl substituent is preferably a compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, the hydrocarbyl substituent is a compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. More preferably, the hydrocarbon group substituted product is a compound in which the hydrogen atom at the 2-position of the carbazole skeleton of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.

在上述结构各自中,第一有机化合物优选具有取代或未取代的含氮杂芳环。In each of the above structures, the first organic compound preferably has a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring.

在上述结构各自中,发光层也可以包括具有取代或未取代的含氮杂芳环的第二有机化合物。In each of the above structures, the light-emitting layer may also include a second organic compound having a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring.

在上述结构各自中,第一有机化合物优选为由下述通式(G0)表示的有机化合物。In each of the above structures, the first organic compound is preferably an organic compound represented by the following general formula (G0).

[化学式1][Chemical formula 1]

Figure BDA0002093500130000041
Figure BDA0002093500130000041

注意,在通式(G0)中,A表示取代或未取代的碳原子数为1至25的含氮杂芳环,Ar表示碳原子数为6至13的亚芳基,n表示0或1,Cz表示取代或未取代的咔唑骨架。Note that in the general formula (G0), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms, and n represents 0 or 1 , Cz represents a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole skeleton.

在上述结构各自中,第一有机化合物优选为由下述通式(G1)表示的有机化合物。In each of the above structures, the first organic compound is preferably an organic compound represented by the following general formula (G1).

[化学式2][Chemical formula 2]

Figure BDA0002093500130000042
Figure BDA0002093500130000042

注意,在通式(G1)中,A表示取代或未取代的碳原子数为1至25的含氮杂芳环,Ar表示碳原子数为6至13的亚芳基,n表示0或1,R1至R8分别独立地表示氢、碳原子数为1至6的烃基、碳原子数为3至6的环式烃基和取代或未取代的碳原子数为6至25的芳烃基中的任一个。Note that, in the general formula (G1), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms, and n represents 0 or 1 , R 1 to R 8 independently represent hydrogen, a hydrocarbon group with 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclic hydrocarbon group with 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group with 6 to 25 carbon atoms any of the .

在上述结构各自中,第一有机化合物优选为由下述通式(G2)表示的有机化合物。In each of the above structures, the first organic compound is preferably an organic compound represented by the following general formula (G2).

[化学式3][Chemical formula 3]

Figure BDA0002093500130000051
Figure BDA0002093500130000051

注意,在通式(G2)中,A表示取代或未取代的碳原子数为1至25的含氮杂芳环,Ar表示碳原子数为6至13的亚芳基,n表示0或1。Note that in the general formula (G2), A represents a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms, and n represents 0 or 1 .

在上述结构各自中,在发光层中,烃基取代物的相对于第一有机化合物的重量比优选大于0且为0.05以下,更优选大于0且为0.025以下。In each of the above structures, in the light-emitting layer, the weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent to the first organic compound is preferably greater than 0 and 0.05 or less, and more preferably greater than 0 and 0.025 or less.

在上述结构各自中,客体材料优选被构成为将三重激发能量转换为发光。此外,客体材料优选包含铱。In each of the above structures, the guest material is preferably configured to convert triplet excitation energy into luminescence. Furthermore, the guest material preferably contains iridium.

本发明的一个实施方式是一种显示装置,该显示装置包括:具有上述各结构的任一个的发光元件;以及滤色片和晶体管中的至少一个。本发明的另一个实施方式是一种电子设备,该电子设备包括:上述显示装置;以及框体和触摸传感器中的至少一个。本发明的另一个实施方式是一种照明装置,该照明装置包括:具有上述各结构的任一个的发光元件;以及框体和触摸传感器中的至少一个。本发明的一个实施方式在其范畴内不仅包括具有发光元件的发光装置,还包括具有发光装置的电子设备。因此,本说明书中的发光装置是指图像显示装置或光源(包括照明装置)。如下显示模块也是本发明的一个实施方式:柔性电路板(FPC)或载带封装(TCP)连接到发光元件的显示模块;在TCP端部上设置有印刷线路板的显示模块;以及集成电路(IC)通过玻璃上芯片(COG)方式直接安装到发光元件的显示模块。One embodiment of the present invention is a display device including: a light-emitting element having any one of the above-described structures; and at least one of a color filter and a transistor. Another embodiment of the present invention is an electronic device including: the above-mentioned display device; and at least one of a frame body and a touch sensor. Another embodiment of the present invention is a lighting device including: a light-emitting element having any one of the above-described structures; and at least one of a frame body and a touch sensor. One embodiment of the present invention includes not only a light-emitting device having a light-emitting element but also an electronic apparatus having a light-emitting device within its scope. Therefore, the light-emitting device in this specification refers to an image display device or a light source (including a lighting device). The following display modules are also an embodiment of the present invention: a display module in which a flexible circuit board (FPC) or a tape carrier package (TCP) is connected to a light-emitting element; a display module in which a printed wiring board is provided on the TCP end; and an integrated circuit ( IC) is directly mounted to the display module of the light-emitting element by means of chip on glass (COG).

本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种新颖的发光元件,尤其是具有高可靠性的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种发光效率高的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种功耗低的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种新颖的发光元件。本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种新颖的发光装置。本发明的一个实施方式可以提供一种新颖的显示装置。One embodiment of the present invention can provide a novel light-emitting element, especially a light-emitting element having high reliability. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a light-emitting element with high luminous efficiency. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a light-emitting element with low power consumption. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a novel light-emitting element. One embodiment of the present invention may provide a novel light emitting device. One embodiment of the present invention can provide a novel display device.

注意,上述效果的记载不妨碍其他效果的存在。本发明的一个实施方式并不需要实现所有上述效果。从说明书、附图、权利要求书等的记载中可明显得知并抽取上述以外的效果。Note that the description of the above effects does not prevent the existence of other effects. It is not necessary for an embodiment of the present invention to achieve all of the above effects. Effects other than the above are clearly known and extracted from descriptions in the specification, drawings, claims, and the like.

附图说明Description of drawings

图1A和图1B是本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的示意图。1A and 1B are schematic diagrams of a light-emitting element according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图2示出本发明的一个实施方式的材料的自旋密度分布。Figure 2 shows the spin density distribution of a material of one embodiment of the present invention.

图3示出本发明的一个实施方式的反应。Figure 3 shows the reaction of one embodiment of the present invention.

图4A和图4B是示出本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的截面示意图,图4C是示出发光层的能级的相关的图表。4A and 4B are schematic cross-sectional views showing a light-emitting element according to an embodiment of the present invention, and FIG. 4C is a graph showing a correlation of energy levels of a light-emitting layer.

图5A和图5B是本发明的一个实施方式的有源矩阵型发光装置的概念图。5A and 5B are conceptual diagrams of an active matrix light-emitting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图6A和图6B是各自示出本发明的一个实施方式的有源矩阵型发光装置的概念图。6A and 6B are conceptual diagrams each showing an active matrix light emitting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图7是示出本发明的一个实施方式的有源矩阵型发光装置的概念图。7 is a conceptual diagram showing an active matrix light-emitting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图8A、图8B1和图8B2是示出本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置的示意图。8A , 8B1 and 8B2 are schematic diagrams illustrating a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图9是本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置的电路图。9 is a circuit diagram of a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图10A和图10B是本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置的电路图。10A and 10B are circuit diagrams of a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图11是示出本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置的示意图。FIG. 11 is a schematic diagram showing a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图12是示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的示意图。FIG. 12 is a schematic diagram illustrating an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图13A和图13B是示出本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置的示意图。13A and 13B are schematic diagrams illustrating a display device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图14A至图14G是示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。14A to 14G are diagrams illustrating an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图15A至图15C是各自示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。15A to 15C are diagrams each showing an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图16A至图16E是各自示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。16A to 16E are diagrams each showing an electronic device of one embodiment of the present invention.

图17A至图17E是示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。17A to 17E are diagrams illustrating an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图18A至图18D是示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。18A to 18D are diagrams illustrating an electronic device of one embodiment of the present invention.

图19A和图19B是示出本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备的图。19A and 19B are diagrams illustrating an electronic device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图20A至图20C是示出本发明的一个实施方式的照明装置的图。20A to 20C are diagrams illustrating a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图21A至图21D是各自示出本发明的一个实施方式的照明装置的图。21A to 21D are diagrams each showing a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图22A至图22C是示出本发明的一个实施方式的照明装置的图。22A to 22C are diagrams showing a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图23是示出本发明的一个实施方式的照明装置的图。FIG. 23 is a diagram illustrating a lighting device according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图24A和图24B示出实施例的化合物的NMR谱。Figures 24A and 24B show the NMR spectra of the compounds of the Examples.

图25示出实施例的MS光谱。Figure 25 shows the MS spectrum of the example.

图26示出实施例的化合物的吸收光谱及发射光谱。FIG. 26 shows absorption spectra and emission spectra of compounds of Examples.

图27示出实施例的化合物的吸收光谱及发射光谱。FIG. 27 shows absorption and emission spectra of compounds of Examples.

图28是示出实施例的发光元件的示意图。FIG. 28 is a schematic diagram illustrating a light-emitting element of an embodiment.

图29示出实施例的发光元件的电流效率-亮度特性。FIG. 29 shows the current efficiency-luminance characteristics of the light-emitting element of the example.

图30示出实施例的发光元件的亮度-电压特性。FIG. 30 shows luminance-voltage characteristics of the light-emitting element of the example.

图31示出实施例的发光元件的外部量子效率-亮度特性。FIG. 31 shows the external quantum efficiency-brightness characteristics of the light-emitting element of the embodiment.

图32示出实施例的发光元件的电致发射光谱。FIG. 32 shows the electroluminescence spectrum of the light-emitting element of the example.

图33示出实施例的发光元件的可靠性测试的结果。FIG. 33 shows the result of the reliability test of the light-emitting element of the example.

具体实施方式Detailed ways

以下,参照附图详细地说明本发明的实施方式及实施例。注意,本发明不局限于以下说明,其方式及详细内容在不脱离本发明的宗旨及其范围的情况下可以被变换为各种各样的形式。因此,本发明不应该被解释为仅局限在以下所示的实施方式及实施例所记载的内容中。Hereinafter, embodiments and examples of the present invention will be described in detail with reference to the accompanying drawings. Note that the present invention is not limited to the following description, and the modes and details of the present invention can be changed into various forms without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention. Therefore, the present invention should not be construed as being limited only to the contents described in the embodiments and examples shown below.

为了便于理解,有时在附图等中示出的各结构的位置、大小及范围等并不表示其实际的位置、大小及范围等。因此,所公开的发明不一定局限于附图等所公开的位置、大小、范围等。For ease of understanding, the position, size, range, and the like of each structure shown in the drawings and the like may not represent the actual position, size, range, and the like. Therefore, the disclosed invention is not necessarily limited to the position, size, scope, etc. disclosed in the drawings and the like.

此外,在本说明书等中,为了方便起见,附加了“第一”、“第二”等序数词,而其有时并不表示工序顺序或叠层顺序。因此,例如可以将“第一”适当地置换为“第二”或“第三”等而进行说明。此外,本说明书等中所记载的序数词与用于指定本发明的一个实施方式的序数词有时不一致。In addition, in this specification etc., ordinal numbers, such as "first" and "second", are added for the sake of convenience, and may not indicate the order of steps or the order of lamination. Therefore, for example, "first" can be appropriately replaced with "second" or "third" and the like can be described. In addition, the ordinal numbers described in the present specification and the like may not coincide with the ordinal numbers for specifying one embodiment of the present invention.

在本说明书等中,当利用附图说明本发明的构成要素时,有时在不同的附图中使用表示相同的部分的符号。In this specification and the like, when the components of the present invention are described with reference to the drawings, the same reference numerals may be used in different drawings.

在本说明书等中,可以将“膜”和“层”相互调换。例如,有时可以将“导电层”换称为“导电膜”。此外,有时可以将“绝缘膜”换称为“绝缘层”。In this specification and the like, "film" and "layer" may be interchanged with each other. For example, a "conductive layer" may sometimes be referred to as a "conductive film". In addition, the "insulating film" may be referred to as an "insulating layer" in some cases.

在本说明书等中,单重激发态(S*)是指具有激发能的单重态。S1能级是指单重激发能级的最低能级,其是指最低单重激发态(S1状态)的激发能级。三重激发态(T*)是指具有激发能的三重态。另外,T1能级是三重激发能级的最低能级,其是指最低三重激发态(T1状态)的激发能级。另外,在本说明书等中,即使简单地表示为“单重激发态”及“单重激发能级”也有时分别表示S1状态及S1能级。另外,即使表示为“三重激发态”及“三重激发能级”也有时分别表示T1状态及T1能级。In the present specification and the like, the singlet excited state (S * ) refers to a singlet state having excitation energy. The S1 energy level refers to the lowest energy level of the singlet excitation energy level, which refers to the excitation energy level of the lowest singlet excited state (S1 state). A triplet excited state (T * ) refers to a triplet state having excitation energy. In addition, the T1 level is the lowest energy level of the triplet excited energy level, and refers to the excitation energy level of the lowest triplet excited state (T1 state). In addition, in this specification and the like, even if it is simply expressed as "singlet excited state" and "singlet excited level", the S1 state and the S1 energy level may be expressed, respectively. In addition, even if it expresses as "triplet excited state" and "triplet excited energy level", it may represent a T1 state and a T1 energy level, respectively.

在本说明书等中,荧光化合物是指在从单重激发态返回到基态时在可见光区域发光的物质。磷光化合物是指在从三重激发态返回到基态时在室温下在可见光区域发光的物质。换言之,磷光化合物是指能够将三重激发能量转换为可见光的物质。In the present specification and the like, a fluorescent compound refers to a substance that emits light in the visible light region when returning from a singlet excited state to a ground state. The phosphorescent compound refers to a substance that emits light in the visible light region at room temperature when returning from a triplet excited state to a ground state. In other words, the phosphorescent compound refers to a substance capable of converting triplet excitation energy into visible light.

另外,在本说明书等中,室温是指0℃以上且40℃以下的温度。In addition, in this specification etc., room temperature means the temperature of 0 degreeC or more and 40 degrees C or less.

在本说明书等中,蓝色的波长范围是指400nm以上且小于500nm的波长范围,蓝色光在该范围具有至少一个发射光谱峰。绿色的波长范围是指500nm以上且小于580nm的波长范围,绿色光在该范围具有至少一个发射光谱峰。红色的波长范围是指580nm以上且680nm以下的波长范围,红色光在该范围具有至少一个发射光谱峰。In this specification and the like, the wavelength range of blue refers to a wavelength range of 400 nm or more and less than 500 nm, and blue light has at least one emission spectral peak in this range. The wavelength range of green refers to a wavelength range of 500 nm or more and less than 580 nm, and green light has at least one emission spectral peak in this range. The wavelength range of red refers to a wavelength range of 580 nm or more and 680 nm or less, and red light has at least one emission spectral peak in this range.

(实施方式1)(Embodiment 1)

在本实施方式中,参照图1A、图1B、图2和图3说明本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件。In this embodiment mode, a light-emitting element according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1A , 1B, 2 and 3 .

<发光元件的结构实例><Structure example of light-emitting element>

首先,将参照图1A和图1B说明本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的结构。First, the structure of a light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 1A and 1B .

图1A是本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件150的截面示意图。FIG. 1A is a schematic cross-sectional view of a light-emitting element 150 according to an embodiment of the present invention.

发光元件150包括一对电极(电极101及电极102)以及该一对电极之间的EL层100。EL层100至少包括发光层130。The light-emitting element 150 includes a pair of electrodes (electrode 101 and electrode 102 ) and an EL layer 100 between the pair of electrodes. The EL layer 100 includes at least the light emitting layer 130 .

图1A所示的EL层100除了发光层130以外还包括空穴注入层111、空穴传输层112、电子传输层118及电子注入层119等功能层。The EL layer 100 shown in FIG. 1A includes functional layers such as a hole injection layer 111 , a hole transport layer 112 , an electron transport layer 118 , and an electron injection layer 119 in addition to the light-emitting layer 130 .

虽然在本实施方式中以一对电极中的电极101为阳极且以电极102为阴极来进行说明,但是发光元件150的结构并不局限于此。也就是说,也可以将电极101用作阴极且将电极102用作阳极,并且,可以倒序地层叠该电极之间的各层。换言之,也可以从阳极一侧依次层叠空穴注入层111、空穴传输层112、发光层130、电子传输层118及电子注入层119。In this embodiment mode, the electrode 101 of the pair of electrodes is used as the anode and the electrode 102 is used as the cathode. However, the structure of the light-emitting element 150 is not limited to this. That is, the electrode 101 may be used as a cathode and the electrode 102 may be used as an anode, and the layers between the electrodes may be stacked in reverse order. In other words, the hole injection layer 111 , the hole transport layer 112 , the light emitting layer 130 , the electron transport layer 118 , and the electron injection layer 119 may be stacked in this order from the anode side.

注意,EL层100的结构不局限于图1A所示的结构,EL层100至少包括发光层130,不需要包括空穴注入层111、空穴传输层112、电子传输层118及电子注入层119。或者,EL层100也可以包括具有如下功能的功能层:降低空穴或电子的注入势垒的功能;提高空穴或电子的传输性的功能;降低空穴或电子的传输性的功能;抑制电极所引起的猝灭现象的功能;或者抑制激子扩散的功能等。功能层各自可以是单层或叠层。Note that the structure of the EL layer 100 is not limited to the structure shown in FIG. 1A , the EL layer 100 includes at least the light-emitting layer 130 and does not need to include the hole injection layer 111 , the hole transport layer 112 , the electron transport layer 118 and the electron injection layer 119 . Alternatively, the EL layer 100 may include a functional layer having the following functions: a function of reducing the injection barrier of holes or electrons; a function of improving the transportability of holes or electrons; a function of reducing the transportability of holes or electrons; The function of the quenching phenomenon caused by the electrode; or the function of inhibiting the diffusion of excitons. The functional layers can each be a single layer or a laminate.

图1B是示出图1A所示的发光层130的例子的截面示意图。图1B所示的发光层130包含主体材料131及客体材料132。FIG. 1B is a schematic cross-sectional view showing an example of the light emitting layer 130 shown in FIG. 1A . The light-emitting layer 130 shown in FIG. 1B includes a host material 131 and a guest material 132 .

主体材料131至少含有有机化合物131_1。有机化合物131_1优选为具有传输电子的功能(电子传输性)的化合物,更优选为具有含氮杂芳骨架的化合物,进一步优选为具有含氮六元杂芳骨架的化合物。含氮六元杂芳骨架是优选的,这是因为其高电子传输性及稳定性。The host material 131 contains at least the organic compound 131_1. The organic compound 131_1 is preferably a compound having an electron transport function (electron transport property), more preferably a compound having a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic skeleton, and still more preferably a compound having a nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaryl skeleton. A nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaromatic skeleton is preferable because of its high electron transportability and stability.

优选的是,主体材料131还含有有机化合物131_2。有机化合物131_2优选为具有传输空穴的功能(空穴传输性)的化合物。Preferably, the host material 131 further contains an organic compound 131_2. The organic compound 131_2 is preferably a compound having a function of transporting holes (hole transport properties).

当有机化合物131_1与有机化合物131_2的组合是具有电子传输性的化合物与具有空穴传输性的化合物的组合时,能够根据混合比而容易地控制载流子的平衡。具体而言,具有电子传输性的化合物与具有空穴传输性的化合物的重量比优选在1:9至9:1的范围内。通过具有该结构,可以容易地控制载流子的平衡或者载流子复合区域(激子产生区域)。When the combination of the organic compound 131_1 and the organic compound 131_2 is a combination of a compound having electron transport properties and a compound having hole transport properties, the balance of carriers can be easily controlled according to the mixing ratio. Specifically, the weight ratio of the compound having electron transportability to the compound having hole transportability is preferably in the range of 1:9 to 9:1. By having this structure, the balance of carriers or the carrier recombination region (exciton generating region) can be easily controlled.

客体材料132可以为发光有机化合物,并且该发光有机化合物优选为能够发射荧光的物质(下面,也称为荧光化合物)或者能够发射磷光的物质(下面,也称为磷光化合物)。以下,说明作为客体材料132使用荧光化合物或磷光化合物的结构。The guest material 132 may be a light-emitting organic compound, and the light-emitting organic compound is preferably a substance capable of emitting fluorescence (hereinafter, also referred to as a fluorescent compound) or a substance capable of emitting phosphorescence (hereinafter, also referred to as a phosphorescent compound). Hereinafter, a structure in which a fluorescent compound or a phosphorescent compound is used as the guest material 132 will be described.

发光元件150被要求的特性是高发光效率。另外,还被要求长期保存或长时间驱动时的发光效率下降少,即,长使用寿命或高可靠性。为了使发光元件150具有高发光效率及高可靠性,EL层100,尤其是发光层130优选包括杂质含量低的有机化合物。作为杂质,例如可以举出有机材料的氢原子被烃基或卤素取代的杂质。特别优选的是,EL层100所包括的有机化合物的卤化物含量低。The required characteristic of the light-emitting element 150 is high light-emitting efficiency. In addition, it is also required that the luminous efficiency decreases less during long-term storage or long-term driving, that is, long service life or high reliability. In order to make the light-emitting element 150 have high light-emitting efficiency and high reliability, the EL layer 100, especially the light-emitting layer 130 preferably includes an organic compound with a low impurity content. Examples of impurities include those in which hydrogen atoms of organic materials are substituted with hydrocarbon groups or halogens. It is particularly preferable that the halide content of the organic compound included in the EL layer 100 is low.

为了制造杂质含量低的发光元件,优选使用于发光元件的有机化合物的纯度高。因此,优选使用杂质少的试剂或具有高纯度的溶剂合成该有机化合物。这是因为合成中使用的试剂所包含的杂质有可能包括在目的的有机化合物中。作为该有机化合物的纯化,一般进行升华纯化。通过升华纯化,可以去除合成后残留的溶剂或者微量的卤化物等杂质。In order to manufacture a light-emitting element with a low impurity content, it is preferable to use a high-purity organic compound for the light-emitting element. Therefore, it is preferable to synthesize the organic compound using a reagent with few impurities or a solvent with high purity. This is because impurities contained in the reagents used in the synthesis may be included in the intended organic compound. As purification of the organic compound, sublimation purification is generally performed. By sublimation purification, impurities such as solvent remaining after synthesis and trace amounts of halides can be removed.

但是,例如,在有机化合物的纯化工艺中,由于其分子结构与EL层100所包括的有机化合物的分子结构相似等原因,而难以去除某些杂质。因此,有机化合物有时包含这样的难以降低其含量的杂质。在制造发光元件时有时混入杂质,使发光元件包含杂质。例如,有时在进行真空蒸镀时因有机化合物的分解而生成的物质作为杂质混入发光元件中。另外,例如,当采用涂敷法、喷墨法或印刷法等使用溶剂的制造方法时,有时溶剂或溶剂中的杂质混入发光元件中。另外,在驱动发光元件时因有机化合物的分解而生成的物质有可能作为杂质混入发光元件中。因此,很难去除发光元件中的所有杂质。However, for example, in the purification process of the organic compound, it is difficult to remove some impurities due to the similar molecular structure to that of the organic compound included in the EL layer 100 . Therefore, organic compounds sometimes contain such impurities whose content is difficult to reduce. Impurities are sometimes mixed in the light-emitting element, and the light-emitting element is made to contain impurities. For example, a substance generated by decomposition of an organic compound during vacuum deposition may be mixed into a light-emitting element as an impurity. In addition, for example, when a production method using a solvent such as a coating method, an inkjet method, or a printing method is employed, the solvent or impurities in the solvent may be mixed into the light-emitting element. In addition, there is a possibility that substances generated by decomposition of the organic compound during driving of the light-emitting element may be mixed into the light-emitting element as an impurity. Therefore, it is difficult to remove all impurities in the light-emitting element.

如上所述,以不包括杂质的方式形成EL层100是困难的,本发明者等发现,其浓度为一定程度以下的杂质没有影响到发光元件的特性。具体而言,在本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件中,发光层130包含客体材料以及具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物作为主体材料。在发光元件中,烃基取代物的相对于主体材料的重量比大于0且为0.1以下,该烃基取代物被用作杂质并具有发光层130所包含的该主体材料的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的结构。As described above, it is difficult to form the EL layer 100 without including impurities, but the inventors of the present invention found that the impurities whose concentration is below a certain level do not affect the characteristics of the light-emitting element. Specifically, in the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention, the light-emitting layer 130 contains a guest material and an organic compound having a carbazole skeleton as host materials. In the light-emitting element, the weight ratio of the hydrocarbon-based substituent to the host material is greater than 0 and 0.1 or less, and the hydrocarbon-based substituent is used as an impurity and has at least one hydrogen atom of the host material contained in the light-emitting layer 130 replaced by a carbon atom. Hydrocarbyl-substituted structures with numbers from 1 to 6.

注意,当烃基取代物为甲基取代物时,该甲基取代物具有由主体材料的m/z+14n(n是自然数)表示的m/z。Note that when the hydrocarbyl substitution is a methyl substitution, the methyl substitution has m/z represented by m/z+14n (n is a natural number) of the host material.

烃基取代物的相对于主体材料的重量比优选大于0且为0.05以下,更优选大于0且0.025以下。The weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent with respect to the host material is preferably more than 0 and 0.05 or less, and more preferably more than 0 and 0.025 or less.

因其高T1能级及高载流子传输性而具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物适合用于发光元件。An organic compound having a carbazole skeleton is suitable for use in a light-emitting element because of its high T1 level and high carrier transport.

有时被用作用于发光元件的具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物的原料的咔唑衍生物包括其中咔唑骨架的氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基(在很多情况下,碳原子数为1至4的烷基,尤其是甲基)取代的烃基取代物作为杂质。这是因为烃基取代物的物性与目的物质(具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物或者被用作有机化合物的原料的咔唑衍生物)的物性相似,因此难以进行纯化并去除烃基取代物。Carbazole derivatives sometimes used as raw materials for organic compounds having a carbazole skeleton for light-emitting elements include hydrocarbon groups in which the hydrogen atoms of the carbazole skeleton are replaced by hydrocarbon groups having 1 to 6 carbon atoms (in many cases, the number of carbon atoms is 1 to 4 alkyl, especially methyl) substituted hydrocarbyl substituents as impurities. This is because the physical properties of the hydrocarbyl substituent are similar to those of the target substance (an organic compound having a carbazole skeleton or a carbazole derivative used as a raw material of an organic compound), and thus it is difficult to purify and remove the hydrocarbyl substitution.

如上所述,具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物作为杂质有时包括烃基取代物,这有可能给发光元件的特性带来负面影响。As described above, the organic compound having a carbazole skeleton sometimes includes a hydrocarbon substituent as an impurity, which may adversely affect the characteristics of the light-emitting element.

<利用量子化学计算的杂质的影响的分析><Analysis of the influence of impurities by quantum chemical calculation>

在此,使用量子化学计算说明具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物的烃基取代物给发光元件带来的影响的分析。Here, an analysis of the influence of a hydrocarbyl substitution of an organic compound having a carbazole skeleton on a light-emitting element will be described using quantum chemical calculation.

以下,示出用于分析的各自具有咔唑骨架的有机化合物以及其名称。Hereinafter, organic compounds each having a carbazole skeleton used for analysis and their names are shown.

[化学式4][Chemical formula 4]

Figure BDA0002093500130000131
Figure BDA0002093500130000131

在发光元件中,35DCzPPy被用作电子传输层或发光层的材料。Me-35DCzPPy是被认为包含在35DCzPPy中的杂质的物质,并可以说35DCzPPy的甲基取代物。In the light-emitting element, 35DCzPPy is used as the material of the electron transport layer or the light-emitting layer. Me-35DCzPPy is a substance considered as an impurity contained in 35DCzPPy, and can be said to be a methyl substitution of 35DCzPPy.

关于35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy各自的三重激发态(T1),进行T1能级最低的最稳定结构以及亚稳结构各自的振荡(自旋密度)分析。利用密度泛函法(DFT)进行计算。图2示出其结果。在DFT中,以势能、电子间静电能、电子的运动能、包括所有的电子间的复杂互相作用的交换相关能的总和表示总能量。另外,在DFT中,由于使用以电子密度表示的一个电子势的泛函数(其他函数的函数)来近似交换相关作用,所以能够进行高速计算。在此,利用作为混合泛函的B3LYP来规定有关交换相关能的各参数的权重。作为基底函数使用6-311G(d,p)。将Gaussian 09用作计算程序。For each triplet excited state (T1) of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy, oscillation (spin density) analysis of each of the most stable structure with the lowest T1 energy level and the metastable structure was performed. Calculations were performed using the density functional method (DFT). Figure 2 shows the results. In DFT, the total energy is expressed as the sum of potential energy, electrostatic energy between electrons, kinetic energy of electrons, and exchange correlation energy including all complex interactions between electrons. In addition, in DFT, since the exchange-correlation action is approximated using a functional function of one electron potential expressed by electron density (a function of other functions), high-speed calculation can be performed. Here, the weight of each parameter related to the exchange correlation energy is defined using B3LYP, which is a hybrid functional. 6-311G(d,p) was used as the basis function. Gaussian 09 was used as the calculation program.

在图2中,分子中的有阴影的部分示出T1激发态下存在的自旋的位置。35DCzPPy与Me-35DCzPPy的T1的最稳定结构的自旋密度分布没有明显的差异,由此可知自旋容易延伸到吡啶环及亚苯基。另一方面,可知35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy各自的T1的亚稳结构的自旋主要延伸到咔唑环,在Me-35DCzPPy中,自旋延伸到甲基。注意,甲基的自旋密度是物质整体的3%左右。注意,从各原子的自旋密度的绝对值之总和计算出自旋密度的比例。In Figure 2, the shaded part of the molecule shows the position of the spin present in the T1 excited state. There is no significant difference in the spin density distribution of the most stable structure of T1 of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy, and it can be seen that the spin easily extends to the pyridine ring and the phenylene. On the other hand, it was found that the spin of the metastable structure of T1 in each of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy extends mainly to the carbazole ring, and in Me-35DCzPPy, the spin extends to the methyl group. Note that the spin density of the methyl group is about 3% of the entire substance. Note that the ratio of spin densities is calculated from the sum of the absolute values of the spin densities of the respective atoms.

注意,计算步骤为如下:将基态(S0状态)的最稳定结构看作初始结构,通过T1的最稳定结构的再计算获得T1的亚稳结构。通过以吡啶环及亚苯基中容易存在T1激发态的自旋的电子的方式设定初始结构,得到T1的最稳定结构。激发能各自是S0状态的最稳定结构的能量与T1的最稳定结构和T1的亚稳结构的每一个的能量之差。注意,在以T1的最稳定结构为初始结构而进行S0状态的最稳定结构的再计算的情况下,结构和能量值与上述计算的S0状态的最稳定结构相同。Note that the calculation steps are as follows: the most stable structure of the ground state (S0 state) is regarded as the initial structure, and the metastable structure of T1 is obtained by recalculation of the most stable structure of T1. The most stable structure of T1 is obtained by setting the initial structure so that electrons of the spin of the T1 excited state are easily present in the pyridine ring and the phenylene group. The excitation energies are each the difference between the energy of the most stable structure of the SO state and the energy of each of the most stable structure of T1 and the metastable structure of T1 . Note that when recalculation of the most stable structure of the S0 state is performed with the most stable structure of T1 as the initial structure, the structure and energy values are the same as those of the most stable structure of the S0 state calculated above.

换言之,可以说,考虑到激发所引起的Me-35DCzPPy的从基态(S0状态)到T1激发态的结构变化,与基态和T1的亚稳结构之间的结构变化相比,基态和T1的最稳定结构之间的结构变化更少发生,因为分子的基态和T1的最稳定结构之间的结构变化中的分子扭曲比基态和T1的亚稳结构之间的结构变化中的分子扭曲大。此外,可以说,与T1激发态的35DCzPPy相比,T1激发态的Me-35DCzPPy更容易具有T1的亚稳结构,因为T1的最稳定结构与T1的亚稳结构之间能量差小,即为0.09eV。如上所述,具有T1的亚稳结构的Me-35DCzPPy中的自旋延伸到甲基,因此有时发生以甲基为起点的反应。In other words, it can be said that considering the structural change of Me-35DCzPPy from the ground state (S0 state) to the T1 excited state caused by the excitation, compared with the structural change between the ground state and the metastable structure of T1, the most Structural changes between stable structures occur less frequently because the molecular twist in the structural changes between the ground state of the molecule and the most stable structure of T1 is greater than the molecular twist in the structural changes between the ground state and the metastable structure of T1. In addition, it can be said that compared with 35DCzPPy in the excited state of T1, Me-35DCzPPy in the excited state of T1 is more likely to have the metastable structure of T1, because the energy difference between the most stable structure of T1 and the metastable structure of T1 is small, which is 0.09eV. As described above, the spin in Me-35DCzPPy having the metastable structure of T1 extends to the methyl group, so that a reaction starting from the methyl group sometimes occurs.

接着,利用量子化学计算,对氢原子迁移反应进行分析,在该反应中,由于Me-35DCzPPy的两个分子中的甲基和吡啶环的互相作用,而甲基的氢原子迁移到吡啶环,生成CH2-35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy-H。以下,示出用于分析的反应式和用于分析的有机化合物的名称。Next, using quantum chemical calculations, the hydrogen atom migration reaction was analyzed. In this reaction, due to the interaction between the methyl group and the pyridine ring in the two molecules of Me-35DCzPPy, the hydrogen atom of the methyl group migrated to the pyridine ring, CH2-35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy - H were generated. Below, the reaction formula used for the analysis and the name of the organic compound used for the analysis are shown.

[化学式5][Chemical formula 5]

Figure BDA0002093500130000151
Figure BDA0002093500130000151

图3示出通过最低三重激发态中的氢原子迁移反应的分析得到的反应路径及能量图。FIG. 3 shows a reaction path and energy diagram obtained by analyzing the hydrogen atom transfer reaction in the lowest triplet excited state.

在图3中,T1状态的Me-35DCzPPy及基态(S0状态)的Me-35DCzPPy以无限远离解状态的能量为基准。使甲基的氢原子迁移到吡啶环的反应的活化能为0.54eV,在室温下就能发生反应。并且,在氢原子迁移后的终态,CH2-35DCzPPy与Me-35DCzPPy-H都处于自由基状态,终态的能量比初始状态的能量低且稳定,该反应为放热反应。由此可知,在驱动发光元件的状态下的发光层中(激发态),在是产生Me-35DCzPPy的两个分子的甲基和吡啶环的互相作用的分子配置的状态下,有可能发生氢原子的迁移反应。In FIG. 3 , Me-35DCzPPy in the T1 state and Me-35DCzPPy in the ground state (S0 state) are based on the energy infinitely far away from the solution state. The activation energy of the reaction in which the hydrogen atom of the methyl group is transferred to the pyridine ring is 0.54 eV, and the reaction can occur at room temperature. In addition, in the final state after the hydrogen atoms migrate, both CH 2 -35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy-H are in the free radical state, and the energy of the final state is lower and stable than that of the initial state, and the reaction is an exothermic reaction. From this, it can be seen that in the light-emitting layer (excited state) in the state of driving the light-emitting element, hydrogen is likely to be generated in the state of the molecular arrangement in which the interaction between the methyl group and the pyridine ring of the two molecules of Me-35DCzPPy is generated. Atom migration reaction.

在驱动发光元件时,所生成的自由基状态的CH2-35DCzPPy及自由基状态的Me-35DCzPPy-H接收电子或空穴,并处于单重基态。表1示出,因接收电子而处于阴离子状态的CH2-35DCzPPy的T1能级、因接收空穴而处于阳离子状态的Me-35DCzPPy-H的T1能级的计算值。还示出Me-35DCzPPy的T1能级的实测值。When the light-emitting element is driven, the generated CH 2 -35DCzPPy in a radical state and Me-35DCzPPy-H in a radical state receive electrons or holes and are in a singlet ground state. Table 1 shows the calculated values of the T1 energy level of CH 2 -35DCzPPy in an anion state by accepting electrons and the T1 energy level of Me-35DCzPPy-H in a cation state by accepting holes. Also shown is the measured value of the T1 level of Me-35DCzPPy.

注意,通过与Me-35DCzPPy的T1能级的计算相同的方法进行计算。Note that the calculation was performed by the same method as the calculation of the T1 level of Me-35DCzPPy.

[表1][Table 1]

物质的名称the name of the substance T1能级(eV)T1 energy level (eV) Me-35DCzPPyMe-35DCzPPy 2.75(实测值)2.75 (measured value) 阴离子状态的CH<sub>2</sub>-35DCzPPyCH<sub>2</sub>-35DCzPPy in anionic state 0.50(计算值)0.50 (calculated value) 阳离子状态的Me-35DCzPPy-HMe-35DCzPPy-H in the cationic state 1.41(计算值)1.41 (calculated value)

如表1所示,因氢原子迁移反应而产生的阴离子状态的CH2-35DCzPPy的T1能级及阳离子状态的Me-35DCzPPy-H的T1能级非常低。因此,这可能导致发光元件中的失活。换言之,激发能从激发态的客体材料或主体材料转移到阴离子状态的CH2-35DCzPPy及阳离子状态的Me-35DCzPPy-H。因此,不能得到从客体材料的发光,而发光元件的发光效率降低。As shown in Table 1, the T1 energy level of CH 2 -35DCzPPy in the anion state and the T1 energy level of Me-35DCzPPy-H in the cation state due to the hydrogen atom transfer reaction are very low. Therefore, this may lead to deactivation in the light-emitting element. In other words, excitation energy is transferred from the excited state guest material or host material to CH 2 -35DCzPPy in the anionic state and Me-35DCzPPy-H in the cationic state. Therefore, light emission from the guest material cannot be obtained, and the light emission efficiency of the light emitting element decreases.

如上所述,当驱动包含咔唑骨架的氢原子被甲基取代的化合物的发光元件时,有时在发光元件中生成有可能导致失活的物质,因此有可能给可靠性带来负面影响。因此,咔唑骨架的氢原子被甲基取代的化合物的含量优选低。如上所述,T1状态的Me-35DCzPPy的甲基的自旋密度为物质整体的3%左右,预测在有可能导致失活的物质的含量与客体材料大致相同时,物质给发光元件带来负面影响。因此,有可能导致失活的物质的相对于主体材料的重量比优选大于0且为0.1以下,更优选大于0且0.05以下,进一步优选大于0且0.025以下。As described above, when a light-emitting element including a compound in which a hydrogen atom of a carbazole skeleton is substituted with a methyl group is driven, a substance that may cause deactivation may be generated in the light-emitting element, which may adversely affect reliability. Therefore, the content of the compound in which the hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton is substituted with a methyl group is preferably low. As described above, the spin density of the methyl group of Me-35DCzPPy in the T1 state is about 3% of the entire substance, and it is predicted that when the content of the substance that may cause deactivation is approximately the same as that of the guest material, the substance will adversely affect the light-emitting element. influences. Therefore, the weight ratio of the substance that may cause inactivation to the host material is preferably more than 0 and 0.1 or less, more preferably more than 0 and 0.05 or less, and still more preferably more than 0 and 0.025 or less.

注意,在咔唑骨架的取代基为甲基的情况下进行计算,但是,上述反应不局限于甲基。在取代基为烃基,至少为脂肪族烃基的情况下,发生上述同样的反应。Note that the calculation is performed in the case where the substituent of the carbazole skeleton is a methyl group, however, the above reaction is not limited to a methyl group. When the substituent is a hydrocarbon group, at least an aliphatic hydrocarbon group, the same reaction as described above occurs.

注意,对与吡啶骨架的氮的反应进行计算,但是上述反应不局限于吡啶骨架。预测到在是含氮杂芳环化合物的情况下也发生上述同样的反应。至少在是具有含氮六元杂芳环的化合物的情况下,发生上述同样的反应。就是说,在是具有吡啶环、哒嗪环、嘧啶环、吡嗪环或三嗪环的化合物的情况下,发生上述同样的反应。换言之,这是在具有非共用电子对的杂芳族化合物的情况下发生的现象。Note that the calculation is made for the reaction with the nitrogen of the pyridine skeleton, but the above reaction is not limited to the pyridine skeleton. The same reaction described above is predicted to occur in the case of nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compounds. At least in the case of a compound having a nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaromatic ring, the same reaction as described above occurs. That is, in the case of a compound having a pyridine ring, a pyridazine ring, a pyrimidine ring, a pyrazine ring or a triazine ring, the same reaction as described above occurs. In other words, this is a phenomenon that occurs in the case of heteroaromatic compounds with non-shared electron pairs.

当烃基取代物具有至少发光层的主体材料的氢原子被烃基取代的结构时,发生上述反应。The above-mentioned reaction occurs when the hydrocarbyl-substituted substance has a structure in which at least hydrogen atoms of the host material of the light-emitting layer are substituted with hydrocarbyl groups.

因此,本发明的一个实施方式是一种包括含有具有取代或未取代的咔唑骨架的第一有机化合物的发光层的发光元件。该第一有机化合物是具有含氮六元杂芳环的化合物或者具有非共用电子对的杂芳族化合物。或者,发光元件包括不但含有第一有机化合物而且含有第二有机化合物的发光层。该第二有机化合物是具有含氮六元杂芳环的化合物或者具有非共用电子对的杂芳族化合物。Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention is a light-emitting element including a light-emitting layer containing a first organic compound having a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole skeleton. The first organic compound is a compound having a nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaromatic ring or a heteroaromatic compound having a non-shared electron pair. Alternatively, the light-emitting element includes a light-emitting layer containing not only the first organic compound but also the second organic compound. The second organic compound is a compound having a nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaromatic ring or a heteroaromatic compound having a non-shared electron pair.

注意,对在本计算中生成的自由基分子接收电子或空穴而处于单重基态的情况进行分析,但是在发光元件中生成的自由基因为一般具有高反应性所以与其他有机材料(主体材料及客体材料等)起反应,有时导致恶化。自由基本身具有低激发能,有可能容易成为猝灭因子。Note that in this calculation, the case where the radical molecule generated in this calculation accepts electrons or holes and is in a singlet ground state is analyzed, but the radical generated in a light-emitting element generally has high reactivity, so it is not compatible with other organic materials (host materials). and guest materials, etc.) react, sometimes resulting in deterioration. The free radical itself has low excitation energy and may easily become a quenching factor.

注意,在上述计算中,对Me-35DCzPPy的两个分子之间的氢原子迁移反应进行量子化学计算,但是,假设在激发态,即T1状态或S1状态的Me-35DCzPPy与基态(S0状态)的35DCzPPy之间发生上述同样的反应,而进行量子化学计算,此时可以得到与上述计算结果相同的结果。这是因为上述反应是键合到咔唑骨架的甲基与吡啶骨架的氮之间的反应。Note that in the above calculations, quantum chemical calculations were performed for the hydrogen atom migration reaction between two molecules of Me-35DCzPPy, however, it was assumed that Me-35DCzPPy in the excited state, that is, the T1 state or the S1 state, and the ground state (S0 state) The same reaction as above occurs between the 35DCzPPy of , and the quantum chemical calculation is carried out, and the same result as the above calculation result can be obtained at this time. This is because the above reaction is a reaction between the methyl group bonded to the carbazole skeleton and the nitrogen of the pyridine skeleton.

上述氢原子迁移反应会发生在不同物质的两个分子之间。咔唑骨架的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的有机化合物以及具有含氮杂芳环的有机化合物同时存在于发光层中的情况下,有时发生氢原子迁移反应。The above-mentioned hydrogen atom migration reaction occurs between two molecules of different substances. When an organic compound in which at least one hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton is substituted with a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms and an organic compound having a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring coexist in the light-emitting layer, a hydrogen atom migration reaction may occur.

作为上述计算,进行有关键合到咔唑骨架的甲基的反应的量子化学计算,但是上述反应不局限于咔唑骨架的取代基。在作为自旋延伸的骨架的取代基包括烃基的情况下,预测发生上述同样的反应。As the above calculation, a quantum chemical calculation involving a reaction keyed to the methyl group of the carbazole skeleton was performed, but the above reaction is not limited to the substituent of the carbazole skeleton. In the case where the substituent as the spin-extended skeleton includes a hydrocarbon group, the same reaction as described above is predicted to occur.

以上,对氢原子迁移反应进行量子化学计算,但是,如上所述,自旋延伸到T1状态的Me-35DCzPPy的甲基。因此,有时还发生氢原子迁移反应以外的以甲基为起点的反应。此时,与氢原子迁移反应相同,Me-35DCzPPy被转换为自由基分子,该自由基分子可能是猝灭因子,而导致发光元件的恶化。因此,咔唑骨架的氢原子被甲基取代的化合物的含量优选低,咔唑骨架的氢原子被甲基取代的化合物的相对于主体材料的重量比大于0且为0.1以下,更优选大于0且为0.05以下,进一步优选大于0且为0.025以下。In the above, the quantum chemical calculation was performed for the hydrogen atom migration reaction, but as described above, the spin is extended to the methyl group of Me-35DCzPPy in the T1 state. Therefore, other than the hydrogen atom transfer reaction, a reaction starting from a methyl group may also occur. At this time, as in the hydrogen atom migration reaction, Me-35DCzPPy is converted into a radical molecule, which may be a quenching factor, resulting in deterioration of the light-emitting element. Therefore, the content of the compound in which the hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton is substituted with a methyl group is preferably low, and the weight ratio of the compound in which the hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton is substituted with a methyl group relative to the host material is greater than 0 and 0.1 or less, more preferably greater than 0 and 0.05 or less, more preferably more than 0 and 0.025 or less.

<材料><Material>

接着,详细说明本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的构成要素。Next, the constituent elements of the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention will be described in detail.

《发光层》"Luminous Layer"

发光层130至少包含主体材料131,优选还包含客体材料132。主体材料131也可以包含有机化合物131_1及有机化合物131_2。在发光层130中,主体材料131以最大的重量比存在,客体材料132分散于主体材料131中。当客体材料132为荧光化合物时,发光层130的主体材料131(有机化合物131_1及有机化合物131_2)的S1能级优选高于发光层130的客体材料(客体材料132)的S1能级。当客体材料132是磷光化合物时,发光层130的主体材料131(有机化合物131_1及有机化合物131_2)的T1能级优选高于发光层130的客体材料(客体材料132)的T1能级。The light-emitting layer 130 includes at least a host material 131 , and preferably further includes a guest material 132 . The host material 131 may contain an organic compound 131_1 and an organic compound 131_2. In the light-emitting layer 130 , the host material 131 exists in the largest weight ratio, and the guest material 132 is dispersed in the host material 131 . When the guest material 132 is a fluorescent compound, the S1 energy level of the host material 131 (organic compound 131_1 and organic compound 131_2 ) of the light emitting layer 130 is preferably higher than the S1 energy level of the guest material (guest material 132 ) of the light emitting layer 130 . When the guest material 132 is a phosphorescent compound, the T1 energy level of the host material 131 (organic compound 131_1 and organic compound 131_2 ) of the light emitting layer 130 is preferably higher than the T1 energy level of the guest material (guest material 132 ) of the light emitting layer 130 .

主体材料131优选为具有咔唑骨架的化合物。咔唑衍生物的具体例子包括:3-[N-(4-二苯基氨基苯基)-N-苯基氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzDPA1)、3,6-双[N-(4-二苯基氨基苯基)-N-苯基氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzDPA2)、3,6-双[N-(4-二苯基氨基苯基)-N-(1-萘基)氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzTPN2)、3-[N-(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)-N-苯基氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzPCA1)、3,6-双[N-(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)-N-苯基氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzPCA2)、3-[N-(1-萘基)-N-(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)氨基]-9-苯基咔唑(简称:PCzPCN1)、N,N-二苯基-9-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:CzA1PA)、4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)三苯胺(简称:DPhPA)、4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)-4’-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)三苯胺(简称:YGAPA)、N,9-二苯基-N-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:PCAPA)、N,9-二苯基-N-{4-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]苯基}-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:PCAPBA)、N,9-二苯基-N-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:2PCAPA)、9-苯基-3-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑(简称:PCzPA)、3,6-二苯基-9-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑(简称:DPCzPA)。The host material 131 is preferably a compound having a carbazole skeleton. Specific examples of carbazole derivatives include: 3-[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzDPA1), 3,6-bis[ N-(4-Diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzDPA2), 3,6-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl) -N-(1-naphthyl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzTPN2), 3-[N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9 -Phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA1), 3,6-bis[N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCA2) , 3-[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)amino]-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: PCzPCN1), N,N-diphenyl- 9-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: CzA1PA), 4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)triphenylamine ( Abbreviation: DPhPA), 4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-4'-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: YGAPA), N,9-diphenyl-N- [4-(10-Phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: PCAPA), N,9-diphenyl-N-{4-[4-(10 -Phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]phenyl}-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: PCAPBA), N,9-diphenyl-N-(9,10-diphenyl-2 -Anthracenyl)-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: 2PCAPA), 9-phenyl-3-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: 2PCAPA) : PCzPA), 3,6-diphenyl-9-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: DPCzPA).

当主体材料131包含有机化合物131_1及有机化合物131_2时,有机化合物131_1具有咔唑骨架,优选还具有含氮六元杂芳骨架。含氮六元杂芳骨架的具体例子包括具有吡啶骨架、二嗪骨架(吡嗪骨架、嘧啶骨架及哒嗪骨架)及三嗪骨架中的任意骨架的化合物。作为这些具有含氮杂芳骨架的碱性化合物,可以举出吡啶衍生物、联吡啶衍生物、嘧啶衍生物、三嗪衍生物、喹喔啉衍生物、二苯并喹喔啉衍生物、菲咯啉衍生物、嘌呤衍生物等化合物。作为有机化合物131_1,可以使用电子传输性比空穴传输性高的材料(电子传输性材料),优选使用具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的电子迁移率的材料。注意,可以将这些材料还适用于主体材料131,即发光层的主体材料包含一种以上的材料的情况。When the host material 131 includes the organic compound 131_1 and the organic compound 131_2, the organic compound 131_1 has a carbazole skeleton, and preferably further has a nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaryl skeleton. Specific examples of the nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaryl skeleton include compounds having any of a pyridine skeleton, a diazine skeleton (pyrazine skeleton, a pyrimidine skeleton, and a pyridazine skeleton), and a triazine skeleton. Examples of these basic compounds having a nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic skeleton include pyridine derivatives, bipyridine derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, triazine derivatives, quinoxaline derivatives, dibenzoquinoxaline derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives Roroline derivatives, purine derivatives and other compounds. As the organic compound 131_1, a material (electron-transporting material) having higher electron-transporting properties than hole-transporting properties can be used, and preferably a material having an electron mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more is used. Note that these materials can also be applied to the host material 131 , that is, the host material of the light-emitting layer contains one or more kinds of materials.

具体而言,例如,可以使用2-[3-(3,9’-联-9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:2mCzCzPDBq)、4,6-双[3-(9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]嘧啶(简称:4,6mCzP2Pm)等具有二嗪骨架的杂环化合物、2-{4-[3-(N-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-9H-咔唑-9-基]苯基}-4,6-二苯基-1,3,5-三嗪(简称:PCCzPTzn)等三嗪骨架的杂环化合物、3,5-双[3-(9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]吡啶(简称:35DCzPPy)等具有吡啶骨架的杂环化合物。在上述杂环化合物中,优选使用具有三嗪骨架、二嗪(嘧啶、吡嗪、哒嗪)骨架或吡啶骨架的杂环化合物,因为具有高可靠性且稳定。此外,具有该骨架的杂环化合物具有高电子传输性,也有助于降低驱动电压。Specifically, for example, 2-[3-(3,9'-bi-9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]dibenzo[f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 2mCzCzPDBq), 4,6-bis[3-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]pyrimidine (abbreviation: 4,6mCzP2Pm) and other heterocyclic compounds having a diazine skeleton, 2-{4-[3-(N- Triazine such as phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-9H-carbazol-9-yl]phenyl}-4,6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (abbreviation: PCCzPTzn) Heterocyclic compounds having a skeleton, and heterocyclic compounds having a pyridine skeleton such as 3,5-bis[3-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]pyridine (abbreviation: 35DCzPPy). Among the above heterocyclic compounds, a heterocyclic compound having a triazine skeleton, a diazine (pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine) skeleton or a pyridine skeleton is preferably used because of high reliability and stability. In addition, the heterocyclic compound having this skeleton has high electron transport properties, which also contributes to lowering the driving voltage.

作为有机化合物131_1,除了上述杂芳环化合物以外还可以使用以下的杂芳环化合物。As the organic compound 131_1, the following heteroaromatic compounds can be used in addition to the above-mentioned heteroaromatic compounds.

可以举出红菲绕啉(简称:BPhen)、浴铜灵(简称:BCP)等具有吡啶骨架的杂环化合物、2-[3-(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:2mDBTPDBq-II)、2-[3’-(二苯并噻吩-4-基)联苯-3-基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:2mDBTBPDBq-II)、2-[3’-(9H-咔唑-9-基)联苯-3-基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:2mCzBPDBq)、2-[4-(3,6-二苯基-9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:2CzPDBq-III)、7-[3-(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:7mDBTPDBq-II)、6-[3-(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯基]二苯并[f,h]喹喔啉(简称:6mDBTPDBq-II)、4,6-双[3-(菲-9-基)苯基]嘧啶(简称:4,6mPnP2Pm)、4,6-双[3-(4-二苯并噻吩基)苯基]嘧啶(简称:4,6mDBTP2Pm-II)、1,3,5-三[3-(3-吡啶基)苯基]苯(简称:TmPyPB)等具有二嗪骨架的杂环化合物。此外,还可以使用聚(2,5-吡啶二基)(简称:PPy)、聚[(9,9-二己基芴-2,7-二基)-co-(吡啶-3,5-二基)](简称:PF-Py)、聚[(9,9-二辛基芴-2,7-二基)-co-(2,2’-联吡啶-6,6’-二基)](简称:PF-BPy)等高分子化合物。在此列举的物质主要是电子迁移率为1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的物质。但是,只要是电子传输性高于空穴传输性的物质,就可以使用上述物质以外的任意的物质。Heterocyclic compounds having a pyridine skeleton, such as phenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen) and bathcoperol (abbreviation: BCP), and 2-[3-(dibenzothiophen-4-yl)phenyl]diphenyl [f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 2mDBTPDBq-II), 2-[3'-(dibenzothiophen-4-yl)biphenyl-3-yl]dibenzo[f,h]quinoxaline phenoline (abbreviation: 2mDBTBPDBq-II), 2-[3'-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)biphenyl-3-yl]dibenzo[f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 2mCzBPDBq), 2 -[4-(3,6-Diphenyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]dibenzo[f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 2CzPDBq-III), 7-[3-( Dibenzothiophen-4-yl)phenyl]dibenzo[f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 7mDBTPDBq-II), 6-[3-(dibenzothiophen-4-yl)phenyl]di Benzo[f,h]quinoxaline (abbreviation: 6mDBTPDBq-II), 4,6-bis[3-(phenanthren-9-yl)phenyl]pyrimidine (abbreviation: 4,6mPnP2Pm), 4,6-bis [3-(4-Dibenzothienyl)phenyl]pyrimidine (abbreviation: 4,6mDBTP2Pm-II), 1,3,5-tris[3-(3-pyridyl)phenyl]benzene (abbreviation: TmPyPB ) and other heterocyclic compounds having a diazine skeleton. In addition, poly(2,5-pyridinediyl) (abbreviation: PPy), poly[(9,9-dihexylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(pyridine-3,5-diyl) can also be used base)] (abbreviation: PF-Py), poly[(9,9-dioctylfluorene-2,7-diyl)-co-(2,2'-bipyridine-6,6'-diyl) ] (abbreviation: PF-BPy) and other polymer compounds. The substances listed here are mainly substances having an electron mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more. However, any substance other than the above-mentioned substances may be used as long as the substance has higher electron transport properties than hole transport properties.

有机化合物131_2可以是具有含氮五元杂环骨架或叔胺骨架的化合物,优选具有含氮五元杂环骨架。具体地,可以举出吡咯骨架或芳香胺骨架。具体而言,可以举出吲哚衍生物、咔唑衍生物、三芳基胺衍生物等。含氮五元杂环骨架的例子包括咪唑骨架、三唑骨架及四唑骨架。作为有机化合物131_2,可以使用空穴传输性比电子传输性高的材料(空穴传输性材料),优选的是具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的空穴迁移率的材料。此外,上述空穴传输性材料也可以是高分子化合物。在上述具有咔唑骨架的化合物中,还可以适当地使用具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的空穴迁移率的化合物。The organic compound 131_2 may be a compound having a nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic skeleton or a tertiary amine skeleton, and preferably has a nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic skeleton. Specifically, a pyrrole skeleton or an aromatic amine skeleton can be mentioned. Specifically, an indole derivative, a carbazole derivative, a triarylamine derivative, etc. are mentioned. Examples of the nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic skeleton include an imidazole skeleton, a triazole skeleton, and a tetrazole skeleton. As the organic compound 131_2, a material (hole-transporting material) having a higher hole-transporting property than electron-transporting property can be used, and a material having a hole mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more is preferable. In addition, the above-mentioned hole-transporting material may be a polymer compound. Among the above-mentioned compounds having a carbazole skeleton, compounds having a hole mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more can be appropriately used.

能够被用作空穴传输性高的材料的芳香胺化合物的例子包括N,N’-二(对甲苯基)-N,N’-二苯基-对苯二胺(简称:DTDPPA)、4,4’-双[N-(4-二苯氨基苯基)-N-苯氨基]联苯(简称:DPAB)、N,N'-双{4-[双(3-甲基苯基)氨基]苯基}-N,N'-二苯基-(1,1'-联苯)-4,4'-二胺(简称:DNTPD)、1,3,5-三[N-(4-二苯氨基苯基)-N-苯氨基]苯(简称:DPA3B)等。Examples of aromatic amine compounds that can be used as materials with high hole transport properties include N,N'-bis(p-tolyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-p-phenylenediamine (abbreviation: DTDPPA), 4 , 4'-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: DPAB), N,N'-bis{4-[bis(3-methylphenyl) Amino]phenyl}-N,N'-diphenyl-(1,1'-biphenyl)-4,4'-diamine (abbreviation: DNTPD), 1,3,5-tri[N-(4 -Diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]benzene (abbreviation: DPA3B), etc.

其他例子是聚(N-乙烯基咔唑)(简称:PVK)、聚(4-乙烯基三苯胺)(简称:PVTPA)、聚[N-(4-{N’-[4-(4-二苯基氨基)苯基]苯基-N’-苯基氨基}苯基)甲基丙烯酰胺](简称:PTPDMA)、聚[N,N’-双(4-丁基苯基)-N,N’-双(苯基)联苯胺](简称:Poly-TPD)等高分子化合物。Other examples are poly(N-vinylcarbazole) (abbreviation: PVK), poly(4-vinyltriphenylamine) (abbreviation: PVTPA), poly[N-(4-{N'-[4-(4- Diphenylamino)phenyl]phenyl-N'-phenylamino}phenyl)methacrylamide] (abbreviation: PTPDMA), poly[N,N'-bis(4-butylphenyl)-N , N'-bis (phenyl) benzidine] (abbreviation: Poly-TPD) and other polymer compounds.

空穴传输性高的材料的例子是:4,4’-双[N-(1-萘基)-N-苯氨基]联苯(简称:NPB或α-NPD)、N,N’-双(3-甲基苯基)-N,N’-二苯基-[1,1’-联苯]-4,4’-二胺(简称:TPD)、4,4’,4”-三(咔唑-9-基)三苯胺(简称:TCTA)、4,4’,4”-三[N-(1-萘基)-N-苯氨基]三苯胺(简称:1’-TNATA)、4,4’,4”-三(N,N-二苯氨基)三苯胺(简称:TDATA)、4,4’,4”-三[N-(3-甲基苯基)-N-苯氨基]三苯胺(简称:MTDATA)、4,4’-双[N-(螺-9,9’-联芴-2-基)-N-苯氨基]联苯(简称:BSPB)、4-苯基-4’-(9-苯基芴-9-基)三苯胺(简称:BPAFLP)、4-苯基-3’-(9-苯基芴-9-基)三苯胺(简称:mBPAFLP)、N-(9,9-二甲基-9H-芴-2-基)-N-{9,9-二甲基-2-[N’-苯基-N’-(9,9-二甲基-9H-芴-2-基)氨基]-9H-芴-7-基}苯基胺(简称:DFLADFL)、N-(9,9-二甲基-2-二苯氨基-9H-芴-7-基)二苯基胺(简称:DPNF)、2-[N-(4-二苯氨基苯基)-N-苯氨基]螺-9,9’-联芴(简称:DPASF)、4-苯基-4’-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)三苯胺(简称:PCBA1BP)、4,4’-二苯基-4”-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)三苯胺(简称:PCBBi1BP)、4-(1-萘基)-4’-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)三苯胺(简称:PCBANB)、4,4’-二(1-萘基)-4”-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)三苯胺(简称:PCBNBB)、4-苯基二苯基-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)胺(简称:PCA1BP)、N,N’-双(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)-N,N’-二苯基苯-1,3-二胺(简称:PCA2B)、N,N’,N”-三苯基-N,N’,N”-三(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)苯-1,3,5-三胺(简称:PCA3B)、N-(4-联苯)-N-(9,9-二甲基-9H-芴-2-基)-9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:PCBiF)、N-(1,1’-联苯-4-基)-N-[4-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)苯基]-9,9-二甲基-9H-芴-2-胺(简称:PCBBiF)、9,9-二甲基-N-苯基-N-[4-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)苯基]芴-2-胺(简称:PCBAF)、N-苯基-N-[4-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)苯基]螺-9,9’-联芴-2-胺(简称:PCBASF)、2-[N-(9-苯基咔唑-3-基)-N-苯氨基]螺-9,9’-联芴(简称:PCASF)、2,7-双[N-(4-二苯氨基苯基)-N-苯氨基]-螺-9,9’-联芴(简称:DPA2SF)、N-[4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]-N-(4-苯基)苯基苯胺(简称:YGA1BP)、N,N’-双[4-(咔唑-9-基)苯基]-N,N’-二苯基-9,9-二甲基芴-2,7-二胺(简称:YGA2F)等芳香胺化合物。其他例子是:3-[4-(1-萘基)-苯基]-9-苯基-9H-咔唑(简称:PCPN)、3-[4-(9-菲基)-苯基]-9-苯基-9H-咔唑(简称:PCPPn)、3,3’-双(9-苯基-9H-咔唑)(简称:PCCP)、1,3-双(N-咔唑基)苯(简称:mCP)、3,6-双(3,5-二苯基苯基)-9-苯基咔唑(简称:CzTP)、3,6-二(9H-咔唑-9-基)-9-苯基-9H-咔唑(简称:PhCzGI)、2,8-二(9H-咔唑-9-基)-二苯并噻吩(简称:Cz2DBT)等胺化合物、咔唑化合物、噻吩化合物、呋喃化合物、芴化合物、三亚苯化合物、菲化合物等。在上述化合物中,具有吡咯骨架或芳香胺骨架的化合物是优选的,因为其高稳定性及高可靠性。另外,具有上述骨架的化合物具有高空穴传输性,也有助于降低驱动电压。Examples of materials with high hole transport properties are: 4,4'-bis[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: NPB or α-NPD), N,N'-bis (3-Methylphenyl)-N,N'-diphenyl-[1,1'-biphenyl]-4,4'-diamine (abbreviation: TPD), 4,4',4"-triphenyl (Carbazol-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TCTA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(1-naphthyl)-N-phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: 1'-TNATA) , 4,4',4"-tris(N,N-diphenylamino)triphenylamine (abbreviation: TDATA), 4,4',4"-tris[N-(3-methylphenyl)-N- Phenylamino]triphenylamine (abbreviation: MTDATA), 4,4'-bis[N-(spiro-9,9'-bifluoren-2-yl)-N-phenylamino]biphenyl (abbreviation: BSPB), 4 -Phenyl-4'-(9-phenylfluoren-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: BPAFLP), 4-phenyl-3'-(9-phenylfluoren-9-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: mBPAFLP), N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-N-{9,9-dimethyl-2-[N'-phenyl-N'-(9,9 -Dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)amino]-9H-fluoren-7-yl}phenylamine (abbreviation: DFLADFL), N-(9,9-dimethyl-2-diphenylamino- 9H-Fluoren-7-yl)diphenylamine (abbreviation: DPNF), 2-[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]spiro-9,9'-bifluorene (abbreviation: DPASF), 4-phenyl-4'-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: PCBA1BP), 4,4'-diphenyl-4"-(9-benzene Base-9H-carbazol-3-yl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: PCBBi1BP), 4-(1-naphthyl)-4'-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: PCBBi1BP) : PCBANB), 4,4'-bis(1-naphthyl)-4"-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: PCBNBB), 4-phenyldiphenyl -(9-Phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)amine (abbreviation: PCA1BP), N,N'-bis(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N,N'-diphenyl Benzene-1,3-diamine (abbreviation: PCA2B), N,N',N"-triphenyl-N,N',N"-tris(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)benzene-1 , 3,5-triamine (abbreviation: PCA3B), N-(4-biphenyl)-N-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluoren-2-yl)-9-phenyl-9H-carbohydrate Azol-3-amine (abbreviation: PCBiF), N-(1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-N-[4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl] -9,9-dimethyl-9H-fluorene-2-amine (abbreviation: PCBBiF), 9,9-dimethyl-N-phenyl-N-[4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbohydrate) Azol-3-yl)phenyl]fluoren-2-amine (abbreviation: PCBAF), N-phenyl-N-[4-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)phenyl]spiro- 9,9'-bifluorene-2-amine (abbreviation: PCBASF), 2-[N-(9-phenylcarbazol-3-yl)-N-phenylamino]spiro-9,9'-bifluorene ( Abbreviation: PCASF), 2,7-bis[N-(4-diphenylaminophenyl)-N-phenylamino]-spiro-9,9'-bifluorene (abbreviation: DPA2SF), N-[4-( 9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]-N-(4-phenyl)phenylaniline (abbreviation: YGA1BP), N,N'-bis[4-(carbazol-9-yl)phenyl] -N,N'-diphenyl-9,9-dimethylfluorene-2,7-diamine (abbreviation: YGA2F) and other aromatic amine compounds. Other examples are: 3-[4-(1-Naphthyl)-phenyl]-9-phenyl-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: PCPN), 3-[4-(9-phenanthryl)-phenyl] -9-Phenyl-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: PCPPn), 3,3'-bis(9-phenyl-9H-carbazole) (abbreviation: PCCP), 1,3-bis(N-carbazolyl) ) Benzene (abbreviation: mCP), 3,6-bis(3,5-diphenylphenyl)-9-phenylcarbazole (abbreviation: CzTP), 3,6-bis(9H-carbazole-9- Base)-9-phenyl-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: PhCzGI), 2,8-bis(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-dibenzothiophene (abbreviation: Cz2DBT) and other amine compounds, carbazole compounds , thiophene compounds, furan compounds, fluorene compounds, triphenylene compounds, phenanthrene compounds, etc. Among the above-mentioned compounds, compounds having a pyrrole skeleton or an aromatic amine skeleton are preferable because of their high stability and high reliability. In addition, the compound having the above-mentioned skeleton has high hole transport properties and also contributes to lowering the driving voltage.

作为有机化合物131_2,可以使用具有如咪唑骨架、三唑骨架或四唑骨架等含氮五元杂环骨架的化合物。具体地,例如可以使用3-(4-联苯基)-4-苯基-5-(4-叔丁基苯基)-1,2,4-三唑(简称:TAZ)、9-[4-(4,5-二苯基-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基)苯基]-9H-咔唑(简称:CzTAZ1)、2,2’,2”-(1,3,5-苯三基)三(1-苯基-1H-苯并咪唑)(简称:TPBI)、2-[3-(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯基]-1-苯基-1H-苯并咪唑(简称:mDBTBIm-II)等。As the organic compound 131_2, a compound having a nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic skeleton such as an imidazole skeleton, a triazole skeleton, or a tetrazole skeleton can be used. Specifically, for example, 3-(4-biphenyl)-4-phenyl-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: TAZ), 9-[ 4-(4,5-Diphenyl-4H-1,2,4-triazol-3-yl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: CzTAZ1), 2,2',2"-(1 , 3,5-benzenetriyl) tris(1-phenyl-1H-benzimidazole) (abbreviation: TPBI), 2-[3-(dibenzothiophen-4-yl)phenyl]-1-benzene Base-1H-benzimidazole (abbreviation: mDBTBIm-II) and the like.

对发光层130中的客体材料132没有特别的限制,作为荧光化合物优选使用蒽衍生物、并四苯衍生物、

Figure BDA0002093500130000241
(chrysene)衍生物、菲衍生物、芘衍生物、二萘嵌苯衍生物、二苯乙烯衍生物、吖啶酮衍生物、香豆素衍生物、吩恶嗪衍生物、吩噻嗪衍生物等,例如可以使用如下物质中的任意物质。The guest material 132 in the light-emitting layer 130 is not particularly limited, and as the fluorescent compound, anthracene derivatives, naphthacene derivatives,
Figure BDA0002093500130000241
(chrysene) derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, pyrene derivatives, perylene derivatives, stilbene derivatives, acridine derivatives, coumarin derivatives, phenoxazine derivatives, phenothiazine derivatives etc., for example, any of the following substances can be used.

其例子包括5,6-双[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-2,2'-联吡啶(简称:PAP2BPy)、5,6-双[4'-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)联苯-4-基]-2,2'-联吡啶(简称:PAPP2BPy)、N,N'-二苯基-N,N'-双[4-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]芘-1,6-二胺(简称:1,6FLPAPrn)、N,N’-双(3-甲基苯基)-N,N’-双[3-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]芘-1,6-二胺(简称:1,6mMemFLPAPrn)、N,N’-双[4-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]-N,N’-双(4-叔丁苯基)芘-1,6-二胺(简称:1,6tBu-FLPAPrn)、N,N’-双[4-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]N,N’-二苯基-3,8-二环己基芘-1,6-二胺(简称:ch-1,6FLPAPrn)、N,N'-双[4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]-N,N'-二苯基二苯乙烯-4,4'-二胺(简称:YGA2S)、4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)-4'-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)三苯胺(简称:YGAPA)、4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)-4'-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)三苯胺(简称:2YGAPPA)、N,9-二苯基-N-[4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:PCAPA)、苝、2,5,8,11-四(叔丁基)苝(简称:TBP)、4-(10-苯基-9-蒽基)-4'-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)三苯胺(简称:PCBAPA)、N,N”-(2-叔丁基蒽-9,10-二基二-4,1-亚苯基)双[N,N',N'-三苯基-1,4-苯二胺](简称:DPABPA)、N,9-二苯基-N-[4-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)苯基]-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:2PCAPPA)、N-[4-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)苯基]-N,N',N'-三苯基-1,4-苯二胺(简称:2DPAPPA)、N,N,N',N',N”,N”,N”',N”'-八苯基二苯并[g,p]

Figure BDA0002093500130000251
(chrysene)-2,7,10,15-四胺(简称:DBC1)、香豆素30、N-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)-N,9-二苯基-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:2PCAPA)、N-[9,10-双(1,1'-联苯-2-基)-2-蒽基]-N,9-二苯基-9H-咔唑-3-胺(简称:2PCABPhA)、N-(9,10-二苯基-2-蒽基)-N,N',N'-三苯基-1,4-苯二胺(简称:2DPAPA)、N-[9,10-双(1,1'-联苯-2-基)-2-蒽基]-N,N',N'-三苯基-1,4-苯二胺(简称:2DPABPhA)、9,10-双(1,1'-联苯-2-基)-N-[4-(9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基]-N-苯基蒽-2-胺(简称:2YGABPhA)、N,N,9-三苯基蒽-9-胺(简称:DPhAPhA)、香豆素6、香豆素545T、N,N'-二苯基喹吖酮(简称:DPQd)、红荧烯、2,8-二-叔丁基-5,11-双(4-叔丁苯基)-6,12-二苯基并四苯(简称:TBRb)、尼罗红、5,12-双(1,1'-联苯-4-基)-6,11-二苯基并四苯(简称:BPT)、2-(2-{2-[4-(二甲氨基)苯基]乙烯基}-6-甲基-4H-吡喃-4-亚基)丙二腈(简称:DCM1)、2-{2-甲基-6-[2-(2,3,6,7-四氢-1H,5H-苯并[ij]喹嗪-9-基)乙烯基]-4H-吡喃-4-亚基}丙二腈(简称:DCM2)、N,N,N',N'-四(4-甲基苯基)并四苯-5,11-二胺(简称:p-mPhTD)、7,14-二苯基-N,N,N',N'-四(4-甲基苯基)苊并[1,2-a]荧蒽-3,10-二胺(简称:p-mPhAFD)、2-{2-异丙基-6-[2-(1,1,7,7-四甲基-2,3,6,7-四氢-1H,5H-苯并[ij]喹嗪-9-基)乙烯基]-4H-吡喃-4-亚基}丙二腈(简称:DCJTI)、2-{2-叔丁基-6-[2-(1,1,7,7-四甲基-2,3,6,7-四氢-1H,5H-苯并[ij]喹嗪-9-基)乙烯基]-4H-吡喃-4-亚基}丙二腈(简称:DCJTB)、2-(2,6-双{2-[4-(二甲氨基)苯基]乙烯基}-4H-吡喃-4-亚基)丙二腈(简称:BisDCM)、2-{2,6-双[2-(8-甲氧基-1,1,7,7-四甲基-2,3,6,7-四氢-1H,5H-苯并[ij]喹嗪-9-基)乙烯基]-4H-吡喃-4-亚基}丙二腈(简称:BisDCJTM)、5,10,15,20-四苯基双苯并(tetraphenylbisbenzo)[5,6]茚并[1,2,3-cd:1',2',3'-lm]苝。Examples thereof include 5,6-bis[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl)phenyl]-2,2'-bipyridine (abbreviation: PAP2BPy), 5,6-bis[4'-(10 -Phenyl-9-anthryl)biphenyl-4-yl]-2,2'-bipyridine (abbreviation: PAPP2BPy), N,N'-diphenyl-N,N'-bis[4-(9 -Phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]pyrene-1,6-diamine (abbreviation: 1,6FLPAPrn), N,N'-bis(3-methylphenyl)-N,N' -Bis[3-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]pyrene-1,6-diamine (abbreviation: 1,6mMemFLPAPrn), N,N'-bis[4-(9- Phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]-N,N'-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)pyrene-1,6-diamine (abbreviation: 1,6tBu-FLPAPrn), N,N '-Bis[4-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]N,N'-diphenyl-3,8-dicyclohexylpyrene-1,6-diamine (abbreviation: ch-1,6FLPAPrn), N,N'-bis[4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]-N,N'-diphenylstilbene-4,4'-diamine ( Abbreviation: YGA2S), 4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)-4'-(10-phenyl-9-anthryl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: YGAPA), 4-(9H-carbazole-9- base)-4'-(9,10-diphenyl-2-anthracenyl) triphenylamine (abbreviation: 2YGAPPA), N,9-diphenyl-N-[4-(10-phenyl-9-anthracene) base) phenyl]-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: PCAPA), perylene, 2,5,8,11-tetra (tert-butyl) perylene (abbreviation: TBP), 4-(10-phenyl) -9-Anthracenyl)-4'-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)triphenylamine (abbreviation: PCBAPA), N,N"-(2-tert-butylanthracene-9,10- Diylbis-4,1-phenylene)bis[N,N',N'-triphenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine] (abbreviation: DPABPA), N,9-diphenyl-N- [4-(9,10-Diphenyl-2-anthryl)phenyl]-9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: 2PCAPPA), N-[4-(9,10-diphenyl-2 -Anthracenyl)phenyl]-N,N',N'-triphenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine (abbreviation: 2DPAPPA), N,N,N',N',N",N",N "',N"'-Octaphenyldibenzo[g,p]
Figure BDA0002093500130000251
(chrysene)-2,7,10,15-tetraamine (abbreviation: DBC1), coumarin 30, N-(9,10-diphenyl-2-anthryl)-N,9-diphenyl- 9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: 2PCAPA), N-[9,10-bis(1,1'-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-anthryl]-N,9-diphenyl- 9H-carbazol-3-amine (abbreviation: 2PCABPhA), N-(9,10-diphenyl-2-anthryl)-N,N',N'-triphenyl-1,4-phenylenediamine (abbreviation: 2DPAPA), N-[9,10-bis(1,1'-biphenyl-2-yl)-2-anthryl]-N,N',N'-triphenyl-1,4- Phenylenediamine (abbreviation: 2DPABPhA), 9,10-bis(1,1'-biphenyl-2-yl)-N-[4-(9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenyl]-N-benzene Anthracene-2-amine (abbreviation: 2YGABPhA), N,N,9-triphenylanthracene-9-amine (abbreviation: DPhAPhA), coumarin 6, coumarin 545T, N,N'-diphenyl Quinacridone (abbreviation: DPQd), rubrene, 2,8-di-tert-butyl-5,11-bis(4-tert-butylphenyl)-6,12-diphenyltetracene (abbreviation: TBRb), Nile Red, 5,12-bis(1,1'-biphenyl-4-yl)-6,11-diphenyltetracene (abbreviation: BPT), 2-(2-{2- [4-(Dimethylamino)phenyl]vinyl}-6-methyl-4H-pyran-4-ylidene)malononitrile (abbreviation: DCM1), 2-{2-methyl-6-[ 2-(2,3,6,7-Tetrahydro-1H,5H-benzo[ij]quinazin-9-yl)vinyl]-4H-pyran-4-ylidene}malononitrile (abbreviation: DCM2), N,N,N',N'-tetrakis(4-methylphenyl)naphthacene-5,11-diamine (abbreviation: p-mPhTD), 7,14-diphenyl-N, N,N',N'-Tetrakis(4-methylphenyl)acenaphthene[1,2-a]fluoranthene-3,10-diamine (abbreviation: p-mPhAFD), 2-{2-isopropyl base-6-[2-(1,1,7,7-tetramethyl-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H,5H-benzo[ij]quinazin-9-yl)ethenyl] -4H-pyran-4-ylidene}malononitrile (abbreviation: DCJTI), 2-{2-tert-butyl-6-[2-(1,1,7,7-tetramethyl-2,3 , 6,7-Tetrahydro-1H,5H-benzo[ij]quinazin-9-yl)vinyl]-4H-pyran-4-ylidene}malononitrile (abbreviation: DCJTB), 2-( 2,6-bis{2-[4-(dimethylamino)phenyl]vinyl}-4H-pyran-4-ylidene)malononitrile (abbreviation: BisDCM), 2-{2,6-bis [2-(8-Methoxy-1,1,7,7-tetramethyl-2,3,6,7-tetrahydro-1H,5H-benzo[ij]quinazin-9-yl)ethene base]-4 H-pyran-4-ylidene}malononitrile (abbreviation: BisDCJTM), 5,10,15,20-tetraphenylbisbenzo[5,6]indeno[1,2,3- cd: 1', 2', 3'-lm]perylene.

注意,如表1所示,第一有机化合物所包含的烃基取代物导致T1能级的降低。因此,在客体材料具有将三重激发能量转换为发光的功能的情况下,本发明的一个实施方式更有效。作为具有将三重激发能量转换为发光的功能的材料,可以举出磷光材料及热活化延迟荧光(TADF)材料,以下进行该材料的说明。注意,在这些客体材料的T1能级高的情况下,具体而言,在这些客体材料呈现450nm以上且530nm以下的发光峰值的情况下,本发明的一个实施方式特别有效。Note that, as shown in Table 1, the hydrocarbyl substituent contained in the first organic compound causes a decrease in the T1 energy level. Therefore, one embodiment of the present invention is more effective when the guest material has a function of converting triplet excitation energy into luminescence. Examples of materials having a function of converting triplet excitation energy into luminescence include phosphorescent materials and thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF) materials, which will be described below. Note that one embodiment of the present invention is particularly effective when the T1 level of these guest materials is high, specifically, when these guest materials exhibit emission peaks of 450 nm or more and 530 nm or less.

作为客体材料132(磷光化合物),可以使用铱类、铑类、铂类有机金属配合物或者这金属配合物,尤其是,优选的是有机铱配合物,例如铱类邻位金属配合物。作为邻位金属化的配体,可以举出4H-三唑配体、1H-三唑配体、咪唑配体、吡啶配体、嘧啶配体、吡嗪配体或异喹啉配体等。作为金属配合物可以举出具有卟啉配体的铂配合物等。As the guest material 132 (phosphorescent compound), iridium-based, rhodium-based, platinum-based organometallic complexes or these metal complexes can be used, and in particular, organic iridium complexes such as iridium-based ortho metal complexes are preferred. Examples of the ortho-metallated ligands include 4H-triazole ligands, 1H-triazole ligands, imidazole ligands, pyridine ligands, pyrimidine ligands, pyrazine ligands, and isoquinoline ligands. Examples of the metal complex include platinum complexes having porphyrin ligands, and the like.

在蓝色或绿色波长范围内具有发光峰值的物质的例子包括三{2-[5-(2-甲基苯基)-4-(2,6-二甲基苯基)-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基-κN2]苯基-κC}铱(III)(简称:Ir(mpptz-dmp)3)、三(5-甲基-3,4-二苯基-4H-1,2,4-三唑)铱(III)(简称:Ir(Mptz)3)、三[4-(3-联苯)-5-异丙基-3-苯基-4H-1,2,4-三唑]铱(III)(简称:Ir(iPrptz-3b)3)、三[3-(5-联苯)-5-异丙基-4-苯基-4H-1,2,4-三唑]铱(III)(简称:Ir(iPr5btz)3)等具有4H-三唑骨架的有机金属铱配合物;三[3-甲基-1-(2-甲基苯基)-5-苯基-1H-1,2,4-三唑]铱(III)(简称:Ir(Mptz1-mp)3)、三(1-甲基-5-苯基-3-丙基-1H-1,2,4-三唑)铱(III)(简称:Ir(Prptz1-Me)3)等具有1H-三唑骨架的有机金属铱配合物;fac-三[1-(2,6-二异丙基苯基)-2-苯基-1H-咪唑]铱(III)(简称:Ir(iPrpmi)3)、三[3-(2,6-二甲基苯基)-7-甲基咪唑并[1,2-f]菲啶根(phenanthridinato)]铱(III)(简称:Ir(dmpimpt-Me)3)等具有咪唑骨架的有机金属铱配合物;以及双[2-(4',6'-二氟苯基)吡啶根-N,C2']铱(III)四(1-吡唑基)硼酸盐(简称:FIr6)、双[2-(4',6'-二氟苯基)吡啶根-N,C2']铱(III)吡啶甲酸盐(简称:FIrpic)、双{2-[3',5'-双(三氟甲基)苯基]吡啶根-N,C2'}铱(III)吡啶甲酸盐(简称:Ir(CF3ppy)2(pic))、双[2-(4',6'-二氟苯基)吡啶根-N,C2']铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:FIr(acac))等以具有吸电子基团的苯基吡啶衍生物为配体的有机金属铱配合物。在以上举出的材料中,由于具有4H-三唑骨架、1H-三唑骨架或咪唑骨架等含氮五元杂环骨架的有机金属铱配合物具有高三重激发能量、高可靠性及高发光效率,所以是特别优选的。Examples of substances having an emission peak in the blue or green wavelength range include tris{2-[5-(2-methylphenyl)-4-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-4H-1, 2,4-Triazol-3-yl-κN2]phenyl-κC}iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(mpptz-dmp) 3 ), tris(5-methyl-3,4-diphenyl-4H) -1,2,4-triazole) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(Mptz) 3 ), tris[4-(3-biphenyl)-5-isopropyl-3-phenyl-4H-1, 2,4-Triazole] iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(iPrptz-3b) 3 ), tris[3-(5-biphenyl)-5-isopropyl-4-phenyl-4H-1,2 , 4-triazole] iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(iPr5btz) 3 ) and other organometallic iridium complexes with 4H-triazole skeleton; tris[3-methyl-1-(2-methylphenyl) -5-Phenyl-1H-1,2,4-triazole]iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(Mptz1-mp) 3 ), tris(1-methyl-5-phenyl-3-propyl- 1H-1,2,4-triazole) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(Prptz1-Me) 3 ) and other organometallic iridium complexes with 1H-triazole skeleton; fac-tri[1-(2,6 -Diisopropylphenyl)-2-phenyl-1H-imidazole]iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(iPrpmi) 3 ), tris[3-(2,6-dimethylphenyl)-7- Methylimidazo[1,2-f]phenanthridineato]iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(dmpimpt-Me) 3 ) and other organometallic iridium complexes with imidazole skeletons; and bis[2-( 4',6'-Difluorophenyl)pyridino-N, C2 ']iridium(III) tetrakis(1-pyrazolyl)borate (abbreviation: FIr6), bis[2-(4',6 '-Difluorophenyl)pyridine-N,C 2 ']iridium(III) picolinate (abbreviation: FIrpic), bis{2-[3',5'-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenyl ]pyridine-N,C 2 '}iridium(III) picolinate (abbreviation: Ir(CF 3 ppy) 2 (pic)), bis[2-(4',6'-difluorophenyl)pyridine Organometallic iridium complexes such as root-N,C 2 ']iridium(III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: FIr(acac)), etc., which use phenylpyridine derivatives with electron withdrawing groups as ligands. Among the materials listed above, organometal iridium complexes having nitrogen-containing five-membered heterocyclic skeletons such as 4H-triazole skeleton, 1H-triazole skeleton, or imidazole skeleton have high triplet excitation energy, high reliability, and high luminescence efficiency, so it is particularly preferred.

在绿色或黄色的波长范围内具有发光峰值的物质的例子包括三(4-甲基-6-苯基嘧啶)铱(III)(简称:Ir(mppm)3)、三(4-叔丁基-6-苯基嘧啶)铱(III)(简称:Ir(tBuppm)3)、(乙酰丙酮根)双(6-甲基-4-苯基嘧啶)铱(III)(简称:Ir(mppm)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双(6-叔丁基-4-苯基嘧啶)铱(III)(简称:Ir(tBuppm)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双[4-(2-降莰基)-6-苯基嘧啶]铱(III)(简称:Ir(nbppm)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双[5-甲基-6-(2-甲基苯基)-4-苯基嘧啶]铱(III)(简称:Ir(mpmppm)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双{4,6-二甲基-2-[6-(2,6-二甲基苯基)-4-嘧啶基-κN3]苯基-κC}铱(III)(简称:Ir(dmppm-dmp)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双(4,6-二苯基嘧啶)铱(III)(简称:Ir(dppm)2(acac))等具有嘧啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物;(乙酰丙酮根)双(3,5-二甲基-2-苯基吡嗪)铱(III)(简称:Ir(mppr-Me)2(acac))、(乙酰丙酮根)双(5-异丙基-3-甲基-2-苯基吡嗪)铱(III)(简称:Ir(mppr-iPr)2(acac))等具有吡嗪骨架的有机金属铱配合物;三(2-苯基吡啶-N,C2')铱(III)(简称:Ir(ppy)3)、双(2-苯基吡啶根-N,C2')铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(ppy)2(acac))、双(苯并[h]喹啉)铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(bzq)2(acac))、三(苯并[h]喹啉)铱(III)(简称:Ir(bzq)3)、三(2-苯基喹啉-N,C2′)铱(III)(简称:Ir(pq)3)、双(2-苯基喹啉-N,C2')铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(pq)2(acac))等具有吡啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物;双(2,4-二苯基-1,3-噁唑-N,C2')铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(dpo)2(acac))、双{2-[4'-(全氟苯基)苯基]吡啶-N,C2'}铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(p-PF-ph)2(acac))、双(2-苯基苯并噻唑-N,C2')铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(bt)2(acac))等有机金属铱配合物;三(乙酰丙酮根)(单菲咯啉)铽(III)(简称:Tb(acac)3(Phen))等稀土金属配合物。在以上举出的材料中,由于具有嘧啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物具有显著高的可靠性及发光效率,所以是尤其优选的。Examples of substances having a light emission peak in the wavelength range of green or yellow include tris(4-methyl-6-phenylpyrimidine)iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(mppm) 3 ), tris(4-tert-butyl) -6-phenylpyrimidine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(tBuppm) 3 ), (acetylacetonate)bis(6-methyl-4-phenylpyrimidine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir (mppm) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate) bis (6-tert-butyl-4-phenylpyrimidine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(tBuppm) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate) bis[4 -(2-norbornyl)-6-phenylpyrimidine]iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(nbppm) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate)bis[5-methyl-6-(2-methyl) phenyl)-4-phenylpyrimidine] iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir (mpmppm) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate) bis{4,6-dimethyl-2-[6-(2 , 6-dimethylphenyl)-4-pyrimidinyl-κN3]phenyl-κC} iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(dmppm-dmp) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate) bis(4, 6-diphenylpyrimidine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(dppm) 2 (acac)) and other organometallic iridium complexes with pyrimidine skeleton; (acetylacetonate) bis(3,5-dimethyl-2 -Phenylpyrazine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(mppr-Me) 2 (acac)), (acetylacetonate) bis(5-isopropyl-3-methyl-2-phenylpyrazine) Iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(mppr-iPr) 2 (acac)) and other organometallic iridium complexes with pyrazine skeleton; tris (2-phenylpyridine-N, C 2 ') iridium (III) (abbreviation : Ir(ppy) 3 ), bis(2-phenylpyridino-N,C 2 ') iridium(III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(ppy) 2 (acac)), bis(benzo[h]quinoline) Line) iridium (III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(bzq) 2 (acac)), tris(benzo[h]quinoline) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(bzq) 3 ), tris(2-benzene) quinoline-N,C 2' ) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(pq) 3 ), bis(2-phenylquinoline-N, C 2 ') iridium (III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir( pq) 2 (acac)) and other organometallic iridium complexes with pyridine skeleton; bis(2,4-diphenyl-1,3-oxazole-N,C 2 ') iridium (III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(dpo) 2 (acac)), bis{2-[4'-(perfluorophenyl)phenyl]pyridine-N,C 2 '}iridium(III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(p-PF- ph) 2 (acac)), bis(2-phenylbenzothiazide) azole-N,C 2 ') iridium (III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(bt) 2 (acac)) and other organometallic iridium complexes; tris (acetylacetonate) (monophenanthroline) terbium (III) ( Abbreviation: Tb(acac) 3 (Phen)) and other rare earth metal complexes. Among the materials listed above, organometallic iridium complexes having a pyrimidine skeleton are particularly preferable because they have remarkably high reliability and luminous efficiency.

在黄色或红色的波长范围内具有发光峰值的物质的例子包括(二异丁酰甲烷根)双[4,6-双(3-甲基苯基)嘧啶根]铱(III)(简称:Ir(5mdppm)2(dibm))、双[4,6-双(3-甲基苯基)嘧啶根](二新戊酰基甲烷根)铱(III)(简称:Ir(5mdppm)2(dpm))、双[4,6-二(萘-1-基)嘧啶根](二新戊酰基甲烷根)铱(III)(简称:Ir(d1npm)2(dpm))等具有嘧啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物;(乙酰丙酮根)双(2,3,5-三苯基吡嗪根)铱(III)(简称:Ir(tppr)2(acac))、双(2,3,5-三苯基吡嗪根)(二新戊酰基甲烷根)铱(III)(简称:Ir(tppr)2(dpm))、(乙酰丙酮根)双[2,3-双(4-氟苯基)喹喔啉]合铱(III)(简称:Ir(Fdpq)2(acac))等具有吡嗪骨架的有机金属铱配合物;三(1-苯基异喹啉-N,C2’)铱(III)(简称:Ir(piq)3)、双(1-苯基异喹啉-N,C2’)铱(III)乙酰丙酮(简称:Ir(piq)2(acac))等具有吡啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物;2,3,7,8,12,13,17,18-八乙基-21H,23H-卟啉铂(II)(简称:PtOEP)等铂配合物;以及三(1,3-二苯基-1,3-丙二酮(propanedionato))(单菲罗啉)铕(III)(简称:Eu(DBM)3(Phen))、三[1-(2-噻吩甲酰基)-3,3,3-三氟丙酮](单菲罗啉)铕(III)(简称:Eu(TTA)3(Phen))等稀土金属配合物。在以上举出的材料中,由于具有嘧啶骨架的有机金属铱配合物也具有显著高的可靠性及发光效率,所以是尤其优选的。另外,具有吡嗪骨架的有机金属铱配合物可以提供色度良好的红色光。Examples of substances having a light emission peak in the wavelength range of yellow or red include (diisobutyrylmethane)bis[4,6-bis(3-methylphenyl)pyrimidinide]iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir (5mdppm) 2 (dibm)), bis[4,6-bis(3-methylphenyl)pyrimidine](dipivaloylmethane) iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(5mdppm) 2 (dpm) ), bis[4,6-bis (naphthalen-1-yl) pyrimidine radical] (dipivaloyl methane radical) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir (d1npm) 2 (dpm)) and other organometallics with pyrimidine skeleton Iridium complex; (acetylacetonate) bis (2,3,5-triphenylpyrazine) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(tppr) 2 (acac)), bis (2,3,5-triphenylene) Phenylpyrazine) (dipivaloylmethane) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(tppr) 2 (dpm)), (acetylacetonate) bis[2,3-bis(4-fluorophenyl) Quinoxaline] iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(Fdpq) 2 (acac)) and other organometallic iridium complexes with pyrazine skeleton; tris(1-phenylisoquinoline-N,C 2' ) iridium (III) (abbreviation: Ir(piq) 3 ), bis(1-phenylisoquinoline-N,C 2' ) iridium (III) acetylacetone (abbreviation: Ir(piq) 2 (acac)) and the like have pyridine Organometallic iridium complexes of the framework; platinum complexes such as 2,3,7,8,12,13,17,18-octaethyl-21H,23H-porphyrin platinum (II) (abbreviation: PtOEP); and three (1,3-diphenyl-1,3-propanedione (propanedionato)) (monophenanthroline) europium (III) (abbreviation: Eu(DBM) 3 (Phen)), tris[1-(2- Thiophenoyl)-3,3,3-trifluoroacetone] (monophenanthroline) europium (III) (abbreviation: Eu(TTA) 3 (Phen)) and other rare earth metal complexes. Among the materials listed above, organometallic iridium complexes having a pyrimidine skeleton are particularly preferable because they have remarkably high reliability and luminous efficiency. In addition, organometallic iridium complexes with a pyrazine skeleton can provide red light with good chromaticity.

作为发光层130所包含的发光材料,只要能够将三重激发能量转换为发光的材料就可以使用任何材料。作为该能够将三重激发能转换为发光的材料,除了磷光材料之外,还可以举出热活化延迟荧光(TADF)材料。因此,可以将用“热活化延迟荧光材料”调换说明书中的“磷光材料”。注意,热活化延迟荧光材料是指三重激发能级与单重激发能级的差较小且具有通过反系间窜越将三重激发能量转换为单重激发能量的功能的材料。因此,TADF材料能够使用微小的热能量将三重激发态上转换(up-convert)为单重激发态(即,反系间窜越)并能够高效地呈现来自单重激发态的发光(荧光)。在三重激发能级与单重激发能级的能量差优选大于0eV且为0.2eV以下,更优选大于0eV且为0.1eV以下的状态下,可以高效地获得TADF。As the light-emitting material contained in the light-emitting layer 130, any material can be used as long as it can convert triplet excitation energy into light-emitting. As the material capable of converting triplet excitation energy into light emission, in addition to phosphorescent materials, thermally activated delayed fluorescence (TADF) materials can be cited. Therefore, the term "phosphorescent material" in the specification may be interchanged with "thermally activated delayed fluorescent material". Note that the thermally activated delayed fluorescent material refers to a material that has a small difference between the triplet excitation energy level and the singlet excitation energy level and has a function of converting triplet excitation energy into singlet excitation energy through inverse intersystem crossing. Therefore, TADF materials can up-convert triplet excited states to singlet excited states (ie, inverse intersystem crossing) using minute thermal energy and can efficiently exhibit luminescence (fluorescence) from singlet excited states . TADF can be efficiently obtained in a state where the energy difference between the triplet excitation level and the singlet excitation level is preferably greater than 0 eV and 0.2 eV or less, and more preferably greater than 0 eV and 0.1 eV or less.

当热活化延迟荧光材料由一种材料构成时,例如可以使用如下材料中的任意材料。When the thermally activated delayed fluorescent material is composed of one material, for example, any of the following materials can be used.

首先,可以举出富勒烯或其衍生物、原黄素等吖啶衍生物、曙红(eosin)等。此外,可以举出包含镁(Mg)、锌(Zn)、镉(Cd)、锡(Sn)、铂(Pt)、铟(In)或钯(Pd)等的含金属卟啉。作为该含金属卟啉的例子,也可以举出原卟啉-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(Proto IX))、中卟啉-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(Meso IX))、血卟啉-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(Hemato IX))、粪卟啉四甲基酯-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(Copro III-4Me))、八乙基卟啉-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(OEP))、初卟啉-氟化锡配合物(SnF2(Etio I))、八乙基卟啉-氯化铂配合物(PtCl2(OEP))等。First, fullerenes or derivatives thereof, acridine derivatives such as proflavin, eosin, and the like can be mentioned. In addition, metal-containing porphyrins including magnesium (Mg), zinc (Zn), cadmium (Cd), tin (Sn), platinum (Pt), indium (In), palladium (Pd), or the like can be mentioned. Examples of the metal-containing porphyrin include protoporphyrin-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (Proto IX)), mesoporphyrin-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (Meso IX)), blood Porphyrin-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (Hemato IX)), coproporphyrin tetramethyl ester-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (Copro III-4Me)), octaethylporphyrin-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (OEP)), protoporphyrin-tin fluoride complex (SnF 2 (Etio I)), octaethylporphyrin-platinum chloride complex (PtCl 2 (OEP)), etc.

作为由一种材料构成的热活化延迟荧光材料,还可以使用具有富π电子型杂芳环及缺π电子型杂芳环的杂环化合物。具体而言,可以使用2-(联苯-4-基)-4,6-双(12-苯基吲哚并[2,3-a]咔唑-11-基)-1,3,5-三嗪(简称:PIC-TRZ)、2-{4-[3-(N-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-9H-咔唑-9-基]苯基}-4,6-二苯基-1,3,5-三嗪(简称:PCCzPTzn)、2-[4-(10H-吩恶嗪-10-基)苯基]-4,6-二苯基-1,3,5-三嗪(简称:PXZ-TRZ)、3-[4-(5-苯基-5,10-二氢吩嗪-10-基)苯基]-4,5-二苯基-1,2,4-三唑(简称:PPZ-3TPT)、3-(9,9-二甲基-9H-吖啶-10-基)-9H-氧杂蒽-9-酮(简称:ACRXTN)、双[4-(9,9-二甲基-9,10-二氢吖啶)苯基]砜(简称:DMAC-DPS)、10-苯基-10H,10’H-螺[吖啶-9,9’-蒽]-10’-酮(简称:ACRSA)。该杂环化合物具有富π电子型杂芳环及缺π电子型杂芳环,因此电子传输性及空穴传输性高,所以是优选的。在具有缺π电子型杂芳环的骨架中,二嗪骨架(嘧啶骨架、吡嗪骨架、哒嗪骨架)及三嗪骨架具有高稳定性及高可靠性,所以是尤其优选的。在具有富π电子型杂芳环的骨架中,吖啶骨架、吩恶嗪骨架、吩噻嗪骨架、呋喃骨架及吡咯骨架具有高稳定性及高可靠性,所以优选包括这些骨架中的一个或多个。作为吡咯骨架,特别优选的是吲哚骨架、咔唑骨架或3-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)-9H-咔唑骨架。注意,富π电子型杂芳环与缺π电子型杂芳环直接键合的物质是特别优选的,因为富π电子型杂芳环的供体性和缺π电子型杂芳环的受体性都得到增加,而单重激发能级和三重激发能级之间的差异变小。As the thermally activated delayed fluorescent material composed of one material, a heterocyclic compound having a π-electron-rich heteroaromatic ring and a π-electron-deficient heteroaromatic ring can also be used. Specifically, 2-(biphenyl-4-yl)-4,6-bis(12-phenylindolo[2,3-a]carbazol-11-yl)-1,3,5 -Triazine (abbreviation: PIC-TRZ), 2-{4-[3-(N-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-9H-carbazol-9-yl]phenyl}-4, 6-diphenyl-1,3,5-triazine (abbreviation: PCCzPTzn), 2-[4-(10H-phenoxazin-10-yl)phenyl]-4,6-diphenyl-1, 3,5-triazine (abbreviation: PXZ-TRZ), 3-[4-(5-phenyl-5,10-dihydrophenazine-10-yl)phenyl]-4,5-diphenyl- 1,2,4-triazole (abbreviation: PPZ-3TPT), 3-(9,9-dimethyl-9H-acridin-10-yl)-9H-xanthene-9-one (abbreviation: ACRXTN ), bis[4-(9,9-dimethyl-9,10-dihydroacridine)phenyl]sulfone (abbreviation: DMAC-DPS), 10-phenyl-10H, 10'H-spiro[acridine Pyridin-9,9'-anthracene]-10'-one (abbreviation: ACRSA). Since this heterocyclic compound has a π-electron-rich heteroaromatic ring and a π-electron-deficient heteroaromatic ring, it has high electron-transporting properties and hole-transporting properties, which is preferable. Among skeletons having a π-electron-deficient heteroaromatic ring, diazine skeletons (pyrimidine skeleton, pyrazine skeleton, and pyridazine skeleton) and triazine skeletons are particularly preferred because of their high stability and high reliability. Among the skeletons having a π-electron-rich heteroaromatic ring, an acridine skeleton, a phenoxazine skeleton, a phenothiazine skeleton, a furan skeleton and a pyrrole skeleton have high stability and reliability, so it is preferable to include one or more of these skeletons. multiple. As the pyrrole skeleton, an indole skeleton, a carbazole skeleton, or a 3-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)-9H-carbazole skeleton is particularly preferable. Note that a substance in which a π-electron-rich type heteroaryl ring and a π-electron-deficient type heteroaryl ring are directly bonded is particularly preferable because of the donor property of the π-electron-rich type heteroaryl ring and the acceptor of the π-electron-deficient type heteroaryl ring Both the properties are increased, while the difference between the singlet excitation level and the triplet excitation level becomes smaller.

发光层130也可以包括主体材料131及客体材料132以外的材料。The light-emitting layer 130 may include materials other than the host material 131 and the guest material 132 .

能够用于发光层130的材料的例子是蒽衍生物、菲衍生物、芘衍生物、

Figure BDA0002093500130000301
衍生物、二苯并[g,p]
Figure BDA0002093500130000302
衍生物等的缩合多环芳香化合物,但是不局限于此。缩合多环芳香化合物的具体例子包括9,10-二苯基蒽(简称:DPAnth)、6,12-二甲氧基-5,11-二苯基
Figure BDA0002093500130000311
9,10-双(3,5-二苯基苯基)蒽(简称:DPPA)、9,10-二(2-萘基)蒽(简称:DNA)、2-叔丁基-9,10-二(2-萘基)蒽(简称:t-BuDNA)、9,9’-联蒽(简称:BANT)、9,9’-(二苯乙烯-3,3’-二基)二菲(简称:DPNS)、9,9’-(二苯乙烯-4,4’-二基)二菲(简称:DPNS2)、1,3,5-三(1-芘)苯(简称:TPB3)等。可以从上述物质及公知物质中选择一种或多种具有比上述客体材料132的激发能级高的单重激发能级或三重激发能级的物质。Examples of materials that can be used for the light-emitting layer 130 are anthracene derivatives, phenanthrene derivatives, pyrene derivatives,
Figure BDA0002093500130000301
Derivatives, dibenzo[g,p]
Figure BDA0002093500130000302
Condensed polycyclic aromatic compounds such as derivatives, but not limited thereto. Specific examples of the condensed polycyclic aromatic compounds include 9,10-diphenylanthracene (abbreviation: DPAnth), 6,12-dimethoxy-5,11-diphenyl
Figure BDA0002093500130000311
9,10-bis(3,5-diphenylphenyl)anthracene (abbreviation: DPPA), 9,10-bis(2-naphthyl)anthracene (abbreviation: DNA), 2-tert-butyl-9,10 -Bis(2-naphthyl)anthracene (abbreviation: t-BuDNA), 9,9'-bianthracene (abbreviation: BANT), 9,9'-(stilbene-3,3'-diyl)diphenanthrene (abbreviation: DPNS), 9,9'-(stilbene-4,4'-diyl)diphenanthrene (abbreviation: DPNS2), 1,3,5-tris(1-pyrene)benzene (abbreviation: TPB3) Wait. One or more substances having a singlet excitation energy level or a triplet excitation energy level higher than that of the guest material 132 described above may be selected from the above-mentioned substances and known substances.

例如,可以将如噁二唑衍生物等具有杂芳骨架的化合物用于发光层130。作为其具体例子,可以举出2-(4-联苯基)-5-(4-叔丁基苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑(简称:PBD)、1,3-双[5-(p-叔丁基苯基)-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基]苯(简称:OXD-7)、9-[4-(5-苯基-1,3,4-噁二唑-2-基)苯基]-9H-咔唑(简称:CO11)、4,4’-双(5-甲基苯并恶唑-2-基)二苯乙烯(简称:BzOs)等杂环化合物。For example, a compound having a heteroaromatic skeleton such as an oxadiazole derivative can be used for the light-emitting layer 130 . Specific examples thereof include 2-(4-biphenyl)-5-(4-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazole (abbreviation: PBD), 1,3-bis [5-(p-tert-butylphenyl)-1,3,4-oxadiazol-2-yl]benzene (abbreviation: OXD-7), 9-[4-(5-phenyl-1,3 , 4-oxadiazol-2-yl)phenyl]-9H-carbazole (abbreviation: CO11), 4,4'-bis(5-methylbenzoxazol-2-yl) stilbene (abbreviation: CO11) : BzOs) and other heterocyclic compounds.

另外,例如可以将具有杂环的金属配合物(例如,锌类或铝类金属配合物)等用于发光层130。作为例子,可以举出具有喹啉配体、苯并喹啉配体、噁唑配体或噻唑配体的金属配合物。其具体例子包括具有喹啉骨架或苯并喹啉骨架的金属配合物等,例如三(8-羟基喹啉)铝(III)(简称:Alq)、三(4-甲基-8-羟基喹啉)铝(III)(简称:Almq3)、双(10-羟基苯并[h]喹啉)铍(II)(简称:BeBq2)、双(2-甲基-8-羟基喹啉)(4-苯基苯酚)铝(III)(简称:BAlq)、双(8-羟基喹啉)锌(II)(简称:Znq)等。另外,可以使用如双[2-(2-苯并噁唑基)苯酚]锌(II)(简称:ZnPBO)或双[2-(2-苯并噻唑基)苯酚]锌(II)(简称:ZnBTZ)等具有噁唑基类或噻唑类配体的金属配合物等。In addition, for example, a metal complex having a heterocyclic ring (eg, a zinc-based or aluminum-based metal complex) or the like can be used for the light-emitting layer 130 . As an example, a metal complex having a quinoline ligand, a benzoquinoline ligand, an oxazole ligand or a thiazole ligand can be mentioned. Specific examples thereof include metal complexes having a quinoline skeleton or a benzoquinoline skeleton, and the like, such as tris(8-hydroxyquinoline)aluminum(III) (abbreviation: Alq), tris(4-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) Lino) aluminum (III) (abbreviation: Almq 3 ), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinoline) beryllium (II) (abbreviation: BeBq 2 ), bis(2-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) (4-phenylphenol) aluminum (III) (abbreviation: BAlq), bis(8-hydroxyquinoline) zinc (II) (abbreviation: Znq), and the like. In addition, it is possible to use, for example, bis[2-(2-benzoxazolyl)phenol]zinc(II) (abbreviation: ZnPBO) or bis[2-(2-benzothiazolyl)phenol]zinc(II) (abbreviation: ZnPBO) : ZnBTZ) and other metal complexes having oxazolyl or thiazole ligands.

发光层130可以具有层叠有两个以上的层的结构。例如,在从空穴传输层一侧依次层叠第一发光层和第二发光层来形成发光层130的情况下,将空穴传输性物质用作主体材料来形成第一发光层,并且将电子传输性物质用作主体材料来形成第二发光层。第一发光层和第二发光层所包含的发光材料也可以相同或不同。另外,该材料既可以具有呈现相同颜色的光的功能,也可以具有呈现不同颜色的光的功能。通过将具有呈现彼此不同颜色的光的功能的发光材料用于两个发光层,可以同时得到多个发光颜色的光。尤其是,优选选择各发光层的发光材料,以便通过组合两个发光层所发射的光而能够得到白色光。The light-emitting layer 130 may have a structure in which two or more layers are stacked. For example, in the case of forming the light-emitting layer 130 by stacking a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer in this order from the hole transport layer side, the first light-emitting layer is formed using a hole-transporting substance as a host material, and the electrons A transport substance is used as a host material to form the second light-emitting layer. The light-emitting materials contained in the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer may be the same or different. In addition, the material may have a function of presenting light of the same color or a function of presenting light of different colors. By using a light-emitting material having a function of exhibiting light of different colors from each other for the two light-emitting layers, light of a plurality of light-emitting colors can be simultaneously obtained. In particular, the light-emitting material of each light-emitting layer is preferably selected so that white light can be obtained by combining the light emitted by the two light-emitting layers.

另外,可以利用蒸镀法(包括真空蒸镀法)、喷墨法、涂敷法、凹版印刷等形成发光层130。除了上述材料以外,也可以使用量子点等无机化合物或者高分子化合物(例如,低聚物、树枝状聚合物、聚合物)。In addition, the light-emitting layer 130 may be formed by vapor deposition (including vacuum vapor deposition), inkjet method, coating method, gravure printing, or the like. In addition to the above-mentioned materials, inorganic compounds such as quantum dots or polymer compounds (eg, oligomers, dendrimers, polymers) can also be used.

《空穴注入层》"Hole Injection Layer"

空穴注入层111具有降低来自一对电极中的一个(电极101或电极102)的空穴的注入势垒促进空穴注入的功能,并例如使用过渡金属氧化物、酞菁衍生物或芳香胺等形成。作为过渡金属氧化物,可以举出钼氧化物、钒氧化物、钌氧化物、钨氧化物、锰氧化物等。作为酞菁衍生物,可以举出酞菁或金属酞菁等。作为芳香胺,可以举出联苯胺衍生物或苯二胺衍生物等。另外,也可以使用聚噻吩或聚苯胺等高分子化合物,其典型例子是:作为被自掺杂的聚噻吩的聚(乙基二氧噻吩)/聚(苯乙烯磺酸)。The hole injection layer 111 has a function of lowering the injection barrier of holes from one of the pair of electrodes (the electrode 101 or the electrode 102 ) to facilitate hole injection, and for example, a transition metal oxide, a phthalocyanine derivative, or an aromatic amine is used etc. to form. As a transition metal oxide, molybdenum oxide, vanadium oxide, ruthenium oxide, tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, etc. are mentioned. As a phthalocyanine derivative, a phthalocyanine, a metal phthalocyanine, etc. are mentioned. As an aromatic amine, a benzidine derivative, a phenylenediamine derivative, etc. are mentioned. In addition, a polymer compound such as polythiophene and polyaniline can also be used, and a typical example thereof is poly(ethyldioxythiophene)/poly(styrenesulfonic acid) which is a self-doped polythiophene.

作为空穴注入层111,可以使用包含空穴传输性材料和具有接收来自空穴传输性材料的电子的特性的材料的复合材料的层。或者,也可以使用包含具有接收电子的特性的材料的层与包含空穴传输性材料的层的叠层。在定态或者在存在有电场的状态下,电荷的授受可以在这些材料之间进行。作为具有接收电子的特性的材料的例子,可以举出醌二甲烷衍生物、四氯苯醌衍生物、六氮杂三亚苯衍生物等有机受体。具体而言,可以举出7,7,8,8-四氰基-2,3,5,6-四氟醌二甲烷(简称:F4-TCNQ)、氯醌、2,3,6,7,10,11-六氰-1,4,5,8,9,12-六氮杂三亚苯(简称:HAT-CN)等具有吸电子基团(卤基或氰基)的化合物。此外,也可以使用过渡金属氧化物,例如第4族至第8族金属的氧化物。具体而言,可以使用氧化钒、氧化铌、氧化钽、氧化铬、氧化钼、氧化钨、氧化锰、氧化铼等。尤其是,优选使用氧化钼,因为其在大气中也稳定,吸湿性低,并且容易处理。As the hole injection layer 111 , a layer containing a composite material of a hole transport material and a material having a property of accepting electrons from the hole transport material can be used. Alternatively, a stack of a layer containing a material having electron-accepting properties and a layer containing a hole-transporting material may be used. In a stationary state or in the presence of an electric field, charge transfer can take place between these materials. Examples of materials having electron-accepting properties include organic acceptors such as quinodimethane derivatives, tetrachlorobenzoquinone derivatives, and hexaazatriphenylene derivatives. Specifically, 7,7,8,8-tetracyano-2,3,5,6-tetrafluoroquinodimethane (abbreviation: F4 - TCNQ), chloranil, 2,3,6, 7,10,11-hexacyano-1,4,5,8,9,12-hexaazatriphenylene (abbreviation: HAT-CN) and other compounds with electron withdrawing groups (halogen or cyano). In addition, transition metal oxides, such as oxides of Group 4 to Group 8 metals, may also be used. Specifically, vanadium oxide, niobium oxide, tantalum oxide, chromium oxide, molybdenum oxide, tungsten oxide, manganese oxide, rhenium oxide, and the like can be used. In particular, molybdenum oxide is preferably used because it is also stable in the atmosphere, has low hygroscopicity, and is easy to handle.

作为空穴传输性材料,可以使用空穴传输性比电子传输性高的材料,优选使用具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的空穴迁移率的材料。具体而言,可以使用作为能够用于发光层130的空穴传输性材料而举出的芳香胺、咔唑衍生物、芳烃、二苯乙烯衍生物等。此外,上述空穴传输性材料也可以是高分子化合物。As the hole-transporting material, a material having a higher hole-transporting property than an electron-transporting property can be used, and a material having a hole mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more is preferably used. Specifically, aromatic amines, carbazole derivatives, aromatic hydrocarbons, stilbene derivatives, etc., exemplified as the hole-transporting material that can be used for the light-emitting layer 130 can be used. In addition, the above-mentioned hole-transporting material may be a polymer compound.

作为空穴传输性材料的其他例子,可以举出芳烃,例如,可以举出2-叔丁基-9,10-二(2-萘基)蒽(简称:t-BuDNA)、2-叔丁基-9,10-二(1-萘基)蒽、9,10-双(3,5-二苯基苯基)蒽(简称:DPPA)、2-叔丁基-9,10-双(4-苯基苯基)蒽(简称:t-BuDBA)、9,10-二(2-萘基)蒽(简称:DNA)、9,10-二苯基蒽(简称:DPAnth)、2-叔丁基蒽(简称:t-BuAnth)、9,10-双(4-甲基-1-萘基)蒽(简称:DMNA)、2-叔丁基-9,10-双[2-(1-萘基)苯基]蒽、9,10-双[2-(1-萘基)苯基]蒽、2,3,6,7-四甲基-9,10-二(1-萘基)蒽、2,3,6,7-四甲基-9,10-二(2-萘基)蒽、9,9’-联蒽、10,10’-二苯基-9,9’-联蒽、10,10’-双(2-苯基苯基)-9,9’-联蒽、10,10’-双[(2,3,4,5,6-五苯基)苯基]-9,9’-联蒽、蒽、并四苯、红荧烯、二萘嵌苯、2,5,8,11-四(叔丁基)二萘嵌苯等。其他例子是并五苯、晕苯等。具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的空穴迁移率且碳原子数为14至42的芳烃是特别优选的。Other examples of the hole transport material include aromatic hydrocarbons, for example, 2-tert-butyl-9,10-bis(2-naphthyl)anthracene (abbreviation: t-BuDNA), 2-tert-butyl Base-9,10-bis(1-naphthyl)anthracene, 9,10-bis(3,5-diphenylphenyl)anthracene (abbreviation: DPPA), 2-tert-butyl-9,10-bis( 4-phenylphenyl)anthracene (abbreviation: t-BuDBA), 9,10-bis(2-naphthyl)anthracene (abbreviation: DNA), 9,10-diphenylanthracene (abbreviation: DPAnth), 2- Tert-butylanthracene (abbreviation: t-BuAnth), 9,10-bis(4-methyl-1-naphthyl)anthracene (abbreviation: DMNA), 2-tert-butyl-9,10-bis[2-( 1-Naphthyl)phenyl]anthracene, 9,10-bis[2-(1-naphthyl)phenyl]anthracene, 2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-9,10-bis(1-naphthalene) base) anthracene, 2,3,6,7-tetramethyl-9,10-bis(2-naphthyl)anthracene, 9,9'-bianthracene, 10,10'-diphenyl-9,9' -Bianthracene, 10,10'-bis(2-phenylphenyl)-9,9'-bianthracene, 10,10'-bis[(2,3,4,5,6-pentaphenyl)benzene base]-9,9'-bianthracene, anthracene, tetracene, rubrene, perylene, 2,5,8,11-tetra(tert-butyl) perylene, etc. Other examples are pentacene, coronene, and the like. Aromatic hydrocarbons having a hole mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more and having 14 to 42 carbon atoms are particularly preferable.

芳烃也可以具有乙烯基骨架。具有乙烯基的芳烃的例子是4,4’-双(2,2-二苯基乙烯基)联苯(简称:DPVBi)、9,10-双[4-(2,2-二苯基乙烯基)苯基]蒽(简称:DPVPA)等。Aromatic hydrocarbons can also have a vinyl backbone. Examples of aromatic hydrocarbons with vinyl groups are 4,4'-bis(2,2-diphenylvinyl)biphenyl (abbreviation: DPVBi), 9,10-bis[4-(2,2-diphenylethylene) base) phenyl] anthracene (abbreviation: DPVPA) and the like.

其他例子是4-{3-[3-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]苯基}二苯并呋喃(简称:mmDBFFLBi-II)、4,4’,4”-(苯-1,3,5-三基)三(二苯并呋喃)(简称:DBF3P-II)、1,3,5-三(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯(简称:DBT3P-II)、2,8-二苯基-4-[4-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]二苯并噻吩(简称:DBTFLP-III)、4-[4-(9-苯基-9H-芴-9-基)苯基]-6-苯基二苯并噻吩(简称:DBTFLP-IV)、4-[3-(三亚苯-2-基)苯基]二苯并噻吩(简称:mDBTPTp-II)等的噻吩化合物、呋喃化合物、芴化合物、三亚苯化合物、菲化合物等。在上述化合物中,具有吡咯骨架、呋喃骨架、噻吩骨架、芳香胺骨架的化合物具有高稳定性及高可靠性,所以是优选的。此外,具有上述骨架的化合物具有高空穴传输性,也有助于降低驱动电压。Other examples are 4-{3-[3-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]phenyl}dibenzofuran (abbreviation: mmDBFFLBi-II), 4,4',4" -(Benzene-1,3,5-triyl)tris(dibenzofuran) (abbreviation: DBF3P-II), 1,3,5-tris(dibenzothiophen-4-yl)benzene (abbreviation: DBT3P -II), 2,8-diphenyl-4-[4-(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]dibenzothiophene (abbreviation: DBTFLP-III), 4-[4 -(9-phenyl-9H-fluoren-9-yl)phenyl]-6-phenyldibenzothiophene (abbreviation: DBTFLP-IV), 4-[3-(triphenylene-2-yl)phenyl ] Dibenzothiophene (abbreviation: mDBTPTp-II) and other thiophene compounds, furan compounds, fluorene compounds, triphenylene compounds, phenanthrene compounds, etc. Among the above-mentioned compounds, those having pyrrole skeleton, furan skeleton, thiophene skeleton and aromatic amine skeleton The compound is preferable because it has high stability and high reliability. In addition, the compound having the above-mentioned skeleton has high hole-transporting property, which also contributes to lowering the driving voltage.

《空穴传输层》"Hole Transport Layer"

空穴传输层112是包含空穴传输性材料的层,可以使用作为空穴注入层111的材料所例示的任意的空穴传输性材料而形成。为了使空穴传输层112可以具有将注入到空穴注入层111的空穴传输到发光层130的功能,优选空穴传输层112的最高占据分子轨道(HOMO)能级与空穴注入层111的HOMO能级相同或接近。The hole transport layer 112 is a layer containing a hole transport material, and can be formed using any hole transport material exemplified as the material of the hole injection layer 111 . In order for the hole transport layer 112 to have the function of transporting the holes injected into the hole injection layer 111 to the light emitting layer 130 , it is preferable that the highest occupied molecular orbital (HOMO) energy level of the hole transport layer 112 and the hole injection layer 111 The HOMO energy level is the same or close.

作为空穴传输性物质,优选使用具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的空穴迁移率的物质。注意,只要空穴传输性高于电子传输性,就可以使用上述物质以外的任何物质。包括空穴传输性高的物质的层不限于单层,还可以层叠两层以上的包含上述物质的层。As the hole-transporting substance, a substance having a hole mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more is preferably used. Note that any substances other than the above-mentioned substances may be used as long as the hole-transporting property is higher than the electron-transporting property. The layer containing the substance with high hole transport properties is not limited to a single layer, and two or more layers containing the substance may be stacked.

《电子传输层》"Electron Transport Layer"

电子传输层118具有将从一对电极中的另一个(电极101或电极102)经过电子注入层119注入的电子传输到发光层130的功能。可以将电子传输性比空穴传输性高的材料用作电子传输性材料,并且具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的电子迁移率的材料是优选的。作为容易接收电子的化合物(具有电子传输性的材料),可以使用含氮杂芳族化合物等缺π电子型杂芳族化合物或金属配合物等。具体地,可以举出作为可用于发光层130的电子传输性材料举出的吡啶衍生物、联吡啶衍生物、嘧啶衍生物、三嗪衍生物、喹喔啉衍生物、二苯并喹喔啉衍生物、菲咯啉衍生物、三唑衍生物、苯并咪唑衍生物、噁二唑衍生物等。优选是具有1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的电子迁移率的物质。注意,除了这些物质以外,还可以将电子传输性高于空穴传输性的任意物质用于电子传输层。电子传输层118不限于单层,还可以包括层叠的两层以上的包含上述物质的层。The electron transport layer 118 has a function of transporting electrons injected from the other of the pair of electrodes (the electrode 101 or the electrode 102 ) through the electron injection layer 119 to the light-emitting layer 130 . A material having a higher electron-transporting property than hole-transporting property can be used as the electron-transporting material, and a material having an electron mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more is preferable. As a compound that easily accepts electrons (material having electron-transporting properties), π-electron-deficient heteroaromatic compounds such as nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic compounds, metal complexes, and the like can be used. Specifically, pyridine derivatives, bipyridine derivatives, pyrimidine derivatives, triazine derivatives, quinoxaline derivatives, and dibenzoquinoxaline, which are exemplified as electron-transporting materials that can be used in the light-emitting layer 130 can be mentioned. Derivatives, phenanthroline derivatives, triazole derivatives, benzimidazole derivatives, oxadiazole derivatives, etc. Preferably, the material has an electron mobility of 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more. Note that, other than these substances, any substance having higher electron transport properties than hole transport properties may be used for the electron transport layer. The electron transport layer 118 is not limited to a single layer, and may include two or more stacked layers containing the above-mentioned substances.

另外,作为具有杂环的金属配合物,例如,可以举出包括喹啉配体、苯并喹啉配体、噁唑配体或噻唑配体的金属配合物。其具体例子包括具有喹啉骨架或苯并喹啉骨架的金属配合物等,例如三(8-羟基喹啉)铝(III)(简称:Alq)、三(4-甲基-8-羟基喹啉)铝(III)(简称:Almq3)、双(10-羟基苯并[h]喹啉)铍(II)(简称:BeBq2)、双(2-甲基-8-羟基喹啉)(4-苯基苯酚)铝(III)(简称:BAlq)、双(8-羟基喹啉)锌(II)(简称:Znq)等。另外,可以使用如双[2-(2-苯并噁唑基)苯酚]锌(II)(简称:ZnPBO)、双[2-(2-苯并噻唑基)苯酚]锌(II)(简称:ZnBTZ)等具有噁唑基类或噻唑类配体的金属配合物等。In addition, as the metal complex having a heterocyclic ring, for example, a metal complex including a quinoline ligand, a benzoquinoline ligand, an oxazole ligand, or a thiazole ligand can be mentioned. Specific examples thereof include metal complexes having a quinoline skeleton or a benzoquinoline skeleton, and the like, such as tris(8-hydroxyquinoline)aluminum(III) (abbreviation: Alq), tris(4-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) Lino) aluminum (III) (abbreviation: Almq 3 ), bis(10-hydroxybenzo[h]quinoline) beryllium (II) (abbreviation: BeBq 2 ), bis(2-methyl-8-hydroxyquinoline) (4-phenylphenol) aluminum (III) (abbreviation: BAlq), bis(8-hydroxyquinoline) zinc (II) (abbreviation: Znq), and the like. In addition, for example, bis[2-(2-benzoxazolyl)phenol]zinc(II) (abbreviation: ZnPBO), bis[2-(2-benzothiazolyl)phenol]zinc(II) (abbreviation: ZnPBO), : ZnBTZ) and other metal complexes having oxazolyl or thiazole ligands.

还可以在电子传输层118与发光层130之间设置控制电子载流子的迁移的层。该层是对上述电子传输性高的材料添加少量的电子俘获性高的物质而成的层,通过抑制电子载流子的迁移可以调节载流子平衡。这种结构对电子传输性材料的电子传输性比空穴传输性材料的空穴传输性高得多的情况下发生的问题(例如元件寿命的下降)的抑制发挥很大的效果。A layer that controls the migration of electron carriers may also be provided between the electron transport layer 118 and the light emitting layer 130 . This layer is a layer formed by adding a small amount of a substance with high electron trapping property to the above-mentioned material with high electron transport property, and the carrier balance can be adjusted by suppressing the migration of electron carriers. Such a structure exerts a great effect on suppressing problems that occur when the electron-transporting property of the electron-transporting material is much higher than the hole-transporting property of the hole-transporting material, such as a reduction in the life of the device.

《电子注入层》"Electron Injection Layer"

电子注入层119具有降低来自电极102的电子的注入势垒促进电子注入的功能,例如可以使用第1族金属、第2族金属或这些金属的氧化物、卤化物、碳酸盐等而形成。另外,也可以使用上述电子传输性材料和具有对电子传输性材料供应电子的特性的材料的复合材料。作为具有供电子特性的材料,可以举出第1族金属、第2族金属或这些金属的氧化物等。具体而言,可以使用碱金属、碱土金属或这些金属的化合物,诸如氟化锂(LiF)、氟化钠(NaF)、氟化铯(CsF)、氟化钙(CaF2)或锂氧化物(LiOx)。另外,可以使用氟化铒(ErF3)等稀土金属化合物。另外,也可以将电子盐用于电子注入层119。作为该电子盐的例子,可以举出对钙氧化物-铝氧化物以高浓度添加电子的物质。可以将能够用于电子传输层118的物质用于电子注入层119。The electron injection layer 119 has a function of lowering the injection barrier of electrons from the electrode 102 to facilitate electron injection, and can be formed using, for example, Group 1 metals, Group 2 metals, or oxides, halides, carbonates, or the like of these metals. In addition, a composite material of the above-mentioned electron-transporting material and a material having the property of supplying electrons to the electron-transporting material can also be used. Examples of materials having electron donating properties include Group 1 metals, Group 2 metals, oxides of these metals, and the like. In particular, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals or compounds of these metals, such as lithium fluoride (LiF), sodium fluoride (NaF), cesium fluoride (CsF), calcium fluoride (CaF 2 ) or lithium oxides can be used (LiO x ). In addition, rare earth metal compounds such as erbium fluoride (ErF 3 ) can be used. In addition, an electron salt may also be used for the electron injection layer 119 . As an example of this electron salt, what adds electrons to calcium oxide-aluminum oxide in a high concentration is mentioned. A substance that can be used for the electron transport layer 118 can be used for the electron injection layer 119 .

另外,也可以将混合有有机化合物与电子给体(供体)的复合材料用于电子注入层119。这种复合材料因为通过电子给体在有机化合物中产生电子而具有优异的电子注入性和电子传输性。在此情况下,有机化合物优选是在传输所产生的电子方面性能优异的材料。具体而言,例如,可以使用如上所述的构成电子传输层118的物质(例如,金属配合物、杂芳族化合物)。作为电子给体,可以使用对有机化合物呈现电子供给性的物质。具体而言,优选使用碱金属、碱土金属和稀土金属,可以举出锂、钠、铯、镁、钙、铒、镱。另外,优选使用碱金属氧化物或碱土金属氧化物,可以举出锂氧化物、钙氧化物、钡氧化物。此外,还可以使用氧化镁等路易斯碱。另外,也可以使用四硫富瓦烯(简称:TTF)等有机化合物。In addition, a composite material in which an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) are mixed may be used for the electron injection layer 119 . This composite material has excellent electron injection properties and electron transport properties because electrons are generated in organic compounds by electron donors. In this case, the organic compound is preferably a material excellent in transporting generated electrons. Specifically, for example, the substances constituting the electron transport layer 118 (eg, metal complexes, heteroaromatic compounds) as described above can be used. As the electron donor, a substance exhibiting electron-donating property to an organic compound can be used. Specifically, alkali metals, alkaline earth metals, and rare earth metals are preferably used, and examples thereof include lithium, sodium, cesium, magnesium, calcium, erbium, and ytterbium. In addition, alkali metal oxides or alkaline earth metal oxides are preferably used, and examples thereof include lithium oxides, calcium oxides, and barium oxides. In addition, Lewis bases such as magnesium oxide can also be used. In addition, organic compounds such as tetrathiafulvalene (abbreviation: TTF) can also be used.

另外,上述发光层、空穴注入层、空穴传输层、电子传输层及电子注入层都可以通过蒸镀法(包括真空蒸镀法)、喷墨法、涂敷法、凹版印刷等形成。作为上述发光层、空穴注入层、空穴传输层、电子传输层及电子注入层,除了上述材料之外,也可以使用量子点等无机化合物或高分子化合物(例如,低聚物、树枝状聚合物、聚合物)。In addition, the above-mentioned light-emitting layer, hole injection layer, hole transport layer, electron transport layer and electron injection layer can be formed by evaporation method (including vacuum evaporation method), inkjet method, coating method, gravure printing or the like. As the above-mentioned light-emitting layer, hole injection layer, hole transport layer, electron transport layer, and electron injection layer, in addition to the above-mentioned materials, inorganic compounds such as quantum dots or polymer compounds (for example, oligomers, dendrimers, etc.) can be used. polymers, polymers).

《量子点》"Quantum Dots"

量子点是其尺寸为几nm至几十nm的半导体纳米晶,并包括1×103个至1×106个左右的原子。量子点的能量转移依赖于其尺寸,因此,由相同的物质形成的量子点根据尺寸发射其发光波长互不相同的光。所以,通过改变所使用的量子点的尺寸,可以容易调整发光波长。A quantum dot is a semiconductor nanocrystal whose size is several nm to several tens of nm, and includes about 1×10 3 to 1×10 6 atoms. The energy transfer of quantum dots depends on their size, and therefore, quantum dots formed of the same substance emit light whose emission wavelengths differ from each other depending on the size. Therefore, the emission wavelength can be easily adjusted by changing the size of the quantum dots used.

量子点的发射光谱的峰宽窄,因此,可以得到色纯度高的发光。再者,量子点的理论上的内部量子效率被认为大约是100%,即,大幅度地超过荧光有机化合物的25%,且与磷光有机化合物相等。因此,通过将量子点用作发光材料,可以获得发光效率高的发光元件。而且,作为无机材料的量子点在实质稳定性上也是优异的,因此,可以获得寿命长的发光元件。Since the peak width of the emission spectrum of the quantum dot is narrow, light emission with high color purity can be obtained. Furthermore, the theoretical internal quantum efficiency of quantum dots is considered to be about 100%, that is, substantially more than 25% of fluorescent organic compounds, and equal to that of phosphorescent organic compounds. Therefore, by using quantum dots as a light-emitting material, a light-emitting element with high light-emitting efficiency can be obtained. Furthermore, quantum dots, which are inorganic materials, are also excellent in substantial stability, so that a light-emitting element with a long lifetime can be obtained.

量子点的材料包括第14族元素、第15族元素、第16族元素、包含多个第14族元素的化合物、第4族至第14族的元素和第16族元素的化合物、第2族元素和第16族元素的化合物、第13族元素和第15族元素的化合物、第13族元素和第17族元素的化合物、第14族元素和第15族元素的化合物、第11族元素和第17族元素的化合物、氧化铁、氧化钛、硫系尖晶石(spinel chalcogenide)、各种半导体簇等。Materials for quantum dots include Group 14 elements, Group 15 elements, Group 16 elements, compounds containing a plurality of Group 14 elements, Group 4 to Group 14 elements and compounds of Group 16 elements, Group 2 elements Compounds of elements and Group 16 elements, Compounds of Group 13 elements and Group 15 elements, Compounds of Group 13 elements and Group 17 elements, Compounds of Group 14 elements and Group 15 elements, Group 11 elements and Compounds of Group 17 elements, iron oxide, titanium oxide, spinel chalcogenide, various semiconductor clusters, and the like.

具体而言,可以举出硒化镉、硫化镉、碲化镉、硒化锌、氧化锌、硫化锌、碲化锌、硫化汞、硒化汞、碲化汞、砷化铟、磷化铟、砷化镓、磷化镓、氮化铟、氮化镓、锑化铟、锑化镓、磷化铝、砷化铝、锑化铝、硒化铅、碲化铅、硫化铅、硒化铟、碲化铟、硫化铟、硒化镓、硫化砷、硒化砷、碲化砷、硫化锑、硒化锑、碲化锑、硫化铋、硒化铋、碲化铋、硅、碳化硅、锗、锡、硒、碲、硼、碳、磷、氮化硼、磷化硼、砷化硼、氮化铝、硫化铝、硫化钡、硒化钡、碲化钡、硫化钙、硒化钙、碲化钙、硫化铍、硒化铍、碲化铍、硫化镁、硒化镁、硫化锗、硒化锗、碲化锗、硫化锡、硫化锡、硒化锡、碲化锡、氧化铅、氟化铜、氯化铜、溴化铜、碘化铜、氧化铜、硒化铜、氧化镍、氧化钴、硫化钴、氧化铁、硫化铁、氧化锰、硫化钼、氧化钒、氧化钨、氧化钽、氧化钛、氧化锆、氮化硅、氮化锗、氧化铝、钛酸钡、硒锌镉的化合物、铟砷磷的化合物、镉硒硫的化合物、镉硒碲的化合物、铟镓砷的化合物、铟镓硒的化合物、铟硒硫化合物、铜铟硫的化合物以及它们的组合等,但是不局限于此。此外,也可以使用以任意数表示组成的所谓的合金型量子点。例如,因为镉硒硫的合金型量子点可以通过改变元素的含量比来改变发光波长,所以镉硒硫的合金型量子点是有效于得到蓝色光的手段之一。Specifically, cadmium selenide, cadmium sulfide, cadmium telluride, zinc selenide, zinc oxide, zinc sulfide, zinc telluride, mercury sulfide, mercury selenide, mercury telluride, indium arsenide, and indium phosphide can be mentioned. , gallium arsenide, gallium phosphide, indium nitride, gallium nitride, indium antimonide, gallium antimonide, aluminum phosphide, aluminum arsenide, aluminum antimonide, lead selenide, lead telluride, lead sulfide, selenide Indium, indium telluride, indium sulfide, gallium selenide, arsenic sulfide, arsenic selenide, arsenic telluride, antimony sulfide, antimony selenide, antimony telluride, bismuth sulfide, bismuth selenide, bismuth telluride, silicon, silicon carbide , germanium, tin, selenium, tellurium, boron, carbon, phosphorus, boron nitride, boron phosphide, boron arsenide, aluminum nitride, aluminum sulfide, barium sulfide, barium selenide, barium telluride, calcium sulfide, selenide Calcium, calcium telluride, beryllium sulfide, beryllium selenide, beryllium telluride, magnesium sulfide, magnesium selenide, germanium sulfide, germanium selenide, germanium telluride, tin sulfide, tin sulfide, tin selenide, tin telluride, oxide Lead, copper fluoride, copper chloride, copper bromide, copper iodide, copper oxide, copper selenide, nickel oxide, cobalt oxide, cobalt sulfide, iron oxide, iron sulfide, manganese oxide, molybdenum sulfide, vanadium oxide, oxide Tungsten, tantalum oxide, titanium oxide, zirconium oxide, silicon nitride, germanium nitride, aluminum oxide, barium titanate, selenium zinc cadmium compounds, indium arsenic phosphorus compounds, cadmium selenide sulfur compounds, cadmium selenide tellurium compounds, Indium gallium arsenide compounds, indium gallium selenide compounds, indium selenide sulfur compounds, copper indium sulfur compounds, and combinations thereof, etc., but not limited thereto. In addition, so-called alloy-type quantum dots whose compositions are represented by arbitrary numbers can also be used. For example, since the alloy quantum dots of cadmium selenide sulfur can change the emission wavelength by changing the content ratio of elements, the alloy quantum dots of cadmium selenide and sulfur are one of the effective means to obtain blue light.

作为量子点,可以使用核型量子点、核壳(Core Shell)型量子点、核多壳(CoreMultishell)型量子点等中的任一个。当由具有更宽的带隙的其他无机材料覆盖核时,可以减少存在于纳米晶表面上的缺陷或悬空键的影响。由于这种结构可以大幅度地提高发光的量子效率,因此优选使用核壳型或核多壳型的量子点。壳的材料的例子包括硫化锌及氧化锌。As the quantum dots, any of core-type quantum dots, core-shell (Core-Shell)-type quantum dots, and core-multishell (Core-Multishell)-type quantum dots can be used. The effects of defects or dangling bonds present on the nanocrystal surface can be reduced when the core is covered by other inorganic materials with wider band gaps. Since such a structure can greatly improve the quantum efficiency of light emission, it is preferable to use core-shell type or core-multi-shell type quantum dots. Examples of the material of the shell include zinc sulfide and zinc oxide.

量子点由于表面原子的比例高,因此反应性高而容易发生聚集。因此,量子点的表面优选附着有保护剂或设置有保护基。由此可以防止聚集并提高对溶剂的溶解性。此外,还可以通过降低反应性来提高电稳定性。作为保护剂(或保护基),例如可以举出:月桂醇聚氧乙烯醚、聚氧乙烯硬脂酸酯(polyoxyethylene stearyl ether)、聚氧乙烯月桂醚(polyoxyethylene oleyl ether)等聚氧乙烯烷基醚类;三丙基膦、三丁基膦、三已基膦、三辛基膦等三烷基膦类;聚氧乙烯n-辛基苯基醚、聚氧乙烯n-壬基苯基醚等聚氧乙烯烷基苯基醚类;三(n-己基)胺、三(n-辛基)胺、三(n-癸基)胺等叔胺类;三丙基氧化膦、三丁基氧化膦、三己基氧化膦、三辛基氧化膦、三癸基氧化膦等有机磷化合物;聚乙二醇二月桂酸酯、聚乙二醇二硬脂酸酯等聚乙二醇二酯类;吡啶、卢惕啶、可力丁、喹啉类等含氮芳香化合物等有机氮化合物;己基胺、辛基胺、癸基胺、十二烷基胺、十四烷基胺、十六烷基胺、十八烷基胺等氨基链烷类;二丁基硫醚等二烷基硫醚类;二甲亚砜、二丁亚砜等二烷亚砜类;噻吩等含硫芳香化合物等有机硫化合物;棕榈酸、硬脂酸、油酸等高级脂肪酸;乙醇类;失水山梨醇脂肪酸酯类;脂肪酸改性聚酯类;叔胺类改性聚氨酯类;聚乙烯亚胺类等。Due to the high ratio of surface atoms, quantum dots are highly reactive and prone to aggregation. Therefore, the surface of the quantum dot is preferably attached with a protective agent or provided with a protective group. As a result, aggregation can be prevented and solubility in solvents can be improved. In addition, electrical stability can also be improved by reducing reactivity. Examples of protective agents (or protective groups) include polyoxyethylene alkyl groups such as lauryl alcohol polyoxyethylene ether, polyoxyethylene stearate (polyoxyethylene stearyl ether), and polyoxyethylene oleyl ether (polyoxyethylene oleyl ether). Ethers; trialkyl phosphines such as tripropyl phosphine, tributyl phosphine, trihexyl phosphine, trioctyl phosphine; polyoxyethylene n-octyl phenyl ether, polyoxyethylene n-nonyl phenyl ether Isopolyoxyethylene alkyl phenyl ethers; tertiary amines such as tris(n-hexyl)amine, tris(n-octyl)amine, tris(n-decyl)amine; tripropylphosphine oxide, tributyl Phosphine oxide, trihexylphosphine oxide, trioctylphosphine oxide, tridecylphosphine oxide and other organophosphorus compounds; polyethylene glycol diesters such as polyethylene glycol dilaurate and polyethylene glycol distearate ; Organic nitrogen compounds such as nitrogen-containing aromatic compounds such as pyridine, lutidine, collidine, quinoline; hexylamine, octylamine, decylamine, dodecylamine, tetradecylamine, hexadecane Aminoalkanes such as base amine and octadecylamine; dialkyl sulfides such as dibutyl sulfide; dialkyl sulfoxides such as dimethyl sulfoxide and dibutyl sulfoxide; sulfur-containing aromatic compounds such as thiophene, etc. Organic sulfur compounds; higher fatty acids such as palmitic acid, stearic acid, and oleic acid; ethanol; sorbitan fatty acid esters; fatty acid modified polyesters; tertiary amine modified polyurethanes; polyethyleneimine, etc.

量子点其尺寸越小带隙越大,因此适当地调节其尺寸以获得所希望的波长的光。结晶尺寸越小,量子点的发光越向蓝色一侧(即,高能量一侧)迁移,因此,通过改变量子点的尺寸,可以将量子点的发光波长调节为紫外区域、可见光区域和红外区域的光谱的波长范围。通常使用的量子点的尺寸(直径)为0.5nm至20nm,优选为1nm至10nm。另外,量子点其尺寸分布越小发射光谱越窄,因此可以获得色纯度高的发光。另外,对量子点的形状没有特别的限制,可以为球状、棒状、圆形状等。另外,作为棒状量子点的量子杆具有呈现具有指向性的光的功能,所以通过将量子杆用作发光材料,可以得到外部量子效率更高的发光元件。The smaller the size of the quantum dot, the larger the band gap, so the size of the quantum dot is appropriately adjusted to obtain light of a desired wavelength. The smaller the crystal size, the more the emission of quantum dots migrates to the blue side (that is, the high-energy side). Therefore, by changing the size of the quantum dots, the emission wavelengths of the quantum dots can be adjusted to the ultraviolet region, the visible light region, and the infrared region. The wavelength range of the spectrum of the region. The size (diameter) of the quantum dots generally used is 0.5 nm to 20 nm, preferably 1 nm to 10 nm. In addition, the smaller the size distribution of the quantum dots, the narrower the emission spectrum, so that light emission with high color purity can be obtained. In addition, the shape of the quantum dots is not particularly limited, and may be spherical, rod-shaped, circular, or the like. In addition, since the quantum rods, which are rod-shaped quantum dots, have the function of expressing light with directivity, by using the quantum rods as a light-emitting material, a light-emitting element with higher external quantum efficiency can be obtained.

在大部分的有机EL元件中,通过将发光材料分散在主体材料中来抑制发光材料的浓度猝灭,而提高发光效率。主体材料需要具有发光材料以上的单重激发能级或三重激发能级。特别是,在将蓝色磷光材料用作发光材料时,具有蓝色磷光材料以上的三重激发能级且使用寿命长的主体材料的开发是极困难的。即使在由量子点构成而不使用主体材料来形成发光层的情况下,量子点也可以确保发光效率,因此可以得到使用寿命长的发光元件。在由量子点构成发光层时,量子点优选具有核壳型结构(包括核多壳型结构)。In most organic EL elements, quenching of the concentration of the light-emitting material is suppressed by dispersing the light-emitting material in the host material, thereby improving the light-emitting efficiency. The host material needs to have a singlet excitation energy level or a triplet excitation energy level higher than that of the light-emitting material. In particular, when a blue phosphorescent material is used as a light-emitting material, it is extremely difficult to develop a host material having a triplet excitation energy level higher than that of the blue phosphorescent material and having a long lifetime. Even when the light-emitting layer is formed of quantum dots without using a host material, the quantum dots can ensure light-emitting efficiency, so that a light-emitting element with a long service life can be obtained. When the light-emitting layer is composed of quantum dots, the quantum dots preferably have a core-shell structure (including a core-multishell structure).

在将量子点用作发光层的发光材料的情况下,该发光层的厚度为3nm至100nm,优选为10nm至100nm,发光层的量子点含量为1vol.%至100vol.%。注意,优选由量子点构成发光层。另外,在形成将该量子点作为发光材料分散在主体材料中的发光层时,可以将量子点分散在主体材料中或将主体材料和量子点溶解或分散在适当的液体介质中,并且使用湿式法(旋涂法、浇铸法、染料涂布法、刮涂法、辊涂法、喷墨法、印刷法、喷涂法、帘式涂布法、朗缪尔-布罗基特(Langmuir Blodgett)法等)形成。包含磷光材料的发光层除了上述湿式法之外,可以适当地采用真空蒸镀法。When quantum dots are used as the light-emitting material of the light-emitting layer, the light-emitting layer has a thickness of 3 to 100 nm, preferably 10 to 100 nm, and the quantum dot content of the light-emitting layer is 1 to 100 vol.%. Note that the light-emitting layer is preferably composed of quantum dots. In addition, when forming a light-emitting layer in which the quantum dots are dispersed as a light-emitting material in a host material, the quantum dots may be dispersed in the host material or the host material and the quantum dots may be dissolved or dispersed in an appropriate liquid medium, and a wet method may be used. Method (spin coating method, casting method, dye coating method, blade coating method, roll coating method, ink jet method, printing method, spray method, curtain coating method, Langmuir Blodgett) law, etc.) For the light-emitting layer containing the phosphorescent material, in addition to the above-mentioned wet method, a vacuum evaporation method can be appropriately used.

作为用于湿式法的液体介质,例如可以使用如下有机溶剂:甲乙酮、环己酮等酮类;乙酸乙酯等脂肪酸酯类;二氯苯等卤化烃类;甲苯、二甲苯、均三甲苯、环己基苯等芳烃类;环己烷、十氢化萘、十二烷等脂肪族烃类;二甲基甲酰胺(DMF)、二甲亚砜(DMSO)等。As the liquid medium used in the wet process, for example, the following organic solvents can be used: ketones such as methyl ethyl ketone and cyclohexanone; fatty acid esters such as ethyl acetate; halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichlorobenzene; toluene, xylene, mesitylene, Aromatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexylbenzene; aliphatic hydrocarbons such as cyclohexane, decalin, dodecane; dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO), etc.

《一对电极》"A Pair of Electrodes"

电极101及电极102被用作各发光元件的阳极及阴极。电极101及电极102可以使用金属、合金、导电性化合物以及它们的混合物或叠层体等形成。The electrode 101 and the electrode 102 are used as the anode and the cathode of each light-emitting element. The electrode 101 and the electrode 102 can be formed using metals, alloys, conductive compounds, mixtures thereof, laminates, and the like.

电极101和电极102中的一个优选使用具有反射光的功能的导电性材料形成。作为该导电性材料的例子,可以举出铝(Al)或包含Al的合金等。作为包含Al的合金的例子,可以举出包含Al及L(L表示钛(Ti)、钕(Nd)、镍(Ni)和镧(La)中的一个或多个)的合金,例如为包含Al及Ti的合金或者包含Al、Ni及La的合金。铝具有低电阻率和高光反射率。由于铝在地壳中大量地含有且不昂贵,所以使用铝可以降低发光元件的制造成本。此外,也可以使用Ag、银(Ag)和N的合金(N表示钇(Y)、Nd、镁(Mg)、镱(Yb)、Al、Ti、镓(Ga)、锌(Zn)、铟(In)、钨(W)、锰(Mn)、锡(Sn)、铁(Fe)、Ni、铜(Cu)、钯(Pd)、铱(Ir)和金(Au)中的一个或多个)等。作为包含银的合金的例子,可以举出如下合金:包含银、钯及铜的合金;包含银及铜的合金;包含银及镁的合金;包含银及镍的合金;包含银及金的合金;以及包含银及镱的合金等。此外,可以使用钨、铬(Cr)、钼(Mo)、铜或钛等过渡金属。One of the electrode 101 and the electrode 102 is preferably formed using a conductive material having a function of reflecting light. As an example of this electroconductive material, aluminum (Al), an alloy containing Al, etc. are mentioned. Examples of alloys containing Al include alloys containing Al and L (L represents one or more of titanium (Ti), neodymium (Nd), nickel (Ni), and lanthanum (La)). For example, an alloy containing An alloy of Al and Ti or an alloy containing Al, Ni and La. Aluminum has low resistivity and high light reflectivity. Since aluminum is contained in a large amount in the earth's crust and is inexpensive, the use of aluminum can reduce the manufacturing cost of the light-emitting element. In addition, an alloy of Ag, silver (Ag), and N can also be used (N represents yttrium (Y), Nd, magnesium (Mg), ytterbium (Yb), Al, Ti, gallium (Ga), zinc (Zn), indium One or more of (In), tungsten (W), manganese (Mn), tin (Sn), iron (Fe), Ni, copper (Cu), palladium (Pd), iridium (Ir) and gold (Au) a) etc. Examples of alloys containing silver include the following alloys: alloys containing silver, palladium, and copper; alloys containing silver and copper; alloys containing silver and magnesium; alloys containing silver and nickel; alloys containing silver and gold ; and alloys containing silver and ytterbium, etc. In addition, transition metals such as tungsten, chromium (Cr), molybdenum (Mo), copper, or titanium can be used.

从发光层发射的光透过电极101和/或电极102被提取。由此,电极101和电极102中的至少一个优选使用具有使光透过的功能的导电性材料形成。作为该导电性材料,可以使用可见光的透过率为40%以上且100%以下,优选为60%以上且100%以下,且电阻率为1×10-2Ω·cm以下的导电性材料。Light emitted from the light emitting layer is extracted through the electrode 101 and/or the electrode 102 . Therefore, at least one of the electrode 101 and the electrode 102 is preferably formed using a conductive material having a function of transmitting light. As the conductive material, a conductive material having a visible light transmittance of 40% or more and 100% or less, preferably 60% or more and 100% or less, and a resistivity of 1×10 -2 Ω·cm or less can be used.

电极101及电极102也可以使用具有使光透过的功能及反射光的功能的导电性材料形成。作为该导电性材料,可以使用可见光的反射率为20%以上且80%以下,优选为40%以上且70%以下,且电阻率为1×10-2Ω·cm以下的导电性材料。例如,可以使用导电性金属、合金和导电性化合物中的一种或多种。具体而言,可以使用铟锡氧化物(indium tinoxide,以下称为ITO)、包含硅或氧化硅的铟锡氧化物(ITSO)、氧化铟-氧化锌(indium zincoxide)、含有钛的氧化铟-锡氧化物、铟钛氧化物、包含氧化钨及氧化锌的氧化铟等金属氧化物。可以使用具有透过光的程度的厚度(优选为1nm以上且30nm以下的厚度)的金属膜。作为金属,可以使用Ag、Ag及Al的合金、Ag及Mg的合金、Ag及Au的合金以及Ag及Yb的合金等。The electrode 101 and the electrode 102 may be formed using a conductive material having a function of transmitting light and a function of reflecting light. As the conductive material, a conductive material having a visible light reflectivity of 20% or more and 80% or less, preferably 40% or more and 70% or less, and a resistivity of 1×10 -2 Ω·cm or less can be used. For example, one or more of conductive metals, alloys and conductive compounds may be used. Specifically, indium tin oxide (hereinafter referred to as ITO), indium tin oxide (ITSO) containing silicon or silicon oxide, indium zinc oxide (indium zinc oxide), indium oxide containing titanium Metal oxides such as tin oxide, indium titanium oxide, and indium oxide including tungsten oxide and zinc oxide. A metal film having a thickness sufficient to transmit light (preferably a thickness of 1 nm or more and 30 nm or less) can be used. As the metal, Ag, an alloy of Ag and Al, an alloy of Ag and Mg, an alloy of Ag and Au, an alloy of Ag and Yb, and the like can be used.

在本说明书等中,作为使光透过的材料,使用使可见光透过且具有导电性的材料,例如有上述以ITO为代表的氧化物导电体、氧化物半导体或包含有机物的有机导电体。作为包含有机物的有机导电体的例子,可以举出包含混合有有机化合物与电子给体(供体)的复合材料、包含混合有有机化合物与电子受体(受体)的复合材料等。另外,也可以使用石墨烯等无机碳类材料。该材料的电阻率优选为1×105Ω·cm以下,更优选为1×104Ω·cm以下。In the present specification and the like, as a material that transmits light, a material that transmits visible light and has conductivity is used, such as the above-mentioned oxide conductors represented by ITO, oxide semiconductors, or organic conductors containing organic substances. Examples of the organic conductor containing an organic substance include a composite material in which an organic compound and an electron donor (donor) are mixed, a composite material in which an organic compound and an electron acceptor (acceptor) are mixed, and the like. In addition, inorganic carbon-based materials such as graphene can also be used. The resistivity of this material is preferably 1×10 5 Ω·cm or less, and more preferably 1×10 4 Ω·cm or less.

另外,可以通过层叠多个上述材料形成电极101和/或电极102。In addition, the electrode 101 and/or the electrode 102 may be formed by laminating a plurality of the above-mentioned materials.

为了提高光提取效率,也可以与具有使光透过的功能的电极接触地形成其折射率比该电极高的材料。作为这种材料,只要具有使可见光透过的功能,就可以是导电性材料,也可以是非导电性材料。例如,除了上述氧化物导电体以外,还可以举出氧化物半导体、有机物作为该材料的例子。作为有机物的例子,可以举出用于发光层、空穴注入层、空穴传输层、电子传输层或电子注入层的材料。另外,可以使用无机碳类材料或具有使光透过的程度的厚度的薄膜金属。另外,也可以使用具有几nm至几十nm厚的叠层。In order to improve the light extraction efficiency, a material having a higher refractive index than the electrode may be formed in contact with the electrode having the function of transmitting light. Such a material may be a conductive material or a non-conductive material as long as it has a function of transmitting visible light. For example, in addition to the above-mentioned oxide conductors, oxide semiconductors and organic substances can be mentioned as examples of the material. As an example of an organic substance, the material used for a light-emitting layer, a hole injection layer, a hole transport layer, an electron transport layer, or an electron injection layer can be mentioned. In addition, an inorganic carbon-based material or a thin-film metal having a thickness sufficient to transmit light can be used. In addition, a stack having a thickness of several nm to several tens of nm can also be used.

当电极101或电极102被用作阴极时,该电极优选包含功函数小(3.8eV以下)的材料。例如,可以使用属于元素周期表中的第1族或第2族的元素(例如,锂、钠及铯等碱金属、钙或锶等碱土金属、镁等)、包含上述元素的合金(例如,Ag-Mg或Al-Li)、铕(Eu)或Yb等稀土金属、包含上述稀土金属的合金、包含铝、银的合金等。When the electrode 101 or the electrode 102 is used as a cathode, the electrode preferably contains a material with a small work function (3.8 eV or less). For example, elements belonging to Group 1 or Group 2 in the periodic table (for example, alkali metals such as lithium, sodium, and cesium, alkaline earth metals such as calcium or strontium, and magnesium), alloys containing the above-mentioned elements (for example, Rare earth metals such as Ag—Mg or Al—Li), europium (Eu), or Yb, alloys containing the above-mentioned rare earth metals, alloys containing aluminum and silver, and the like.

当电极101或电极102被用作阳极时,优选使用功函数大(4.0eV以上)的材料。When the electrode 101 or the electrode 102 is used as an anode, it is preferable to use a material with a large work function (4.0 eV or more).

电极101及电极102也可以为具有反射光的功能的导电性材料及具有使光透过的功能的导电性材料的叠层。在此情况下,电极101及电极102可以具有调整光学距离的功能以便使来自各发光层的所希望的波长的光谐振而增强该波长的光,所以是优选的。The electrode 101 and the electrode 102 may be a laminate of a conductive material having a function of reflecting light and a conductive material having a function of transmitting light. In this case, the electrode 101 and the electrode 102 may have a function of adjusting the optical distance so that light of a desired wavelength from each light-emitting layer can be resonated and the light of the desired wavelength can be enhanced, which is preferable.

作为电极101及电极102的形成方法,可以适当地使用溅射法、蒸镀法、印刷法、涂敷法、分子束外延(molecular beam epitaxy:MBE)法、CVD法、脉冲激光沉积法、原子层沉积(atomic layer deposition:ALD)法等。As a method of forming the electrode 101 and the electrode 102, a sputtering method, a vapor deposition method, a printing method, a coating method, a molecular beam epitaxy (MBE) method, a CVD method, a pulsed laser deposition method, an atomic Layer deposition (atomic layer deposition: ALD) method and the like.

《衬底》"Substrate"

本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件可以在玻璃、塑料等的衬底上形成。作为在衬底上层叠的顺序,既可以从电极101一侧依次层叠又可以从电极102一侧依次层叠。The light-emitting element of one embodiment of the present invention can be formed on a substrate of glass, plastic, or the like. As the order of stacking on the substrate, it may be stacked sequentially from the side of the electrode 101 or may be stacked sequentially from the side of the electrode 102 .

作为能够形成本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的衬底,例如可以使用玻璃、石英或塑料等。或者,可以使用柔性衬底。柔性衬底是指可以弯曲的衬底,例如由聚碳酸酯、聚芳酯制成的塑料衬底等。另外,可以使用薄膜、无机蒸镀薄膜等。只要在发光元件及光学元件的制造过程中起支撑物的作用或者具有保护发光元件及光学元件的功能就可以使用其他材料。As a substrate on which the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention can be formed, for example, glass, quartz, plastic, or the like can be used. Alternatively, a flexible substrate can be used. The flexible substrate refers to a substrate that can be bent, such as a plastic substrate made of polycarbonate, polyarylate, and the like. In addition, a thin film, an inorganic vapor-deposited thin film, or the like can be used. Other materials may be used as long as they function as a support in the manufacturing process of the light-emitting element and the optical element or have a function of protecting the light-emitting element and the optical element.

在本说明书等中,例如可以使用各种衬底形成发光元件。对衬底的种类没有特别的限制。作为该衬底的例子,可以举出半导体衬底(例如,单晶衬底或硅衬底)、SOI衬底、玻璃衬底、石英衬底、塑料衬底、金属衬底、不锈钢衬底、具有不锈钢箔的衬底、钨衬底、具有钨箔的衬底、柔性衬底、贴合薄膜、包含纤维状的材料的纸或者基材薄膜等。作为玻璃衬底的例子,有钡硼硅酸盐玻璃、铝硼硅酸盐玻璃、钠钙玻璃等。作为柔性衬底、贴合薄膜、基材薄膜等的例子,可以举出:以聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯(PET)、聚萘二甲酸乙二醇酯(PEN)、聚醚砜(PES)、聚四氟乙烯(PTFE)为代表的塑料衬底。作为其他例子,可以举出丙烯酸树脂等树脂。或者,作为例子,可以举出聚丙烯、聚酯、聚氟化乙烯或聚氯乙烯。作为其他例子,可以举出聚酰胺、聚酰亚胺、芳族聚酰胺、环氧树脂、无机蒸镀薄膜、纸类等。In this specification and the like, for example, a light-emitting element can be formed using various substrates. The kind of substrate is not particularly limited. Examples of the substrate include semiconductor substrates (for example, single crystal substrates or silicon substrates), SOI substrates, glass substrates, quartz substrates, plastic substrates, metal substrates, stainless steel substrates, A substrate with a stainless steel foil, a tungsten substrate, a substrate with a tungsten foil, a flexible substrate, a laminated film, a paper or a base film containing a fibrous material, and the like. As examples of the glass substrate, there are barium borosilicate glass, aluminoborosilicate glass, soda lime glass, and the like. Examples of flexible substrates, lamination films, base films and the like include polyethylene terephthalate (PET), polyethylene naphthalate (PEN), polyethersulfone ( PES), polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) as the representative plastic substrate. As another example, resins, such as an acrylic resin, are mentioned. Alternatively, polypropylene, polyester, polyvinyl fluoride or polyvinyl chloride can be mentioned as examples. As another example, polyamide, polyimide, aramid, epoxy resin, inorganic vapor deposition film, paper, etc. are mentioned.

另外,作为衬底也可以使用柔性衬底,并在柔性衬底上直接形成发光元件。或者,也可以在衬底与发光元件之间设置剥离层。当将形成在剥离层上的发光元件的一部分或全部从衬底分离并转置到其他衬底上时可以使用剥离层。此时,可以将发光元件转置到耐热性低的衬底或柔性衬底上。作为上述剥离层,例如可以使用钨膜和氧化硅膜的无机膜的叠层结构或在衬底上形成有聚酰亚胺等树脂膜的结构。Alternatively, a flexible substrate may be used as the substrate, and light-emitting elements may be formed directly on the flexible substrate. Alternatively, a peeling layer may be provided between the substrate and the light-emitting element. The peeling layer may be used when a part or the whole of the light-emitting element formed on the peeling layer is separated from the substrate and transposed onto another substrate. At this time, the light-emitting element can be transposed on a substrate or a flexible substrate with low heat resistance. As the peeling layer, for example, a laminated structure of an inorganic film of a tungsten film and a silicon oxide film, or a structure in which a resin film such as polyimide is formed on a substrate can be used.

也就是说,也可以使用一个衬底来形成发光元件,然后将发光元件转置到另一个衬底上。作为发光元件被转置的衬底的例子,除了上述衬底之外,还可以举出玻璃纸衬底、石材衬底、木材衬底、布衬底(包括天然纤维(例如,丝、棉、麻)、合成纤维(例如,尼龙、聚氨酯、聚酯)、再生纤维(例如,醋酯纤维、铜氨纤维、人造纤维、再生聚酯)等)、皮革衬底、橡胶衬底等。通过采用这些衬底,可以形成不易损坏的发光元件、耐热性高的发光元件、实现轻量化的发光元件或实现薄型化的发光元件。That is, it is also possible to form a light-emitting element using one substrate, and then transpose the light-emitting element onto another substrate. Examples of substrates on which light-emitting elements are transposed include cellophane substrates, stone substrates, wood substrates, cloth substrates (including natural fibers (for example, silk, cotton, hemp, etc.) ), synthetic fibers (eg, nylon, polyurethane, polyester), recycled fibers (eg, acetate, cupro, rayon, recycled polyester, etc.), leather backing, rubber backing, and the like. By using these substrates, a light-emitting element that is not easily damaged, a light-emitting element having high heat resistance, a light-emitting element that can be reduced in weight, or a light-emitting element that can be thinned can be formed.

另外,也可以在上述衬底上例如形成场效应晶体管(FET),并且在与FET电连接的电极上制造发光元件150。由此,可以制造由FET控制发光元件150的驱动的有源矩阵型显示装置。In addition, for example, a field effect transistor (FET) may be formed on the above-mentioned substrate, and the light-emitting element 150 may be fabricated on an electrode electrically connected to the FET. Thereby, an active matrix display device in which the driving of the light-emitting element 150 is controlled by the FET can be manufactured.

本实施方式所示的结构可以与其他实施方式所示的任何结构适当地组合。The structure shown in this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any structure shown in other embodiment modes.

(实施方式2)(Embodiment 2)

在本实施方式中,参照图4A至图4C对具有与实施方式1所示的结构不同的结构的发光元件及该发光元件的发光机理进行说明。在图4A至图4C中使用相同的阴影线示出具有与图1A相同的功能的部分,而有时省略附图标记。此外,具有相同功能的部分由相同的附图标记表示,有时省略其详细说明。In this embodiment mode, a light-emitting element having a structure different from that shown in Embodiment Mode 1 and a light-emitting mechanism of the light-emitting element will be described with reference to FIGS. 4A to 4C . Portions having the same functions as those in FIG. 1A are shown using the same hatching in FIGS. 4A to 4C , and reference numerals are sometimes omitted. In addition, parts having the same function are denoted by the same reference numerals, and detailed descriptions thereof are sometimes omitted.

〈发光元件的结构实例1〉<Structure Example 1 of Light-Emitting Element>

图4A是发光元件252的截面示意图。FIG. 4A is a schematic cross-sectional view of the light emitting element 252 .

图4A所示的发光元件252在一对电极(电极101及电极102)之间具有多个发光单元(图4A中的发光单元106和发光单元110)。至少一个发光单元具有与EL层100同样的结构。另外,发光单元106与发光单元110既可以是相同的结构又可以是不同的结构。The light-emitting element 252 shown in FIG. 4A has a plurality of light-emitting cells (light-emitting cell 106 and light-emitting cell 110 in FIG. 4A ) between a pair of electrodes (electrode 101 and electrode 102 ). At least one light-emitting unit has the same structure as the EL layer 100 . In addition, the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110 may have the same structure or different structures.

另外,在图4A所示的发光元件252中,层叠有发光单元106和发光单元110,并且在发光单元106与发光单元110之间设置有电荷产生层115。例如,优选将与EL层100相同的结构用于发光单元106。In addition, in the light-emitting element 252 shown in FIG. 4A , the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110 are stacked, and the charge generating layer 115 is provided between the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110 . For example, it is preferable to use the same structure as the EL layer 100 for the light emitting unit 106 .

发光元件252包括发光层140和发光层170。发光单元106除了发光层170之外还包括空穴注入层111、空穴传输层112、电子传输层113及电子注入层114。发光单元110除了发光层140之外还包括空穴注入层116、空穴传输层117、电子传输层118及电子注入层119。The light-emitting element 252 includes the light-emitting layer 140 and the light-emitting layer 170 . The light emitting unit 106 includes a hole injection layer 111 , a hole transport layer 112 , an electron transport layer 113 and an electron injection layer 114 in addition to the light emitting layer 170 . In addition to the light emitting layer 140 , the light emitting unit 110 further includes a hole injection layer 116 , a hole transport layer 117 , an electron transport layer 118 and an electron injection layer 119 .

电荷产生层115可以具有对空穴传输性材料添加有作为电子受体的受体性物质的结构,又可以具有对电子传输性材料添加有作为电子给体的供体性物质的结构。另外,也可以层叠这两种结构。The charge generation layer 115 may have a structure in which an acceptor substance as an electron acceptor is added to a hole transport material, or a structure in which a donor substance as an electron donor is added to the electron transport material. In addition, these two structures may be stacked.

当电荷产生层115包含有机化合物与受体性物质的复合材料时,作为该复合材料使用可以用于实施方式1所示的空穴注入层111的复合材料即可。作为有机化合物,可以使用芳香胺化合物、咔唑化合物、芳烃、高分子化合物(低聚物、树枝状聚合物、聚合物等)等各种化合物。优选使用其空穴迁移率为1×10-6cm2/Vs以上的有机化合物。但是,只要是其空穴传输性高于电子传输性的物质,就可以使用任何其他的物质。因为有机化合物和受体性物质的复合材料具有良好的载流子注入性以及载流子传输性,所以可以实现低电压驱动或者低电流驱动。注意,在发光单元的阳极一侧的表面接触于电荷产生层115时,电荷产生层115还可以具有该发光单元的空穴注入层或空穴传输层的功能,所以在该发光单元中也可以不包括空穴注入层或空穴传输层。注意,在发光单元的阴极一侧的表面接触于电荷产生层115时,电荷产生层115还可以具有该发光单元的电子注入层或电子传输层的功能,所以在该发光单元中也可以不包括电子注入层或电子传输层。When the charge generation layer 115 includes a composite material of an organic compound and an acceptor substance, a composite material that can be used for the hole injection layer 111 described in Embodiment 1 may be used as the composite material. As the organic compound, various compounds such as aromatic amine compounds, carbazole compounds, aromatic hydrocarbons, and polymer compounds (oligomers, dendrimers, polymers, etc.) can be used. It is preferable to use an organic compound whose hole mobility is 1×10 -6 cm 2 /Vs or more. However, any other material may be used as long as the hole transport property is higher than the electron transport property. Since the composite material of the organic compound and the acceptor substance has good carrier injection properties and carrier transport properties, low-voltage driving or low-current driving can be realized. Note that when the surface of the anode side of the light-emitting unit is in contact with the charge-generating layer 115, the charge-generating layer 115 may also function as a hole injection layer or a hole transport layer of the light-emitting unit, so it can also be used in the light-emitting unit. No hole injection layer or hole transport layer is included. Note that when the surface on the cathode side of the light-emitting unit is in contact with the charge-generating layer 115, the charge-generating layer 115 may also function as an electron injection layer or electron transport layer of the light-emitting unit, so it may not be included in the light-emitting unit. Electron injection layer or electron transport layer.

电荷产生层115也可以是包含有机化合物和受体性物质的复合材料的层与包含其他材料的层的叠层结构。例如,电荷产生层115也可以使用组合包含有机化合物和受体性物质的复合材料的层与包含选自供电子性物质中的一个化合物和高电子传输性的化合物的层而形成。另外,电荷产生层115也可以使用组合包含有机化合物和受体性物质的复合材料的层与包含透明导电材料的层而形成。The charge generation layer 115 may have a laminated structure of a layer containing a composite material of an organic compound and an acceptor substance and a layer containing other materials. For example, the charge generation layer 115 may be formed by combining a layer containing a composite material of an organic compound and an acceptor substance, and a layer containing one compound selected from electron donating substances and a compound having high electron transport properties. In addition, the charge generation layer 115 may be formed by combining a layer containing a composite material of an organic compound and an acceptor substance and a layer containing a transparent conductive material.

设置在发光单元106与发光单元108之间的电荷产生层115只要具有在将电压施加到电极101和电极102之间时能够将电子注入到一个发光单元且将空穴注入到另一个发光单元的结构即可。例如,在图6A中,在以使电极101的电位高于电极102的电位的方式施加电压时,电荷产生层115将电子注入到发光单元106且将空穴注入到发光单元108。The charge generation layer 115 provided between the light emitting unit 106 and the light emitting unit 108 only has the ability to inject electrons into one light emitting unit and inject holes into the other light emitting unit when a voltage is applied between the electrode 101 and the electrode 102. structure. For example, in FIG. 6A , when a voltage is applied such that the potential of the electrode 101 is higher than that of the electrode 102 , the charge generation layer 115 injects electrons into the light emitting unit 106 and injects holes into the light emitting unit 108 .

从光提取效率的观点来看,电荷产生层115优选具有可见光透光率(具体而言,40%以上的可见光透光率)。电荷产生层115即使其导电率小于一对电极(电极101及102)也发挥作用。From the viewpoint of light extraction efficiency, the charge generation layer 115 preferably has visible light transmittance (specifically, visible light transmittance of 40% or more). The charge generation layer 115 functions even if its conductivity is lower than that of the pair of electrodes (electrodes 101 and 102 ).

通过使用上述材料中的任意材料形成电荷产生层115,可以抑制在层叠发光层时的驱动电压的增大。By forming the charge generation layer 115 using any of the above-mentioned materials, it is possible to suppress an increase in the driving voltage when the light-emitting layers are stacked.

在图4A中说明了具有两个发光单元的发光元件,但是可以将同样的结构应用于层叠有三个以上的发光单元的发光元件。如发光元件252所示,通过在一对电极之间以由电荷产生层将其隔开的方式配置多个发光单元,可以提供在保持低电流密度的同时进行高亮度发光并且使用寿命更长的发光元件。另外,可以实现功耗低的发光元件。A light-emitting element having two light-emitting units is described in FIG. 4A , but the same structure can be applied to a light-emitting element in which three or more light-emitting units are stacked. As shown in the light-emitting element 252, by arranging a plurality of light-emitting cells between a pair of electrodes in such a manner that they are separated by a charge-generating layer, it is possible to provide high-luminance light emission with a longer lifetime while maintaining a low current density light-emitting element. In addition, a light-emitting element with low power consumption can be realized.

另外,通过将实施方式1所示的结构用于多个单元中的至少一个单元,可以提供一种发光效率高的发光元件以及一种可靠性高的发光元件。In addition, by applying the structure shown in Embodiment 1 to at least one of the plurality of cells, a light-emitting element with high luminous efficiency and a light-emitting element with high reliability can be provided.

发光单元110的发光层优选包含磷光化合物。就是说,优选的是,发光单元110所包括的发光层140包含磷光化合物,发光单元106所包括的发光层170具有实施方式1所示的发光层130的结构。下面说明此时的发光元件252的结构实例。The light-emitting layer of the light-emitting unit 110 preferably contains a phosphorescent compound. That is, it is preferable that the light-emitting layer 140 included in the light-emitting unit 110 contains a phosphorescent compound, and the light-emitting layer 170 included in the light-emitting unit 106 has the structure of the light-emitting layer 130 shown in Embodiment 1. An example of the structure of the light-emitting element 252 at this time will be described below.

如图4B所示,发光单元110所包括的发光层140包含主体材料141和客体材料142。主体材料141包含有机化合物141_1以及有机化合物141_2。下面以发光层140所包含的客体材料142作为磷光化合物进行说明。As shown in FIG. 4B , the light-emitting layer 140 included in the light-emitting unit 110 includes a host material 141 and a guest material 142 . The host material 141 includes an organic compound 141_1 and an organic compound 141_2. Hereinafter, the guest material 142 contained in the light-emitting layer 140 will be described as a phosphorescent compound.

《发光层140的发光机理》"Light Emitting Mechanism of Light Emitting Layer 140"

接着,下面将对发光层140的发光机理进行说明。Next, the light-emitting mechanism of the light-emitting layer 140 will be described below.

发光层140中的有机化合物141_1与有机化合物141_2优选形成激基复合物。The organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 in the light-emitting layer 140 preferably form an exciplex.

作为有机化合物141_1与有机化合物141_2的组合,只要是能够形成激基复合物的组合即可,优选的是,其中一个是具有空穴传输性的化合物,另一个是具有电子传输性的化合物。The combination of the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 may be any combination capable of forming an exciplex, and it is preferable that one of them is a compound having hole transport properties and the other is a compound having electron transport properties.

图4C示出发光层140中的有机化合物141_1、有机化合物141_2及客体材料142的能级相关。另外,下面示出图4C中的用词及附图标记:FIG. 4C shows the energy level correlation of the organic compound 141_1 , the organic compound 141_2 , and the guest material 142 in the light-emitting layer 140 . In addition, the terms and reference numerals in FIG. 4C are shown below:

主体(141_1):有机化合物141_1(主体材料);Host (141_1): organic compound 141_1 (host material);

主体(141_2):有机化合物141_2(主体材料);Host (141_2): organic compound 141_2 (host material);

客体(142):客体材料142(磷光化合物);Guest (142): guest material 142 (phosphorescent compound);

SPH1:有机化合物141_1(主体材料)的S1能级;S PH1 : the S1 energy level of the organic compound 141_1 (host material);

TPH1:有机化合物141_1(主体材料)的T1能级;T PH1 : the T1 energy level of the organic compound 141_1 (host material);

SPH2:有机化合物141_2(主体材料)的S1能级;S PH2 : the S1 energy level of the organic compound 141_2 (host material);

TPH2:有机化合物141_2(主体材料)的T1能级;T PH2 : the T1 energy level of the organic compound 141_2 (host material);

TPG:客体材料142(磷光化合物)的T1能级;T PG : the T1 energy level of the guest material 142 (phosphorescent compound);

SPE:激基复合物的S1能级;以及S PE : the S1 energy level of the exciplex; and

TPE:激基复合物的T1能级。T PE : T1 level of the exciplex.

通过有机化合物141_1和有机化合物141_2中的一个接收空穴,另一个接收电子,迅速地形成激基复合物(参照图4C的路径E1)。或者,当有机化合物中的一个成为激发态时,通过与另一个有机化合物起相互作用来迅速地形成激基复合物。激基复合物的激发能级(SPE或TPE)比形成激基复合物的主体材料(有机化合物141_1及有机化合物141_2)的S1能级(SPH1及SPH2)低,所以可以以更低的激发能量形成主体材料141的激发态。由此,可以降低发光元件的驱动电压。When one of the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 accepts holes and the other accepts electrons, an exciplex is rapidly formed (refer to the route E 1 of FIG. 4C ). Alternatively, when one of the organic compounds becomes an excited state, an exciplex is rapidly formed by interacting with another organic compound. The excitation energy level (S PE or T PE ) of the exciplex is lower than the S1 energy level (S PH1 and S PH2 ) of the host materials (organic compound 141_1 and organic compound 141_2) forming the exciplex, so it can be used at a lower level. A low excitation energy forms an excited state of the host material 141 . Thereby, the driving voltage of the light-emitting element can be reduced.

然后,通过将激基复合物的SPE及TPE的能量转移到客体材料142(磷光化合物)的T1能级,由此得到发光(参照图4C的路径E2、E3)。Then, luminescence is obtained by transferring the energy of the S PE and T PE of the exciplex to the T1 level of the guest material 142 (phosphorescent compound) (see paths E 2 and E 3 in FIG. 4C ).

激基复合物的T1能级(TPE)优选比客体材料142的T1能级(TPG)高且为形成激基复合物的各有机化合物(有机化合物141_1及有机化合物141_2)的T1能级(TPH1及TPH2)以下。由此,可以将所形成的激基复合物的单重激发能及三重激发能从激基复合物的S1能级(SPE)及T1能级(TPE)转移到客体材料142的T1能级(TPG)。The T1 energy level (T PE ) of the exciplex is preferably higher than the T1 energy level (T PG ) of the guest material 142 and is the T1 energy level of each organic compound (organic compound 141_1 and organic compound 141_2) forming the exciplex (T PH1 and T PH2 ) or less. Thereby, the singlet excitation energy and triplet excitation energy of the exciplex formed can be transferred from the S1 level (S PE ) and the T1 level (T PE ) of the exciplex to the T1 energy of the guest material 142 level (T PG ).

为了使有机化合物141_1与有机化合物141_2高效地形成激基复合物,优选满足如下:有机化合物141_1及有机化合物141_2中的一个的HOMO能级高于另一个的HOMO能级,有机化合物141_1及有机化合物141_2中的一个的LUMO能级高于另一个的LUMO能级。In order for the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 to efficiently form an exciplex, it is preferable to satisfy the following conditions: the HOMO level of one of the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 is higher than the HOMO level of the other, and the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound The LUMO level of one of 141_2 is higher than that of the other.

在有机化合物141_1与有机化合物141_2的组合是具有空穴传输性的化合物与具有电子传输性的化合物的组合时,通过根据其混合比而容易地控制载流子平衡。具体而言,优选具有空穴传输性的化合物:具有电子传输性的化合物在1:9至9:1(重量比)的范围内。另外,当具有该结构时,可以容易地控制载流子平衡,由此也可以容易地对载流子复合区域进行控制。When the combination of the organic compound 141_1 and the organic compound 141_2 is a combination of a compound having hole transport properties and a compound having electron transport properties, the carrier balance can be easily controlled by the mixing ratio thereof. Specifically, the compound having hole transport properties: the compound having electron transport properties is preferably in the range of 1:9 to 9:1 (weight ratio). In addition, with this structure, the carrier balance can be easily controlled, whereby the carrier recombination region can also be easily controlled.

注意,在本说明书等中,有时将上述路径E1至E3的过程称为ExTET(Exciplex-Triplet Energy Transfer:激基复合物-三重态能量转移)。换言之,在发光层140中,激发能量从激基复合物供应到客体材料142。在此情况下,不一定必须使从TPE向SPE的反系间窜跃的效率及由SPE的发光量子产率高,因此可以选择的材料更多。Note that in this specification and the like, the process of the above-mentioned routes E 1 to E 3 is sometimes referred to as ExTET (Exciplex-Triplet Energy Transfer: Exciplex-Triplet Energy Transfer). In other words, in the light-emitting layer 140 , excitation energy is supplied from the exciplex to the guest material 142 . In this case, the efficiency of inverse intersystem transition from T PE to S PE and the quantum yield of light emission from S PE are not necessarily high, so more materials can be selected.

当利用ExTET时,可以得到具有高发光效率的高可靠性发光元件。When ExTET is used, a highly reliable light-emitting element with high luminous efficiency can be obtained.

注意,发光层170可以具有实施方式1所示的发光层130的结构和发光层140的结构中的任意结构。Note that the light-emitting layer 170 may have any of the structure of the light-emitting layer 130 and the structure of the light-emitting layer 140 shown in Embodiment Mode 1.

注意,在上述各结构中,用于发光单元106及发光单元110的客体材料的发光颜色可以相同或不同。当发光单元106和发光单元110使用呈现相同颜色的相同客体材料时,发光元件252可以以小电流值呈现高发光亮度,所以是优选的。当将发射不同颜色的光的客体材料用于发光单元106和发光单元110时,发光元件252能够呈现多色发光,所以是优选的。此时,当在发光层140和发光层170中的一个或两个中使用发光波长不同的多个发光材料时,具有不同的发光峰值的光合成来自发光元件252的发光。换言之,发光元件252的发射光谱具有至少两个极大值。Note that in each of the above structures, the light-emitting colors of the guest materials used for the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110 may be the same or different. When the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110 use the same guest material exhibiting the same color, the light-emitting element 252 can exhibit high luminance with a small current value, which is preferable. When guest materials emitting light of different colors are used for the light-emitting unit 106 and the light-emitting unit 110, the light-emitting element 252 can exhibit multicolor light emission, which is preferable. At this time, when a plurality of light-emitting materials with different light-emitting wavelengths are used in one or both of the light-emitting layer 140 and the light-emitting layer 170 , light having different light-emitting peaks is combined with light emitted from the light-emitting element 252 . In other words, the emission spectrum of the light-emitting element 252 has at least two maxima.

上述结构适合用来获得白色发光。通过使发光层140与发光层170的光为互补色的关系,可以获得白色发光。尤其优选以实现演色性高的白色发光或至少具有红色、绿色、蓝色发光的方式选择客体材料。The above structure is suitable for obtaining white light emission. By making the light of the light-emitting layer 140 and the light-emitting layer 170 complementary colors, white light emission can be obtained. In particular, it is preferable to select the guest material so as to realize white light emission with high color rendering properties, or at least red, green, and blue light emission.

此外,也可以将发光层140、发光层170中的至少一个进一步分割为层状,并且使该被分割的层含有不同的发光材料。也就是说,发光层140、发光层170中的至少一个也可以由两层以上的多个层形成。例如,在从空穴传输层一侧依次层叠第一发光层和第二发光层来形成发光层的情况下,第一发光层使用具有空穴传输性的材料作为主体材料而形成,并且第二发光层使用具有电子传输性的材料作为主体材料而形成。在此情况下,第一发光层和第二发光层所包含的发光材料也可以是相同或不同的材料。另外,上述材料既可以具有呈现相同颜色的发光的功能,又可以具有呈现不同颜色的发光的功能。通过采用呈现不同颜色的发光的多个发光材料,可以得到由三原色或四种以上的发光颜色构成的演色性高的白色发光。In addition, at least one of the light-emitting layer 140 and the light-emitting layer 170 may be further divided into layers, and the divided layers may contain different light-emitting materials. That is, at least one of the light-emitting layer 140 and the light-emitting layer 170 may be formed of two or more layers. For example, in the case of forming a light-emitting layer by stacking a first light-emitting layer and a second light-emitting layer in this order from the hole transport layer side, the first light-emitting layer is formed using a material having hole transport properties as a host material, and the second light-emitting layer is formed The light-emitting layer is formed using an electron-transporting material as a host material. In this case, the light-emitting materials contained in the first light-emitting layer and the second light-emitting layer may be the same or different materials. In addition, the above-mentioned materials may have a function of exhibiting light emission of the same color or a function of exhibiting light emission of different colors. By using a plurality of light-emitting materials exhibiting light emission of different colors, white light emission with high color rendering properties composed of three primary colors or four or more light emission colors can be obtained.

本实施方式可以与其他任何实施方式适当地组合。This embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any other embodiment mode.

(实施方式3)(Embodiment 3)

本实施方式中参照图5A及图5B对使用实施方式1及实施方式2中说明的发光元件的发光装置进行说明。In this embodiment, a light-emitting device using the light-emitting element described in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 will be described with reference to FIGS. 5A and 5B .

图5A是发光装置的俯视图,图5B是沿图5A中的线A-B以及线C-D切割的截面图。该发光装置包括以虚线表示的用来控制发光元件的发光的驱动电路部(源极一侧驱动电路)601、像素部602以及驱动电路部(栅极一侧驱动电路)603。另外,附图标记604是密封衬底,附图标记625是干燥剂,附图标记605是密封剂。由密封剂605围绕的部分是空间607。5A is a top view of the light emitting device, and FIG. 5B is a cross-sectional view taken along lines A-B and C-D in FIG. 5A . This light-emitting device includes a driver circuit portion (source side driver circuit) 601 for controlling light emission of the light emitting element, a pixel portion 602 and a driver circuit portion (gate side driver circuit) 603 indicated by dotted lines. In addition, reference numeral 604 is a sealing substrate, reference numeral 625 is a desiccant, and reference numeral 605 is a sealing agent. The portion surrounded by the sealant 605 is the space 607 .

注意,引导布线608是用来传送输入到源极一侧驱动电路601及栅极一侧驱动电路603的信号的布线,并且从用作外部输入端子的柔性印刷电路(FPC)609接收视频信号、时钟信号、起始信号、复位信号等。虽然在此只图示FPC,但是该FPC也可以安装有印刷线路板(PWB)。本说明书中的发光装置在其范畴内不仅包括发光装置主体,并且还包括安装有FPC或PWB的发光装置。Note that the guide wiring 608 is a wiring for transmitting signals input to the source side driver circuit 601 and the gate side driver circuit 603, and receives video signals from a flexible printed circuit (FPC) 609 serving as an external input terminal, Clock signal, start signal, reset signal, etc. Although only the FPC is illustrated here, the FPC may also be mounted with a printed wiring board (PWB). The light emitting device in this specification includes not only a light emitting device main body but also a light emitting device mounted with an FPC or a PWB within its category.

接下来,参照图5B说明上述发光装置的截面结构。在元件衬底610上形成有驱动电路部及像素部。在此示出作为驱动电路部的源极一侧驱动电路601及像素部602中的一个像素。Next, the cross-sectional structure of the light-emitting device described above will be described with reference to FIG. 5B . A driver circuit portion and a pixel portion are formed on the element substrate 610 . Here, the source side driver circuit 601 serving as the driver circuit portion and one pixel in the pixel portion 602 are shown.

在源极一侧驱动电路601中,形成组合有n沟道型TFT623和p沟道型TFT624的CMOS电路。驱动电路也可以使用各种CMOS电路、PMOS电路或NMOS电路形成。虽然在本实施方式中示出将驱动电路形成于衬底上的驱动器一体型,但不需要必须将驱动电路形成于衬底上,也可以形成于衬底外部。In the source side driver circuit 601, a CMOS circuit in which an n-channel type TFT 623 and a p-channel type TFT 624 are combined is formed. The driver circuit can also be formed using various CMOS circuits, PMOS circuits, or NMOS circuits. Although the driver-integrated type in which the driver circuit is formed on the substrate is shown in this embodiment mode, the driver circuit does not necessarily need to be formed on the substrate, and may be formed outside the substrate.

像素部602具有包括开关用TFT611、电流控制用TFT612、电连接于该电流控制用TFT612的漏极的第一电极613的多个像素。注意,以覆盖第一电极613的端部的方式形成有绝缘物614。绝缘物614可以使用正型光敏树脂膜来形成。The pixel portion 602 includes a plurality of pixels including a switching TFT 611 , a current control TFT 612 , and a first electrode 613 electrically connected to the drain of the current control TFT 612 . Note that the insulator 614 is formed so as to cover the end portion of the first electrode 613 . The insulator 614 may be formed using a positive type photosensitive resin film.

为了提高形成于绝缘物614上的膜的覆盖率,将绝缘物614的上端部或下端部形成为具有曲率的曲面。例如,在作为绝缘物614的材料使用光敏丙烯酸树脂的情况下,优选仅使绝缘物614的上端部具有曲面。该曲面的曲率半径优选为0.2μm以上且0.3μm以下。作为绝缘物614,可以使用负型光敏材料或正型光敏材料。In order to improve the coverage of the film formed on the insulator 614, the upper end portion or the lower end portion of the insulator 614 is formed into a curved surface having a curvature. For example, when a photosensitive acrylic resin is used as the material of the insulator 614, it is preferable that only the upper end portion of the insulator 614 has a curved surface. The curvature radius of the curved surface is preferably 0.2 μm or more and 0.3 μm or less. As the insulator 614, a negative type photosensitive material or a positive type photosensitive material can be used.

在第一电极613上形成有EL层616及第二电极617。作为用作阳极的第一电极613的材料优选使用功函数大的材料。例如,除了ITO膜、包含硅的铟锡氧化物膜、包含2wt%以上且20wt%以下的氧化锌的氧化铟膜、氮化钛膜、铬膜、钨膜、Zn膜、Pt膜等的单层膜以外,还可以使用包括氮化钛膜和以铝为主要成分的膜的叠层膜以及包括氮化钛膜、以铝为主要成分的膜和氮化钛膜的三层结构膜等。当采用叠层结构时,布线电阻也低,可以得到良好的欧姆接触,并且可以将其用作阳极。An EL layer 616 and a second electrode 617 are formed on the first electrode 613 . As the material of the first electrode 613 used as the anode, a material having a large work function is preferably used. For example, in addition to an ITO film, an indium tin oxide film containing silicon, an indium oxide film containing 2 wt % or more and 20 wt % or less of zinc oxide, a titanium nitride film, a chromium film, a tungsten film, a Zn film, a Pt film, etc. In addition to the layered film, a laminated film including a titanium nitride film and a film mainly composed of aluminum, a three-layer structure film including a titanium nitride film, a film mainly composed of aluminum, and a titanium nitride film, and the like can be used. When the laminated structure is adopted, the wiring resistance is also low, a good ohmic contact can be obtained, and it can be used as an anode.

EL层616通过使用蒸镀掩模的蒸镀法、喷墨法、旋涂法等各种任何方法形成。作为包含于EL层616中的其他材料,也可以使用低分子化合物、或者高分子化合物(包含低聚物或树枝状聚合物)。The EL layer 616 is formed by any of various methods such as vapor deposition using a vapor deposition mask, ink jet method, and spin coating. As another material contained in the EL layer 616, a low molecular compound or a high molecular compound (including an oligomer or a dendrimer) can also be used.

作为形成在EL层616上并用作阴极的第二电极617的材料,优选使用功函数小的材料(Al、Mg、Li、Ca、或它们的合金及化合物、MgAg、MgIn、AlLi等)。当使产生在EL层616中的光透过第二电极617时,作为第二电极617优选使用包括较薄的金属膜和透明导电膜(ITO、包含2wt%以上且20wt%以下的氧化锌的氧化铟、包含硅的铟锡氧化物、氧化锌(ZnO)等)的叠层。As the material of the second electrode 617 formed on the EL layer 616 and used as a cathode, a material with a small work function (Al, Mg, Li, Ca, or their alloys and compounds, MgAg, MgIn, AlLi, etc.) is preferably used. When light generated in the EL layer 616 is transmitted through the second electrode 617, it is preferable to use a thin metal film and a transparent conductive film (ITO, zinc oxide containing 2 wt % or more and 20 wt % or less) as the second electrode 617 Laminates of indium oxide, indium tin oxide containing silicon, zinc oxide (ZnO), etc.).

注意,发光元件618由第一电极613、EL层616及第二电极617形成。该发光元件618优选具有实施方式1及实施方式2所示的结构。在本实施方式的发光装置中,包括多个发光元件的像素部也可以包括具有实施方式1及实施方式2所说明的结构的发光元件和具有不同的结构的发光元件的双方。Note that the light emitting element 618 is formed of the first electrode 613 , the EL layer 616 and the second electrode 617 . The light-emitting element 618 preferably has the structures shown in Embodiments 1 and 2. In the light-emitting device of the present embodiment, the pixel portion including a plurality of light-emitting elements may include both the light-emitting elements having the structures described in Embodiments 1 and 2 and light-emitting elements having different structures.

通过利用密封剂605将密封衬底604与元件衬底610贴合在一起,在由元件衬底610、密封衬底604及密封剂605围绕的空间607中设置有发光元件618。在空间607中填充有填充剂。该填充剂也可以为惰性气体(氮、氩等)或者树脂及/或干燥剂。By bonding the sealing substrate 604 and the element substrate 610 with the sealing agent 605 , a light-emitting element 618 is provided in the space 607 surrounded by the element substrate 610 , the sealing substrate 604 , and the sealing agent 605 . The space 607 is filled with filler. The filler may also be an inert gas (nitrogen, argon, etc.) or a resin and/or a desiccant.

作为密封剂605,优选使用环氧类树脂或玻璃粉。这些材料优选是尽量不使水分或氧透过的材料。作为密封衬底604,可以使用玻璃衬底、石英衬底或者由纤维增强塑料(FRP)、聚氟乙烯(PVF)、聚酯或丙烯酸树脂等形成的塑料衬底。As the sealant 605, epoxy resin or glass frit is preferably used. These materials are preferably materials that do not permeate moisture or oxygen as much as possible. As the sealing substrate 604, a glass substrate, a quartz substrate, or a plastic substrate formed of fiber reinforced plastic (FRP), polyvinyl fluoride (PVF), polyester or acrylic resin, or the like can be used.

通过上述方法可以得到包括实施方式1及实施方式2中说明的发光元件的发光装置。A light-emitting device including the light-emitting elements described in Embodiments 1 and 2 can be obtained by the above method.

<发光装置的结构实例2><Structure Example 2 of Light-Emitting Device>

图6A和图6B各自示出包括呈现白色发光的发光元件及着色层(滤色片)的显示装置的例子。6A and 6B each show an example of a display device including a light-emitting element exhibiting white light emission and a coloring layer (color filter).

图6A示出衬底1001、基底绝缘膜1002、栅极绝缘膜1003、栅电极1006、1007、1008、第一层间绝缘膜1020、第二层间绝缘膜1021、周边部1042、像素部1040、驱动电路部1041、发光元件的第一电极1024W、1024R、1024G、1024B、分隔壁1026、EL层1028、发光元件的第二电极1029、密封衬底1031、密封剂1032等。6A shows a substrate 1001 , a base insulating film 1002 , a gate insulating film 1003 , gate electrodes 1006 , 1007 , and 1008 , a first interlayer insulating film 1020 , a second interlayer insulating film 1021 , a peripheral portion 1042 , and a pixel portion 1040 , the driving circuit portion 1041, the first electrodes 1024W, 1024R, 1024G, 1024B of the light emitting element, the partition wall 1026, the EL layer 1028, the second electrode 1029 of the light emitting element, the sealing substrate 1031, the sealant 1032, and the like.

在图6A、图6B中将着色层(红色着色层1034R、绿色着色层1034G、蓝色着色层1034B)设置于透明基材1033上。另外,还可以设置黑色层(黑矩阵)1035。对设置有着色层及黑色层的透明基材1033进行对准将其固定在衬底1001上。注意,着色层及黑色层由覆盖层1036覆盖。在图5A中,从有的发光层发射的光不穿过着色层,而从其他发光层发射的光穿过着色层。由于不透过着色层的光为白色且透过着色层中的任一个的光为红色、蓝色、绿色,因此能够以四个颜色的像素呈现图像。In FIGS. 6A and 6B , the colored layers (the red colored layer 1034R, the green colored layer 1034G, and the blue colored layer 1034B) are provided on the transparent substrate 1033 . In addition, a black layer (black matrix) 1035 may also be provided. The transparent substrate 1033 provided with the colored layer and the black layer is aligned and fixed on the substrate 1001 . Note that the colored layer and the black layer are covered by the cover layer 1036 . In FIG. 5A , light emitted from some light-emitting layers does not pass through the colored layers, while light emitted from other light-emitting layers passes through the colored layers. Since the light that does not pass through the coloring layer is white and the light that passes through any one of the coloring layers is red, blue, and green, an image can be represented by pixels of four colors.

图6B示出将红色着色层1034R、绿色着色层1034G、蓝色着色层1034B形成在栅极绝缘膜1003与第一层间绝缘膜1020之间的例子。如图6B所示,也可以将着色层设置在衬底1001与密封衬底1031之间。FIG. 6B shows an example in which a red colored layer 1034R, a green colored layer 1034G, and a blue colored layer 1034B are formed between the gate insulating film 1003 and the first interlayer insulating film 1020 . As shown in FIG. 6B , a colored layer may also be provided between the substrate 1001 and the sealing substrate 1031 .

虽然上述说明的发光装置具有从形成有TFT的衬底1001一侧取出光的结构(底部发射结构),但是也可以具有从密封衬底1031一侧取出光的结构(顶部发射结构)。The light-emitting device described above has a structure in which light is extracted from the side of the substrate 1001 on which the TFTs are formed (bottom emission structure), but may also have a structure in which light is extracted from the side of the sealing substrate 1031 (top emission structure).

<发光装置的结构实例3><Structure Example 3 of Light-Emitting Device>

图7是具有顶部发射结构的发光装置的截面图。在此情况下,衬底1001可以使用不使光透过的衬底。直到制造连接TFT与发光元件的阳极的连接电极为止的工序与具有底部发射结构的发光装置同样地进行。然后,以覆盖电极1022的方式形成第三层间绝缘膜1037。该绝缘膜也可以具有平坦化的功能。第三层间绝缘膜1037可以使用与第二层间绝缘膜1021相同的材料或其他各种材料形成。7 is a cross-sectional view of a light emitting device having a top emission structure. In this case, a substrate 1001 that does not transmit light can be used. The steps up to the manufacture of the connecting electrode connecting the TFT and the anode of the light-emitting element are performed in the same manner as in the light-emitting device having the bottom emission structure. Then, a third interlayer insulating film 1037 is formed so as to cover the electrodes 1022 . The insulating film may also have a flattening function. The third interlayer insulating film 1037 can be formed using the same material as the second interlayer insulating film 1021 or other various materials.

虽然发光元件的下部电极1025W、1025R、1025G、1025B在这里都为阳极,但是也可以为阴极。另外,在图7所示的具有顶部发射结构的发光装置中,优选下部电极1025W、1025R、1025G、1025B为反射电极。注意,优选第二电极1029具有发射光及使光透过的功能。优选在第二电极1029与下部电极1025W、1025R、1025G、1025B间采用微腔结构,由此可以放大特定波长的光。EL层1028以具有与实施方式2所说明的结构相同的结构的方式形成,并且能够得到白色发光。Although the lower electrodes 1025W, 1025R, 1025G, and 1025B of the light-emitting element are all anodes here, they may also be cathodes. In addition, in the light-emitting device having the top emission structure shown in FIG. 7 , it is preferable that the lower electrodes 1025W, 1025R, 1025G, and 1025B are reflective electrodes. Note that the second electrode 1029 preferably has a function of emitting light and transmitting light. Preferably, a microcavity structure is used between the second electrode 1029 and the lower electrodes 1025W, 1025R, 1025G, and 1025B, so that light of a specific wavelength can be amplified. The EL layer 1028 is formed so as to have the same structure as that described in Embodiment 2, and white light emission can be obtained.

在图6A、图6B和图7中,通过使用多个发光层或者使用多个发光单元等来实现能够得到白色发光的EL层的结构,即可。注意,获得白色发光的结构不局限于此。In FIGS. 6A , 6B and 7 , the structure of the EL layer capable of obtaining white light emission may be realized by using a plurality of light-emitting layers or using a plurality of light-emitting units. Note that the structure for obtaining white light emission is not limited to this.

在采用如图7所示的顶部发射结构的情况下,可以使用设置有着色层(红色着色层1034R、绿色着色层1034G、蓝色着色层1034B)的密封衬底1031进行密封。密封衬底1031也可以设置有位于像素与像素之间的黑色层(黑矩阵)1035。着色层(红色着色层1034R、绿色着色层1034G、蓝色着色层1034B)、黑色层(黑矩阵)1035也可以由覆盖层覆盖。注意,作为密封衬底1031使用透光性衬底。In the case of adopting the top emission structure as shown in FIG. 7 , sealing can be performed using a sealing substrate 1031 provided with coloring layers (red coloring layer 1034R, green coloring layer 1034G, blue coloring layer 1034B). The sealing substrate 1031 may also be provided with a black layer (black matrix) 1035 between pixels. The coloring layers (red coloring layer 1034R, green coloring layer 1034G, blue coloring layer 1034B) and black layer (black matrix) 1035 may be covered with a cover layer. Note that a light-transmitting substrate is used as the sealing substrate 1031 .

虽然在此示出了以红色、绿色、蓝色、白色的四个颜色进行全彩色显示的例子,但并不局限于此,也可以以红色、绿色、蓝色的三个颜色或者以红色、绿色、蓝色和黄色的四个颜色进行全彩色显示。Although an example in which full-color display is performed in four colors of red, green, blue, and white is shown here, it is not limited to this, and three colors of red, green, and blue, or red, The four colors of green, blue and yellow are displayed in full color.

通过上述方法可以得到包括实施方式3及实施方式4中说明的发光元件的发光装置。By the above method, a light-emitting device including the light-emitting element described in Embodiments 3 and 4 can be obtained.

本实施方式可以与其他任何实施方式适当地组合。This embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any other embodiment mode.

(实施方式4)(Embodiment 4)

在本实施方式中对包括实施方式1及实施方式2说明的发光元件的显示装置的具体例子进行说明。以下所述的显示装置包括反射型液晶元件及发光元件的两种元件。该显示装置能够以透射模式和反射模式进行显示。作为发光元件,优选采用实施方式1及实施方式2说明的发光元件。In this embodiment, a specific example of a display device including the light-emitting element described in Embodiment 1 and Embodiment 2 will be described. The display device described below includes two elements, a reflective liquid crystal element and a light-emitting element. The display device is capable of displaying in a transmissive mode and a reflective mode. As the light-emitting element, the light-emitting elements described in Embodiments 1 and 2 are preferably used.

<显示装置的结构实例1><Configuration Example 1 of Display Device>

图8A是示出显示装置400的结构的一个例子的方框图。显示装置400包括在显示部362中排列为矩阵状的多个像素410。显示装置400也包括电路GD及电路SD。另外,显示装置400包括与在方向R上排列的多个像素410及电路GD电连接的多个布线G1、多个布线G2、多个布线ANO及多个布线CSCOM。另外,显示装置400包括与在方向C上排列的多个像素410及电路SD电连接的多个布线S1及多个布线S2。FIG. 8A is a block diagram showing an example of the configuration of the display device 400 . The display device 400 includes a plurality of pixels 410 arranged in a matrix in the display unit 362 . Display device 400 also includes circuit GD and circuit SD. In addition, the display device 400 includes a plurality of wirings G1, a plurality of wirings G2, a plurality of wirings ANO, and a plurality of wirings CSCOM electrically connected to the plurality of pixels 410 and the circuit GD arranged in the direction R. In addition, the display device 400 includes a plurality of wirings S1 and a plurality of wirings S2 electrically connected to the plurality of pixels 410 and the circuit SD arranged in the direction C.

像素410包括反射型液晶元件及发光元件。在像素410中,液晶元件及发光元件部分地彼此重叠。The pixel 410 includes a reflective liquid crystal element and a light-emitting element. In the pixel 410, the liquid crystal element and the light emitting element partially overlap each other.

图8B1示出像素410所包括的电极311b的结构实例。电极311b被用作像素410中的液晶元件的反射电极。电极311b具有开口451。FIG. 8B1 shows an example of the structure of the electrode 311 b included in the pixel 410 . The electrode 311 b is used as a reflective electrode of the liquid crystal element in the pixel 410 . The electrode 311b has an opening 451 .

在图8B1中,以虚线示出位于与电极311b重叠的区域中的发光元件360。发光元件360与电极311b所包括的开口451重叠。由此,发光元件360所发射出的光通过开口451射出到显示面一侧。In FIG. 8B1 , the light emitting element 360 located in the region overlapping with the electrode 311 b is shown by a dotted line. The light-emitting element 360 overlaps with the opening 451 included in the electrode 311b. Thereby, the light emitted from the light emitting element 360 is emitted to the display surface side through the opening 451 .

在图8B1中,在方向R上相邻的像素410对应于不同的颜色。如图8B1所示,优选在方向R上相邻的两个像素中开口451以不设置在一列上的方式设置于电极311b的不同位置上。由此,可以将两个发光元件360分开地配置,从而可以抑制发光元件360所发射出的光入射到相邻的像素410中的着色层(这种现象也称为串扰)。另外,由于可以将相邻的两个发光元件360分开地配置,因此即使利用荫罩等分别制造发光元件360的EL层,也可以实现高分辨率的显示装置。In FIG. 8B1, adjacent pixels 410 in the direction R correspond to different colors. As shown in FIG. 8B1 , the openings 451 in two adjacent pixels in the direction R are preferably arranged at different positions of the electrode 311b so as not to be arranged in a row. Thereby, the two light-emitting elements 360 can be arranged separately, so that light emitted from the light-emitting elements 360 can be prevented from being incident on the coloring layers in the adjacent pixels 410 (this phenomenon is also referred to as crosstalk). In addition, since two adjacent light-emitting elements 360 can be arranged separately, even if the EL layers of the light-emitting elements 360 are separately fabricated using a shadow mask or the like, a high-resolution display device can be realized.

另外,也可以采用图8B2所示的排列。In addition, the arrangement shown in FIG. 8B2 may also be employed.

当开口451的总面积相对于开口以外的总面积的比例过大时,使用液晶元件的显示会变暗。当开口451的总面积相对于开口以外的总面积的比例过小时,使用发光元件360的显示会变暗。When the ratio of the total area of the opening 451 to the total area other than the opening is too large, the display using the liquid crystal element becomes dark. When the ratio of the total area of the opening 451 to the total area other than the opening is too small, the display using the light emitting element 360 becomes dark.

当被用作反射电极的电极311b中的开口451的面积过小时,发光元件360所发射的光的提取效率变低。When the area of the opening 451 in the electrode 311b used as the reflective electrode is too small, the extraction efficiency of the light emitted by the light emitting element 360 becomes low.

开口451可以具有多角形、四角形、椭圆形、圆形、十字状、条状、狭缝状或方格状的形状。可以以靠近相邻的像素的方式配置开口451。优选的是,将开口451配置为靠近显示相同的颜色的其他像素,由此可以抑制产生串扰。The opening 451 may have a polygonal, quadrangular, oval, circular, cross, strip, slit, or checkered shape. The openings 451 may be arranged close to adjacent pixels. Preferably, the openings 451 are arranged close to other pixels displaying the same color, whereby generation of crosstalk can be suppressed.

[电路结构实例][Example of circuit configuration]

图9是示出像素410的结构实例的电路图。图9示出相邻的两个像素410。FIG. 9 is a circuit diagram showing an example of the structure of the pixel 410 . FIG. 9 shows two adjacent pixels 410 .

像素410包括开关SW1、电容器C1、液晶元件340、开关SW2、晶体管M、电容器C2以及发光元件360等。像素410与布线G1、布线G2、布线ANO、布线CSCOM、布线S1及布线S2电连接。图12还示出与液晶元件340电连接的布线VCOM1以及与发光元件360电连接的布线VCOM2。The pixel 410 includes a switch SW1, a capacitor C1, a liquid crystal element 340, a switch SW2, a transistor M, a capacitor C2, a light-emitting element 360, and the like. The pixel 410 is electrically connected to the wiring G1, the wiring G2, the wiring ANO, the wiring CSCOM, the wiring S1, and the wiring S2. FIG. 12 also shows the wiring VCOM1 electrically connected to the liquid crystal element 340 and the wiring VCOM2 electrically connected to the light emitting element 360 .

图9示出将晶体管用于开关SW1及开关SW2时的例子。FIG. 9 shows an example in which transistors are used for the switch SW1 and the switch SW2.

开关SW1的栅极与布线G1连接。开关SW1的源极和漏极中的一个与布线S1连接,源极和漏极中的另一个与电容器C1的一个电极及液晶元件340的一个电极连接。电容器C1的另一个电极与布线CSCOM连接。液晶元件340的另一个电极与布线VCOM1连接。The gate of the switch SW1 is connected to the wiring G1. One of the source and drain of the switch SW1 is connected to the wiring S1 , and the other of the source and the drain is connected to one electrode of the capacitor C1 and one electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 . The other electrode of the capacitor C1 is connected to the wiring CSCOM. The other electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 is connected to the wiring VCOM1.

开关SW2的栅极与布线G2连接。开关SW2的源极和漏极中的一个与布线S2连接,源极和漏极中的另一个与电容器C2的一个电极及晶体管M的栅极连接。电容器C2的另一个电极与晶体管M的源极和漏极中的一个及布线ANO连接。晶体管M的源极和漏极中的另一个与发光元件360的一个电极连接。发光元件360的另一个电极与布线VCOM2连接。The gate of the switch SW2 is connected to the wiring G2. One of the source and drain of the switch SW2 is connected to the wiring S2, and the other of the source and the drain is connected to one electrode of the capacitor C2 and the gate of the transistor M. The other electrode of the capacitor C2 is connected to one of the source and drain of the transistor M and the wiring ANO. The other of the source and drain of the transistor M is connected to one electrode of the light-emitting element 360 . The other electrode of the light-emitting element 360 is connected to the wiring VCOM2.

图10A示出晶体管M包括夹着半导体的两个互相连接着的栅极的例子。该结构可以增高晶体管M能够流过的电流之量。FIG. 10A shows an example in which the transistor M includes two interconnected gate electrodes sandwiching a semiconductor. This structure can increase the amount of current that the transistor M can flow.

可以对布线G1供应切换开关SW1的开启/关闭状态的信号。可以对布线VCOM1供应规定的电位。可以对布线S1供应控制液晶元件340所具有的液晶的取向状态的信号。可以对布线CSCOM供应规定的电位。A signal for switching the ON/OFF state of the switch SW1 can be supplied to the wiring G1. A predetermined potential can be supplied to the wiring VCOM1. A signal for controlling the alignment state of the liquid crystal that the liquid crystal element 340 has can be supplied to the wiring S1 . A predetermined potential can be supplied to the wiring CSCOM.

可以对布线G2供应切换开关SW2的开启/关闭状态的信号。可以对布线VCOM2及布线ANO供应产生用来使发光元件360发光的电位差的电位。可以对布线S2供应切换晶体管M的导通状态的信号。A signal for switching the on/off state of the switch SW2 can be supplied to the wiring G2. The wiring VCOM2 and the wiring ANO can be supplied with a potential that generates a potential difference for causing the light-emitting element 360 to emit light. A signal for switching the conduction state of the transistor M may be supplied to the wiring S2.

在图10A和图10B所示的像素410中,例如在以反射模式进行显示时,可以利用供应给布线G1及布线S1的信号驱动,并利用液晶元件340的光学调制而进行显示。在以透射模式进行显示时,可以利用供应给布线G2及布线S2的信号驱动,并使发光元件360发光而进行显示。在同时进行两个模式时,可以利用供应给布线G1、布线G2、布线S1及布线S2的信号而驱动。In the pixel 410 shown in FIGS. 10A and 10B , for example, when displaying in the reflective mode, it can be driven by the signals supplied to the wiring G1 and the wiring S1 and displayed by the optical modulation of the liquid crystal element 340 . When the display is performed in the transmissive mode, the light-emitting element 360 can be driven by the signals supplied to the wiring G2 and the wiring S2 to emit light for display. When the two modes are performed simultaneously, it is possible to drive with the signals supplied to the wiring G1 , the wiring G2 , the wiring S1 , and the wiring S2 .

虽然图9示出一个像素410中设置有一个液晶元件340及一个发光元件360的例子,但是本发明的一个实施方式不局限于此。图10A示出一个像素410中设置有一个液晶元件340及四个发光元件360(发光元件360r、360g、360b、360w)的例子。与图9不同,图10A所示的像素410可以利用一个像素进行全彩色显示。Although FIG. 9 shows an example in which one liquid crystal element 340 and one light emitting element 360 are provided in one pixel 410, one embodiment of the present invention is not limited thereto. FIG. 10A shows an example in which one liquid crystal element 340 and four light-emitting elements 360 (light-emitting elements 360r, 360g, 360b, and 360w) are provided in one pixel 410 . Unlike FIG. 9 , the pixel 410 shown in FIG. 10A can perform full-color display with one pixel.

除了图9的例子之外,图10A中的像素410与布线G3及布线S3连接。In addition to the example of FIG. 9, the pixel 410 in FIG. 10A is connected to the wiring G3 and the wiring S3.

在图10A所示的例子中,例如作为四个发光元件360,可以使用分别呈现红色(R)、绿色(G)、蓝色(B)及白色(W)的发光元件。另外,作为液晶元件340可以使用发射白色光的反射型液晶元件。由此,在以反射模式进行显示时,可以进行高反射率的白色显示。在以透射模式进行显示时,可以以低功耗进行高演色性的显示。In the example shown in FIG. 10A , for example, as the four light-emitting elements 360 , light-emitting elements exhibiting red (R), green (G), blue (B), and white (W), respectively, can be used. In addition, as the liquid crystal element 340, a reflection type liquid crystal element that emits white light can be used. Thereby, when displaying in the reflection mode, white display with high reflectivity can be performed. When displaying in transmissive mode, high color rendering can be performed with low power consumption.

图10B示出像素410的结构实例。像素410包括与电极311中的开口重叠的发光元件360w、配置在电极311周围的发光元件360r、发光元件360g及发光元件360b。发光元件360r、发光元件360g及发光元件360b优选具有几乎相同的发光面积。FIG. 10B shows a structural example of the pixel 410 . The pixel 410 includes a light-emitting element 360w overlapping the opening in the electrode 311 , a light-emitting element 360r arranged around the electrode 311 , a light-emitting element 360g , and a light-emitting element 360b . The light-emitting element 360r, the light-emitting element 360g, and the light-emitting element 360b preferably have almost the same light-emitting area.

<显示装置的结构实例4><Structure Example 4 of Display Device>

图11是本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置300的透视示意图。在显示装置300中,将衬底351与衬底361贴合在一起。在图11中,以虚线表示衬底361。FIG. 11 is a schematic perspective view of a display device 300 according to an embodiment of the present invention. In the display device 300, the substrate 351 and the substrate 361 are bonded together. In FIG. 11, the substrate 361 is represented by a dotted line.

显示装置300包括显示部362、电路部364、布线365、电路部366、布线367等。衬底351例如设置有电路部364、布线365、电路部366、布线367以及被用作像素电极的电极311b等。在图11中,在衬底351上安装有IC373、FPC372、IC375及FPC374。因此,也可以将图11所示的结构称为包括显示装置300、IC373、FPC372、IC375及FPC374的显示模块。The display device 300 includes a display portion 362, a circuit portion 364, a wiring 365, a circuit portion 366, a wiring 367, and the like. The substrate 351 is provided with, for example, a circuit portion 364, a wiring 365, a circuit portion 366, a wiring 367, an electrode 311b used as a pixel electrode, and the like. In FIG. 11 , IC373 , FPC372 , IC375 , and FPC374 are mounted on substrate 351 . Therefore, the structure shown in FIG. 11 can also be called a display module including the display device 300 , IC373 , FPC372 , IC375 , and FPC374 .

作为电路部364,例如可以使用用作扫描线驱动电路的电路。As the circuit section 364, for example, a circuit used as a scanning line driver circuit can be used.

布线365具有对显示部及电路部364供应信号及电力的功能。该信号及电力从外部经由FPC372或者从IC373输入到布线365。The wiring 365 has a function of supplying signals and power to the display unit and the circuit unit 364 . The signal and power are input to the wiring 365 from the outside via the FPC 372 or from the IC 373 .

图11示出利用玻璃覆晶封装(COG)方式等对衬底351设置IC373的例子。作为IC373,例如可以使用具有扫描线驱动电路或信号线驱动电路等功能的IC。注意,当显示装置300具有用作扫描线驱动电路或信号线驱动电路的电路时、以及当将用作扫描线驱动电路或信号线驱动电路的电路设置在外部且通过FPC372输入用来驱动显示装置300的信号等时,也可以不设置IC373。另外,也可以利用薄膜覆晶封装(COF)方式等将IC373安装于FPC372。FIG. 11 shows an example in which the IC 373 is provided on the substrate 351 by a chip-on-glass (COG) method or the like. As the IC 373, for example, an IC having functions such as a scanning line driver circuit or a signal line driver circuit can be used. Note that when the display device 300 has a circuit serving as a scan line driver circuit or a signal line driver circuit, and when a circuit serving as a scan line driver circuit or a signal line driver circuit is provided externally and is input through the FPC372 to drive the display device When the signal of 300 is used, IC373 may not be set. In addition, IC373 can also be mounted on FPC372 by a chip-on-film (COF) method or the like.

图12示出显示部362的一部分的放大图。在显示部362中以矩阵状配置有多个显示元件所包括的电极311b。电极311b具有反射可见光的功能且被用作如下所述的液晶元件340的反射电极。FIG. 12 shows an enlarged view of a part of the display unit 362 . In the display portion 362, electrodes 311b included in a plurality of display elements are arranged in a matrix. The electrode 311b has a function of reflecting visible light and is used as a reflective electrode of the liquid crystal element 340 described below.

如图12所示,电极311b具有开口。在比电极311b近于衬底351一侧设置有发光元件360。从发光元件360发射的光经过电极311b的开口发射到衬底361一侧。As shown in FIG. 12, the electrode 311b has an opening. The light emitting element 360 is provided on the side closer to the substrate 351 than the electrode 311b. Light emitted from the light emitting element 360 is emitted to the substrate 361 side through the opening of the electrode 311b.

图12示出将图11所示的显示装置中的包括FPC372的区域的一部分、包括电路部364的区域的一部分、包括显示部362的区域的一部分、包括电路部366的区域的一部分以及包括FPC374的区域的一部分的截面的一个例子。FIG. 12 shows a part of the area including the FPC 372 , the part of the area including the circuit part 364 , the part of the area including the display part 362 , the part of the area including the circuit part 366 , and the part including the FPC 374 in the display device shown in FIG. 11 . An example of a section of a portion of a region.

图12所示的显示装置具有层叠有显示面板700及显示面板800的结构。显示面板700包括树脂层701及树脂层702。显示面板800包括树脂层201及树脂层202。树脂层702与树脂层201由粘合层50粘合。树脂层701由粘合层51与衬底351粘合。树脂层202由粘合层52与衬底361粘合。The display device shown in FIG. 12 has a structure in which a display panel 700 and a display panel 800 are stacked. The display panel 700 includes a resin layer 701 and a resin layer 702 . The display panel 800 includes a resin layer 201 and a resin layer 202 . The resin layer 702 and the resin layer 201 are bonded by the adhesive layer 50 . The resin layer 701 is adhered to the substrate 351 by the adhesive layer 51 . The resin layer 202 is adhered to the substrate 361 by the adhesive layer 52 .

[显示面板700][Display panel 700]

显示面板700包括树脂层701、绝缘层478、多个晶体管、电容器405、绝缘层411、绝缘层412、绝缘层413、绝缘层414、绝缘层415、发光元件360、间隔物416、粘合层417、着色层425、遮光层426、绝缘层476及树脂层702。The display panel 700 includes a resin layer 701, an insulating layer 478, a plurality of transistors, a capacitor 405, an insulating layer 411, an insulating layer 412, an insulating layer 413, an insulating layer 414, an insulating layer 415, a light-emitting element 360, a spacer 416, an adhesive layer 417 , the colored layer 425 , the light shielding layer 426 , the insulating layer 476 and the resin layer 702 .

电路部364包括晶体管401。显示部362包括晶体管402及晶体管403。The circuit section 364 includes the transistor 401 . The display unit 362 includes a transistor 402 and a transistor 403 .

各晶体管包括栅极、绝缘层411、半导体层、源极及漏极。栅极与半导体层隔着绝缘层411彼此重叠。绝缘层411的一部分被用作栅极绝缘层,绝缘层411的其他一部分被用作电容器405的电介质。用作晶体管402的源极或漏极的导电层还被用作电容器405的一个电极。Each transistor includes a gate electrode, an insulating layer 411 , a semiconductor layer, a source electrode and a drain electrode. The gate electrode and the semiconductor layer overlap each other with the insulating layer 411 interposed therebetween. A part of the insulating layer 411 is used as a gate insulating layer, and the other part of the insulating layer 411 is used as a dielectric of the capacitor 405 . The conductive layer used as the source or drain of transistor 402 is also used as one electrode of capacitor 405 .

图12所示的晶体管具有底栅结构。在电路部364和显示部362中,晶体管结构也可以彼此不同。电路部364和显示部362也可以分别包括多种晶体管。The transistor shown in FIG. 12 has a bottom gate structure. In the circuit portion 364 and the display portion 362, the transistor structures may also be different from each other. The circuit unit 364 and the display unit 362 may each include various types of transistors.

电容器405包括一对电极以及它们之间的电介质。电容器405包括利用与晶体管的栅极相同的材料和相同的工序形成的导电层以及利用与晶体管的源极及漏极相同的材料和相同的工序形成的导电层。Capacitor 405 includes a pair of electrodes and a dielectric therebetween. The capacitor 405 includes a conductive layer formed using the same material and the same process as the gate electrode of the transistor, and a conductive layer formed using the same material and the same process as the source and drain electrodes of the transistor.

绝缘层412、绝缘层413及绝缘层414分别以覆盖晶体管等的方式设置。对覆盖晶体管等的绝缘层的数量没有特别的限制。绝缘层414被用作平坦化层。优选的是绝缘层412、绝缘层413和绝缘层414中的至少一个使用水及氢等杂质不容易扩散的材料形成。可以有效地抑制来自外部的杂质扩散到晶体管中,从而可以提高显示装置的可靠性。The insulating layer 412, the insulating layer 413, and the insulating layer 414 are provided so as to cover the transistors and the like, respectively. The number of insulating layers covering transistors and the like is not particularly limited. The insulating layer 414 is used as a planarization layer. Preferably, at least one of the insulating layer 412 , the insulating layer 413 , and the insulating layer 414 is formed of a material in which impurities such as water and hydrogen are not easily diffused. The diffusion of impurities from the outside into the transistor can be effectively suppressed, so that the reliability of the display device can be improved.

在作为绝缘层414使用有机材料的情况下,有水分等杂质从显示装置的外部经过露出于显示装置的端部的绝缘层414侵入发光元件360等的担忧。因杂质侵入导致的发光元件360的劣化会引起显示装置的劣化。因此,如图12所示,绝缘层414优选不位于显示装置的端部。在图12的结构中,由于使用有机材料形成的绝缘层不位于显示装置的端部,所以可以抑制杂质侵入到发光元件360中。When an organic material is used as the insulating layer 414 , impurities such as moisture may enter the light-emitting element 360 or the like from the outside of the display device through the insulating layer 414 exposed at the end of the display device. Deterioration of the light emitting element 360 due to intrusion of impurities causes deterioration of the display device. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 12, the insulating layer 414 is preferably not located at the end of the display device. In the structure of FIG. 12 , since the insulating layer formed using the organic material is not located at the end of the display device, intrusion of impurities into the light-emitting element 360 can be suppressed.

发光元件360包括电极421、EL层422及电极423。发光元件360也可以包括光学调整层424。发光元件360具有向着色层425一侧发射光的顶部发射结构。The light-emitting element 360 includes an electrode 421 , an EL layer 422 and an electrode 423 . Light emitting element 360 may also include optical adjustment layer 424 . The light emitting element 360 has a top emission structure that emits light toward the coloring layer 425 side.

通过以与发光元件360的发光区域重叠的方式配置晶体管、电容器及布线等,可以提高显示部362的开口率。The aperture ratio of the display portion 362 can be increased by arranging transistors, capacitors, wirings, and the like so as to overlap with the light-emitting region of the light-emitting element 360 .

电极421和电极423中的一个被用作阳极,另一个被用作阴极。当对电极421与电极423之间施加高于发光元件360的阈值电压的电压时,空穴从阳极一侧而电子从阴极一侧注入EL层422中。被注入的电子和空穴在EL层422中重新结合,且包含在EL层422中的发光物质发光。One of the electrode 421 and the electrode 423 is used as an anode, and the other is used as a cathode. When a voltage higher than the threshold voltage of the light emitting element 360 is applied between the counter electrode 421 and the electrode 423, holes are injected into the EL layer 422 from the anode side and electrons are injected from the cathode side. The injected electrons and holes are recombined in the EL layer 422, and the light-emitting substance contained in the EL layer 422 emits light.

电极421直接或者通过导电层电连接到晶体管403的源极或漏极。电极421被用作像素电极,并设置在每个发光元件360中。相邻的两个电极421由绝缘层415电绝缘。Electrode 421 is electrically connected to the source or drain of transistor 403 either directly or through a conductive layer. The electrode 421 is used as a pixel electrode and is provided in each light emitting element 360 . The two adjacent electrodes 421 are electrically insulated by the insulating layer 415 .

被用作公共电极的电极423由多个发光元件360共同使用。电极423被供应恒定电位。The electrode 423 used as a common electrode is commonly used by the plurality of light emitting elements 360 . The electrode 423 is supplied with a constant potential.

发光元件360隔着粘合层417与着色层425重叠。间隔物416隔着粘合层417与遮光层426重叠。虽然图12示出在电极423与遮光层426之间有间隙的情况,但是电极423与遮光层426也可以彼此接触。虽然在图12所示的结构中将间隔物416设置在衬底351一侧,但是间隔物416也可以设置在衬底361一侧(例如,比遮光层426更靠近衬底361的一侧)。The light-emitting element 360 overlaps with the colored layer 425 via the adhesive layer 417 . The spacer 416 overlaps with the light shielding layer 426 via the adhesive layer 417 . Although FIG. 12 shows a case where there is a gap between the electrode 423 and the light shielding layer 426, the electrode 423 and the light shielding layer 426 may be in contact with each other. Although the spacer 416 is provided on the side of the substrate 351 in the structure shown in FIG. 12 , the spacer 416 may also be provided on the side of the substrate 361 (eg, a side closer to the substrate 361 than the light shielding layer 426 ) .

通过利用滤色片(着色层425)与微腔结构(光学调整层424)的组合,可以从显示装置取出色纯度高的光。根据各像素的颜色改变光学调整层424的厚度。By using a combination of a color filter (colored layer 425 ) and a microcavity structure (optical adjustment layer 424 ), light with high color purity can be extracted from the display device. The thickness of the optical adjustment layer 424 is changed according to the color of each pixel.

着色层425是使特定波长区域的光透过的有色层。例如,可以使用使红色、绿色、蓝色或黄色的波长范围的光透过的滤色片。The colored layer 425 is a colored layer that transmits light in a specific wavelength region. For example, a color filter that transmits light in a wavelength range of red, green, blue, or yellow can be used.

注意,本发明的一个实施方式不局限于滤色片方式,也可以采用独立显色方式、颜色转换方法及量子点方式等。Note that an embodiment of the present invention is not limited to the color filter method, and an independent color rendering method, a color conversion method, a quantum dot method, and the like may also be used.

遮光层426设置在相邻的着色层425之间。遮光层426遮挡相邻的发光元件360所发出的光,从而抑制相邻的发光元件360之间的混色。这里,通过以其端部与遮光层426重叠的方式设置着色层425,可以抑制漏光。作为遮光层426,可以使用遮挡发光元件360所发出的光的材料。注意,通过将遮光层426设置于电路部364等显示部362之外的区域中,可以抑制起因于波导光等的非意图的漏光,所以是优选的。The light shielding layer 426 is provided between the adjacent colored layers 425 . The light shielding layer 426 shields the light emitted by the adjacent light emitting elements 360 , thereby suppressing color mixing between the adjacent light emitting elements 360 . Here, by providing the colored layer 425 so that the end portion thereof overlaps with the light shielding layer 426, light leakage can be suppressed. As the light shielding layer 426, a material that shields the light emitted by the light emitting element 360 can be used. Note that by providing the light shielding layer 426 in a region other than the display portion 362 such as the circuit portion 364, unintended light leakage due to waveguide light or the like can be suppressed, which is preferable.

在树脂层701的一个表面上形成有绝缘层478。在树脂层702的一个表面上形成有绝缘层476。作为绝缘层476及绝缘层478,优选使用防湿性高的膜。通过将发光元件360及晶体管等配置于一对防湿性高的绝缘层之间,可以抑制水等杂质侵入这些元件,从而可以提高显示装置的可靠性,所以是优选的。An insulating layer 478 is formed on one surface of the resin layer 701 . An insulating layer 476 is formed on one surface of the resin layer 702 . As the insulating layer 476 and the insulating layer 478, films with high moisture resistance are preferably used. By arranging the light-emitting element 360, the transistor, and the like between a pair of insulating layers having high moisture resistance, it is possible to prevent impurities such as water from entering these elements, thereby improving the reliability of the display device, which is preferable.

作为防湿性高的绝缘膜,可以举出含有氮与硅的膜(例如,氮化硅膜及氮氧化硅膜)以及含有氮与铝的膜(例如,氮化铝膜)。另外,也可以使用氧化硅膜、氧氮化硅膜、氧化铝膜等。Examples of insulating films with high moisture resistance include films containing nitrogen and silicon (for example, silicon nitride films and silicon oxynitride films) and films containing nitrogen and aluminum (for example, aluminum nitride films). In addition, a silicon oxide film, a silicon oxynitride film, an aluminum oxide film, or the like can also be used.

例如,防湿性高的绝缘膜的水蒸气透过率为1×10-5[g/(m2·day)]以下,优选为1×10-6[g/(m2·day)]以下,更优选为1×10-7[g/(m2·day)]以下,进一步优选为1×10-8[g/(m2·day)]以下。For example, the water vapor transmission rate of the insulating film with high moisture resistance is 1×10 -5 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less, preferably 1×10 -6 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less , more preferably 1×10 −7 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less, and still more preferably 1×10 −8 [g/(m 2 ·day)] or less.

连接部406包括布线365。布线365可以使用与晶体管的源极及漏极相同的材料和相同的工序形成。连接部406与将来自外部的信号及电位传达给电路部364的外部输入端子电连接。在此示出作为外部输入端子设置FPC372的例子。FPC372与连接部406通过连接层419电连接。The connection portion 406 includes the wiring 365 . The wiring 365 can be formed using the same material and the same process as the source and drain of the transistor. The connection portion 406 is electrically connected to an external input terminal that transmits a signal and potential from the outside to the circuit portion 364 . An example in which the FPC372 is provided as an external input terminal is shown here. The FPC 372 and the connection portion 406 are electrically connected through the connection layer 419 .

连接层419可以使用各种各向异性导电膜(ACF)及各向异性导电膏(ACP)等形成。The connection layer 419 can be formed using various anisotropic conductive films (ACF), anisotropic conductive pastes (ACP), and the like.

以上是对显示面板700的说明。The above is the description of the display panel 700 .

[显示面板800][Display panel 800]

显示面板800是采用垂直电场方式的反射型液晶显示装置。The display panel 800 is a reflective liquid crystal display device using a vertical electric field method.

显示面板800包括树脂层201、绝缘层578、多个晶体管、电容器505、布线367、绝缘层511、绝缘层512、绝缘层513、绝缘层514、液晶元件529、取向膜564a、取向膜564b、粘合层517、绝缘层576及树脂层202。The display panel 800 includes a resin layer 201, an insulating layer 578, a plurality of transistors, a capacitor 505, a wiring 367, an insulating layer 511, an insulating layer 512, an insulating layer 513, an insulating layer 514, a liquid crystal element 529, an alignment film 564a, an alignment film 564b, The adhesive layer 517 , the insulating layer 576 and the resin layer 202 .

树脂层201与树脂层202由粘合层517贴合在一起。在由树脂层201、树脂层202及粘合层517围绕的区域中密封有液晶563。偏振片599位于衬底361外侧的面上。The resin layer 201 and the resin layer 202 are bonded together by the adhesive layer 517 . The liquid crystal 563 is sealed in a region surrounded by the resin layer 201 , the resin layer 202 and the adhesive layer 517 . The polarizer 599 is located on the outer side of the substrate 361 .

液晶元件529包括电极311b、电极562及液晶563。电极311b被用作像素电极。电极562被用作公共电极。通过利用在电极311b与电极562之间产生的电场,可以控制液晶563的取向。在液晶563与电极311b之间设置有取向膜564a。在液晶563与电极562之间设置有取向膜564b。The liquid crystal element 529 includes the electrode 311 b , the electrode 562 , and the liquid crystal 563 . The electrode 311b is used as a pixel electrode. Electrode 562 is used as a common electrode. By utilizing the electric field generated between the electrode 311b and the electrode 562, the orientation of the liquid crystal 563 can be controlled. An alignment film 564a is provided between the liquid crystal 563 and the electrode 311b. An alignment film 564b is provided between the liquid crystal 563 and the electrode 562 .

在树脂层202上,设置有绝缘层576、电极562及取向膜564b等。On the resin layer 202, an insulating layer 576, an electrode 562, an alignment film 564b, and the like are provided.

在树脂层201上,设置有电极311b、取向膜564a、晶体管501、晶体管503、电容器505、连接部506及布线367等。On the resin layer 201, the electrode 311b, the alignment film 564a, the transistor 501, the transistor 503, the capacitor 505, the connection part 506, the wiring 367, and the like are provided.

在树脂层201上,设置有绝缘层511、绝缘层512、绝缘层513、绝缘层514等绝缘层。On the resin layer 201, insulating layers such as an insulating layer 511, an insulating layer 512, an insulating layer 513, and an insulating layer 514 are provided.

注意,被用作晶体管503的源极或漏极的不与电极311b电连接的导电层的一部分也可以被用作信号线的一部分。用作晶体管503的栅极的导电层也可以被用作扫描线的一部分。Note that a part of the conductive layer that is not electrically connected to the electrode 311b, which is used as the source or drain of the transistor 503, may also be used as a part of the signal line. The conductive layer used as the gate of the transistor 503 can also be used as part of the scan line.

图12示出设置有晶体管501的电路部366的例子。FIG. 12 shows an example of the circuit section 366 provided with the transistor 501 .

覆盖各晶体管的绝缘层512和绝缘层513中的至少一个优选使用水及氢等杂质不容易扩散的材料。At least one of the insulating layer 512 and the insulating layer 513 covering each transistor is preferably made of a material that does not easily diffuse impurities such as water and hydrogen.

在绝缘层514上设置有电极311b。电极311b通过形成在绝缘层514、绝缘层513、绝缘层512等中的开口与晶体管503的源极和漏极中的一个电连接。电极311b与电容器505的一个电极电连接。An electrode 311b is provided on the insulating layer 514 . The electrode 311b is electrically connected to one of the source and drain of the transistor 503 through openings formed in the insulating layer 514, the insulating layer 513, the insulating layer 512, and the like. The electrode 311b is electrically connected to one electrode of the capacitor 505 .

由于显示面板800为反射型液晶显示装置,所以将反射可见光的导电材料用于电极311b,并且将透射可见光的导电材料用于电极562。Since the display panel 800 is a reflective liquid crystal display device, a conductive material that reflects visible light is used for the electrode 311 b, and a conductive material that transmits visible light is used for the electrode 562 .

作为透射可见光的导电材料,例如优选使用包含选自铟(In)、锌(Zn)、锡(Sn)中的一种的材料。具体而言,可以举出氧化铟、铟锡氧化物(ITO)、铟锌氧化物、包含氧化钨的铟氧化物、包含氧化钨的铟锌氧化物、包含氧化钛的铟氧化物、包含氧化钛的铟锡氧化物、包含氧化硅的铟锡氧化物(ITSO)、氧化锌、包含镓的氧化锌等。注意,也可以使用包含石墨烯的膜。包含石墨烯的膜例如可以通过还原包含氧化石墨烯的膜而形成。As the conductive material that transmits visible light, for example, a material containing one selected from the group consisting of indium (In), zinc (Zn), and tin (Sn) is preferably used. Specifically, indium oxide, indium tin oxide (ITO), indium zinc oxide, indium oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium zinc oxide containing tungsten oxide, indium oxide containing titanium oxide, indium oxide containing Indium tin oxide of titanium, indium tin oxide (ITSO) containing silicon oxide, zinc oxide, zinc oxide containing gallium, and the like. Note that a graphene-containing film may also be used. The graphene-containing film can be formed, for example, by reducing the graphene oxide-containing film.

反射可见光的导电材料的例子包括铝、银或包含这些金属材料中的任意金属材料的合金等。另外,可以使用金、铂、镍、钨、铬、钼、铁、钴、铜或钯等金属材料或包含这些金属材料中的任意金属材料的合金。另外,也可以在上述金属材料或合金中添加有镧、钕或锗等。另外,也可以使用铝和钛的合金、铝和镍的合金、铝和钕的合金、铝、镍和镧的合金(Al-Ni-La)等包含铝的合金(铝合金)、银和铜的合金、银、钯和铜的合金(Ag-Pd-Cu,也记为APC)或者银和镁的合金等包含银的合金。Examples of conductive materials that reflect visible light include aluminum, silver, or alloys containing any of these metal materials, and the like. In addition, metal materials such as gold, platinum, nickel, tungsten, chromium, molybdenum, iron, cobalt, copper, or palladium, or an alloy containing any of these metal materials can be used. In addition, lanthanum, neodymium, germanium, or the like may be added to the above-mentioned metal material or alloy. In addition, alloys containing aluminum (aluminum alloys) such as alloys of aluminum and titanium, alloys of aluminum and nickel, alloys of aluminum and neodymium, alloys of aluminum, nickel, and lanthanum (Al-Ni-La), and silver and copper can also be used. alloys of silver, palladium and copper (Ag-Pd-Cu, also referred to as APC) or alloys of silver and magnesium, and other alloys containing silver.

作为偏振片599可以使用直线偏振片,也可以使用圆偏振片。作为圆偏振片,例如可以使用包括直线偏振片和四分之一波相位差板的层叠。这种结构可以抑制外光的反射。通过根据偏振片599的种类调整用于液晶元件529的液晶元件的单元间隙、取向及驱动电压等,来实现所希望的对比度。As the polarizer 599, a linear polarizer or a circular polarizer may be used. As the circular polarizer, for example, a stack including a linear polarizer and a quarter-wave retardation plate can be used. This structure can suppress reflection of external light. A desired contrast ratio is achieved by adjusting the cell gap, orientation, driving voltage, etc. of the liquid crystal element used for the liquid crystal element 529 according to the type of the polarizer 599 .

电极562在树脂层202的端部附近通过连接体543与设置在树脂层201一侧的导电层电连接。由此,可以从配置在树脂层201一侧的FPC374或IC等向电极562供应电位或信号。The electrode 562 is electrically connected to the conductive layer provided on the resin layer 201 side through the connecting body 543 in the vicinity of the end portion of the resin layer 202 . Thereby, a potential or a signal can be supplied to the electrode 562 from the FPC 374 or the IC or the like arranged on the resin layer 201 side.

作为连接体543,例如可以使用导电粒子。作为导电粒子,可以使用其表面被金属材料覆盖的有机树脂或二氧化硅等的粒子。作为金属材料,优选使用镍或金,因为其可以降低接触电阻。另外,优选使用如在镍上还覆盖有金等以层状覆盖有两种以上的金属材料的粒子。作为连接体543,优选采用能够弹性变形或塑性变形的材料。此时,有时导电粒子的连接体543成为图12所示那样的在纵向上被压扁的形状。通过具有被压扁的形状,可以增大连接体543与电连接于连接体543的导电层之间的接触面积,从而可以降低接触电阻并抑制接触不良等问题发生。As the connecting body 543, for example, conductive particles can be used. As the conductive particles, particles of an organic resin, silica, or the like whose surfaces are covered with a metal material can be used. As the metal material, nickel or gold is preferably used because it can reduce contact resistance. In addition, it is preferable to use particles in which two or more kinds of metal materials are coated in layers, such as gold and the like on nickel. As the connecting body 543, a material capable of elastic deformation or plastic deformation is preferably used. At this time, the connecting body 543 of the conductive particles may have a shape that is crushed in the longitudinal direction as shown in FIG. 12 . By having the crushed shape, the contact area between the connecting body 543 and the conductive layer electrically connected to the connecting body 543 can be increased, so that the contact resistance can be reduced and the occurrence of problems such as poor contact can be suppressed.

连接体543优选以由粘合层517覆盖的方式配置。例如,可以将连接体543预先分散在被固化之前的粘合层517中。The connecting body 543 is preferably arranged so as to be covered with the adhesive layer 517 . For example, the connectors 543 may be pre-dispersed in the adhesive layer 517 before being cured.

在树脂层201的端部附近的区域中设置有连接部506。连接部506通过连接层519与FPC374电连接。A connection portion 506 is provided in a region near the end portion of the resin layer 201 . The connection portion 506 is electrically connected to the FPC 374 through the connection layer 519 .

以上是对显示面板800的说明。This concludes the description of the display panel 800 .

[显示元件][display element]

作为位于显示面一侧的第一像素所包括的显示元件,可以使用反射外光来进行显示的元件。因为这种元件不包括光源,所以可以使显示时的功耗为极小。作为第一像素所包括的显示元件,可以典型地使用反射型液晶元件。或者,作为第一像素所包括的显示元件,不仅可以使用快门方式的微电子机械系统(MEMS)元件、光干涉方式的MEMS元件,而且还可以使用应用微囊方式、电泳方式、电润湿方式、电子粉流体(注册商标)方式等的元件。As the display element included in the first pixel on the display surface side, an element that reflects external light for display can be used. Because such an element does not include a light source, power consumption during display can be made extremely small. As the display element included in the first pixel, a reflective liquid crystal element can be typically used. Alternatively, as the display element included in the first pixel, not only a shutter-type microelectromechanical system (MEMS) element, an optical interference-type MEMS element, but also an applied microcapsule method, an electrophoresis method, and an electrowetting method can be used. , electronic powder fluid (registered trademark) method, etc.

作为位于与显示面相反一侧的第二像素所包括的显示元件,可以使用包括光源且利用来自该光源的光来进行显示的元件。由于这种像素所发射的光的亮度及色度不受到外光的影响,因此这种像素可以进行色彩再现性高(色域宽)且对比度高的显示,即可以进行鲜明的显示。作为第二像素所包括的显示元件,例如可以使用有机发光二极管(OLED)、发光二极管(LED)、量子点发光二极管(QLED)等自发光性发光元件。或者,作为第二像素所包括的显示元件,也可以组合作为光源的背光源和控制来自背光源的光的透光量的透射型液晶元件而使用。As the display element included in the second pixel on the opposite side to the display surface, an element including a light source and performing display using light from the light source can be used. Since the brightness and chromaticity of light emitted by such pixels are not affected by external light, such pixels can perform display with high color reproducibility (wide color gamut) and high contrast, that is, clear display. As the display element included in the second pixel, for example, a self-luminous light-emitting element such as an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), a light-emitting diode (LED), and a quantum dot light-emitting diode (QLED) can be used. Alternatively, as the display element included in the second pixel, a backlight that is a light source and a transmissive liquid crystal element that controls the transmittance of light from the backlight may be used in combination.

[液晶元件][liquid crystal element]

作为液晶元件,可以采用使用垂直取向(VA)模式的元件。作为垂直取向模式,可以使用多象限垂直取向(MVA)模式、垂直取向构型(PVA)模式、高级超视觉(ASV)模式等。As the liquid crystal element, an element using a vertical alignment (VA) mode can be used. As the vertical alignment mode, a multi-quadrant vertical alignment (MVA) mode, a vertical alignment configuration (PVA) mode, an advanced hypervision (ASV) mode, or the like can be used.

作为液晶元件,可以采用各种模式。例如,可以使用采用扭曲向列(TN)模式、平面切换(IPS)模式、边缘电场转换(FFS)模式;轴对称排列微单元(ASM)模式、光学补偿弯曲(OCB)模式、铁电性液晶(FLC)模式、反铁电液晶(AFLC)模式等代替VA模式的液晶元件。As the liquid crystal element, various modes can be employed. For example, twisted nematic (TN) mode, in-plane switching (IPS) mode, fringing field switching (FFS) mode; axis-symmetrically aligned microcell (ASM) mode, optically compensated bending (OCB) mode, ferroelectric liquid crystal can be used (FLC) mode, antiferroelectric liquid crystal (AFLC) mode, etc. replace the liquid crystal element of the VA mode.

液晶元件利用液晶的光学调制作用而控制光的透过或非透过。液晶的光学调制作用由施加到液晶的电场(包括横向电场、纵向电场或倾斜方向电场)控制。作为用于液晶元件的液晶可以使用热致液晶、低分子液晶、高分子液晶、高分子分散型液晶(PDLC)、铁电液晶、反铁电液晶或宾主液晶等。这些液晶材料根据条件呈现出胆甾相、近晶相、立方相、手向列相、各向同性相等。The liquid crystal element controls the transmission or non-transmission of light by utilizing the optical modulation effect of liquid crystal. The optical modulation of the liquid crystal is controlled by an electric field (including a transverse electric field, a longitudinal electric field or an electric field in an oblique direction) applied to the liquid crystal. As the liquid crystal used for the liquid crystal element, thermotropic liquid crystal, low molecular liquid crystal, polymer liquid crystal, polymer dispersed liquid crystal (PDLC), ferroelectric liquid crystal, antiferroelectric liquid crystal, guest-host liquid crystal, or the like can be used. These liquid crystal materials exhibit a cholesteric phase, a smectic phase, a cubic phase, a chiral nematic phase, and an isotropic phase depending on conditions.

作为液晶材料,可以使用正型液晶和负型液晶中的任一种,根据所适用的模式或设计可以采用适当的液晶材料。As the liquid crystal material, either positive type liquid crystal or negative type liquid crystal can be used, and an appropriate liquid crystal material can be adopted according to the applied mode or design.

为了控制液晶的取向,可以设置取向膜。在采用横向电场方式的情况下,也可以使用不使用取向膜的呈现蓝相的液晶。蓝相是液晶相的一种,是指当使胆甾液晶的温度上升时即将从胆甾相转变到均质相之前出现的相。因为蓝相只在窄的温度范围内出现,所以将其中混合了几wt%以上的手征试剂的液晶组合物用于液晶层,以扩大温度范围。包含呈现蓝相的液晶和手征试剂的液晶组成物的响应速度快,并且其具有光学各向同性。另外,包含呈现蓝相的液晶和手征试剂的液晶组成物不需要取向处理,并且视角依赖性小。由于不需要设置取向膜而不需要摩擦处理,因此可以防止由于摩擦处理而引起的静电破坏,并可以降低制造工序中的液晶显示装置的不良及破损。In order to control the alignment of the liquid crystal, an alignment film may be provided. When the transverse electric field method is employed, a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase without using an alignment film may be used. The blue phase is a type of liquid crystal phase, and refers to a phase that appears just before the transition from the cholesteric phase to the homogeneous phase when the temperature of the cholesteric liquid crystal is raised. Since the blue phase appears only in a narrow temperature range, a liquid crystal composition in which a chiral agent of several wt % or more is mixed is used for the liquid crystal layer to widen the temperature range. A liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent has a high response speed and is optically isotropic. In addition, a liquid crystal composition containing a liquid crystal exhibiting a blue phase and a chiral agent does not require alignment treatment and has little viewing angle dependence. Since there is no need to provide an alignment film and no rubbing treatment is required, electrostatic breakdown due to the rubbing treatment can be prevented, and defects and breakage of the liquid crystal display device in the manufacturing process can be reduced.

当采用反射型液晶元件时,将偏振片设置在显示面一侧。此外,当在显示面一侧另外设置光扩散板时,可以提高可见度,所以是优选的。When a reflective liquid crystal element is used, the polarizing plate is provided on the display surface side. Moreover, when a light-diffusion plate is provided separately on the display surface side, since visibility can be improved, it is preferable.

[发光元件][Light-emitting element]

发光元件可以使用能够进行自发光的元件,并且在发光元件的范畴内包括由电流或电压控制亮度的元件。例如,可以使用LED、QLED、有机EL元件或无机EL元件,但是优选使用实施方式1及实施方式2说明的任何发光元件。As the light-emitting element, an element capable of self-luminescence can be used, and an element whose luminance is controlled by current or voltage is included in the category of the light-emitting element. For example, LEDs, QLEDs, organic EL elements, or inorganic EL elements can be used, but any of the light-emitting elements described in Embodiments 1 and 2 is preferably used.

在本实施方式中,尤其是,发光元件优选具有顶部发射结构。作为提取光一侧的电极使用透射可见光的导电膜。作为不提取光一侧的电极优选使用反射可见光的导电膜。发光元件可以是包括一个EL层的单元件或隔着电荷产生层层叠有多个EL层的串联元件。In this embodiment mode, in particular, the light-emitting element preferably has a top emission structure. A conductive film that transmits visible light is used as the electrode on the light-extracting side. It is preferable to use a conductive film reflecting visible light as the electrode on the side where light is not extracted. The light-emitting element may be a single element including one EL layer or a tandem element in which a plurality of EL layers are stacked with a charge generating layer interposed therebetween.

EL层至少包括发光层。除了发光层以外,EL层可以还包括包含空穴注入性高的物质、空穴传输性高的物质、空穴阻挡材料、电子传输性高的物质、电子注入性高的物质或双极性物质(电子传输性及空穴传输性高的物质)等中的任何一个的一个层或多个层。The EL layer includes at least a light-emitting layer. In addition to the light-emitting layer, the EL layer may further include a substance containing a high hole injecting property, a substance having a high hole transport property, a hole blocking material, a substance having a high electron transport property, a substance having a high electron injecting property, or a bipolar substance (substance with high electron-transporting properties and hole-transporting properties) or the like is one layer or a plurality of layers.

EL层可以使用实施方式1中举出的低分子化合物、高分子化合物、无机化合物。包括在EL层中的层分别可以通过如下方法的任一个形成:蒸镀法(包括真空蒸镀法)、转印法、印刷法、喷墨法、涂敷法等。As the EL layer, the low molecular weight compounds, high molecular weight compounds, and inorganic compounds mentioned in Embodiment 1 can be used. The layers included in the EL layer can be formed by any of the following methods: evaporation method (including vacuum evaporation method), transfer method, printing method, inkjet method, coating method, and the like, respectively.

[粘合层][Adhesive Layer]

作为粘合层,可以使用紫外线固化粘合剂等光固化粘合剂、反应固化粘合剂、热固化粘合剂、厌氧粘合剂等各种固化粘合剂。作为这些粘合剂,可以举出环氧树脂、丙烯酸树脂、硅酮树脂、酚醛树脂、聚酰亚胺树脂、酰亚胺树脂、聚氯乙烯(PVC)树脂、聚乙烯醇缩丁醛(PVB)树脂、乙烯-醋酸乙烯酯(EVA)树脂等。尤其是,优选使用环氧树脂等透湿性低的材料。另外,也可以使用两液混合型树脂。另外,也可以使用粘合薄片等。As the adhesive layer, various curing adhesives such as photocurable adhesives such as ultraviolet curing adhesives, reaction curing adhesives, thermosetting adhesives, and anaerobic adhesives can be used. Examples of these adhesives include epoxy resins, acrylic resins, silicone resins, phenolic resins, polyimide resins, imide resins, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) resins, polyvinyl butyral (PVB) resins. ) resin, ethylene-vinyl acetate (EVA) resin, etc. In particular, materials with low moisture permeability such as epoxy resins are preferably used. In addition, a two-liquid mixed type resin can also be used. In addition, an adhesive sheet or the like can also be used.

另外,在上述树脂中也可以包含干燥剂。例如,可以使用碱土金属的氧化物(氧化钙或氧化钡等)那样的通过化学吸附吸附水分的物质。或者,也可以使用沸石或硅胶等通过物理吸附来吸附水分的物质。当在树脂中包含干燥剂时,能够抑制水分等杂质进入元件,从而提高显示面板的可靠性,所以是优选的。In addition, a drying agent may be contained in the said resin. For example, a substance that adsorbs moisture by chemical adsorption, such as an oxide of an alkaline earth metal (calcium oxide, barium oxide, etc.), can be used. Alternatively, a substance that adsorbs moisture by physical adsorption, such as zeolite or silica gel, may be used. When the desiccant is contained in the resin, it is possible to suppress the entry of impurities such as moisture into the element, thereby improving the reliability of the display panel, which is preferable.

另外,通过在上述树脂中混合折射率高的填料或光散射构件,可以提高光提取效率。例如,可以使用氧化钛、氧化钡、沸石、锆等。In addition, the light extraction efficiency can be improved by mixing a filler with a high refractive index or a light scattering member in the above-mentioned resin. For example, titanium oxide, barium oxide, zeolite, zirconium and the like can be used.

[连接层][connection layer]

作为连接层,可以使用各向异性导电膜(ACF)、各向异性导电膏(ACP)等。As the connection layer, an anisotropic conductive film (ACF), an anisotropic conductive paste (ACP), or the like can be used.

[着色层][coloring layer]

作为能够用于着色层的材料,可以举出金属材料、树脂材料、包含颜料或染料的树脂材料等。As a material which can be used for a colored layer, a metal material, a resin material, a resin material containing a pigment or a dye, etc. are mentioned.

[遮光层][shading layer]

作为能够用于遮光层的材料,可以举出碳黑、钛黑、金属、金属氧化物及包含多个金属氧化物的固溶体的复合氧化物等。遮光层也可以为包含树脂材料的膜或包含金属等无机材料的薄膜。另外,也可以对遮光层使用包含着色层的材料的膜的叠层膜。例如,可以采用包含用于使某个颜色的光透过的着色层的材料的膜与包含用于使其他颜色的光透过的着色层的材料的膜的叠层结构。通过使着色层与遮光层的材料相同,除了可以使用相同的设备以外,还可以实现工序简化,因此是优选的。Examples of materials that can be used for the light-shielding layer include carbon black, titanium black, metals, metal oxides, and composite oxides containing solid solutions of a plurality of metal oxides. The light shielding layer may be a film containing a resin material or a thin film containing an inorganic material such as a metal. Moreover, you may use the laminated|multilayer film of the film containing the material of a coloring layer for a light-shielding layer. For example, a laminated structure of a film containing a material for a colored layer for transmitting light of a certain color and a film containing a material for a coloring layer for transmitting light of another color can be employed. By making the material of the colored layer and the light-shielding layer the same, in addition to using the same equipment, it is possible to simplify the process, which is preferable.

本实施方式所示的结构可以与其他实施方式所示的任何结构适当地组合。The structure shown in this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any structure shown in other embodiment modes.

(实施方式5)(Embodiment 5)

在本实施方式中,说明各自包括实施方式1及实施方式2所示的发光元件的电子设备。实施方式1及实施方式2所记载的发光元件具有本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件,因此具有高发光效率以及高可靠性,其结果是,本实施方式所记载的电子设备可以各自包括耗电量得到降低且具有高可靠性的显示部。In this embodiment mode, electronic devices each including the light-emitting elements shown in Embodiment Mode 1 and Embodiment Mode 2 will be described. Since the light-emitting elements described in Embodiments 1 and 2 have the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention, they have high luminous efficiency and high reliability. As a result, the electronic devices described in this embodiment can each include power consumption. A display portion with reduced volume and high reliability.

<显示模块><Display Module>

在图13A所示的显示模块6000中,在上盖6001与下盖6002之间设置有连接于FPC6005的显示面板6006、框架6009、印刷电路板6010及电池6011。In the display module 6000 shown in FIG. 13A , a display panel 6006 connected to the FPC 6005 , a frame 6009 , a printed circuit board 6010 and a battery 6011 are provided between the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 .

例如,可以将上述使用本发明的一个实施方式制造的显示装置用于显示面板6006。由此,可以以高成品率制造显示模块。For example, the above-described display device manufactured using one embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display panel 6006 . Thereby, the display module can be manufactured with high yield.

可以根据显示面板6006的尺寸适当地改变上盖6001及下盖6002的形状及尺寸。The shape and size of the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be appropriately changed according to the size of the display panel 6006 .

此外,也可以以与显示面板6006重叠的方式设置触摸面板。触摸面板可以是电阻膜式触摸面板或静电电容式触摸面板,并且能够以与显示面板6006重叠的方式被形成。此外,也可以使显示面板6006具有触摸面板的功能代替设置触摸面板。In addition, a touch panel may be provided so as to overlap with the display panel 6006 . The touch panel may be a resistive film type touch panel or an electrostatic capacitance type touch panel, and can be formed to overlap with the display panel 6006 . In addition, instead of providing a touch panel, the display panel 6006 may have a touch panel function.

框架6009保护显示面板6006并且被用作遮断因印刷电路板6010的工作而产生的电磁波的电磁屏蔽。框架6009也可以被用作散热板。The frame 6009 protects the display panel 6006 and is used as an electromagnetic shield to block electromagnetic waves generated by the operation of the printed circuit board 6010 . The frame 6009 can also be used as a heat sink.

印刷电路板6010包括电源电路以及用来输出视频信号及时钟信号的信号处理电路。作为对电源电路供应电力的电源,可以使用外部的商业电源或者另行设置的电池6011。当使用商业电源时,可以省略电池6011。The printed circuit board 6010 includes power supply circuits and signal processing circuits for outputting video signals and clock signals. As a power supply for supplying power to the power supply circuit, an external commercial power supply or a separately provided battery 6011 can be used. When a commercial power source is used, the battery 6011 can be omitted.

在显示模块6000中还可以设置偏振片、相位差板、棱镜片等构件。The display module 6000 may also be provided with components such as polarizers, retardation plates, prism sheets, and the like.

图13B是包括光学触摸传感器的显示模块6000的截面示意图。13B is a schematic cross-sectional view of a display module 6000 including an optical touch sensor.

显示模块6000包括设置在印刷电路板6010上的发光部6015及受光部6016。一对导光部(导光部6017a、导光部6017b)设置在由上盖6001及下盖6002围绕的区域中。The display module 6000 includes a light-emitting portion 6015 and a light-receiving portion 6016 provided on the printed circuit board 6010 . A pair of light guide parts (light guide part 6017a, light guide part 6017b) are provided in an area surrounded by the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002.

上盖6001及下盖6002例如可以使用塑料等。上盖6001及下盖6002分别可以薄(例如0.5mm以上且5mm以下)。此时,可以使显示模块6000的重量极轻。此外,由于可以以较少的材料制造上盖6001及下盖6002,所以可以降低制造成本。For the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002, for example, plastic or the like can be used. The upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 may be respectively thin (eg, 0.5 mm or more and 5 mm or less). At this time, the weight of the display module 6000 can be made extremely light. In addition, since the upper cover 6001 and the lower cover 6002 can be manufactured with less material, the manufacturing cost can be reduced.

显示面板6006隔着框架6009与印刷电路板6010及电池6011重叠。显示面板6006及框架6009固定于导光部6017a、导光部6017b。The display panel 6006 is overlapped with the printed circuit board 6010 and the battery 6011 via the frame 6009 . The display panel 6006 and the frame 6009 are fixed to the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b.

从发光部6015发射的光6018通过导光部6017a经过显示面板6006的上部,且通过导光部6017b到达受光部6016。例如,当光6018被手指或触屏笔等检测对象遮蔽时,可以将其检测为触摸操作。The light 6018 emitted from the light emitting portion 6015 passes through the upper portion of the display panel 6006 through the light guide portion 6017a, and reaches the light receiving portion 6016 through the light guide portion 6017b. For example, when the light 6018 is blocked by a detection object such as a finger or a stylus, it can be detected as a touch operation.

多个发光部6015例如沿着显示面板6006的相邻的两个边设置。多个受光部6016以夹着显示面板6006与发光部6015对置的方式配置。由此,可以取得触摸操作的位置的信息。The plurality of light emitting parts 6015 are provided along, for example, two adjacent sides of the display panel 6006 . The plurality of light receiving units 6016 are arranged so as to face the light emitting unit 6015 with the display panel 6006 therebetween. Thereby, information on the position of the touch operation can be acquired.

作为发光部6015例如可以使用LED元件等光源。尤其是,作为发光部6015,优选使用发射不被使用者看到且对使用者无害的红外线的光源。As the light-emitting portion 6015, a light source such as an LED element can be used, for example. In particular, as the light-emitting portion 6015, it is preferable to use a light source that emits infrared rays which are not visible to the user and are harmless to the user.

作为受光部6016可以使用接收发光部6015所发射的光且将其转换为电信号的光电元件。优选使用能够接收红外线的光电二极管。As the light-receiving portion 6016, a photoelectric element that receives the light emitted by the light-emitting portion 6015 and converts it into an electrical signal can be used. It is preferable to use a photodiode capable of receiving infrared rays.

作为导光部6017a、导光部6017b可以使用至少透射光6018的构件。通过使用导光部6017a及导光部6017b,可以将发光部6015及受光部6016配置在显示面板6006之下,可以抑制外光到达受光部6016而导致触摸传感器的错误工作。尤其优选使用吸收可见光且透射红外线的树脂。由此,更有效地抑制触摸传感器的错误工作。As the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, a member that transmits at least the light 6018 can be used. By using the light guide portion 6017a and the light guide portion 6017b, the light-emitting portion 6015 and the light-receiving portion 6016 can be arranged below the display panel 6006, thereby preventing external light from reaching the light-receiving portion 6016 and causing malfunction of the touch sensor. In particular, it is preferable to use a resin that absorbs visible light and transmits infrared rays. Thereby, erroneous operation of the touch sensor is more effectively suppressed.

可以将本发明的一个实施方式至少用于显示面板6006。One embodiment of the present invention can be used for at least the display panel 6006 .

<电子设备><Electronic Equipment>

图14A至图14G示出电子设备。这些电子设备可以包括框体9000、显示部9001、扬声器9003、操作键9005(包括电源开关或操作开关)、连接端子9006、传感器9007(具有测量或检测如下因素的功能的传感器:力、位移、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、转速、距离、光、液、磁、温度、化学物质、声音、时间、硬度、电场、电流、电压、电力、辐射线、流量、湿度、倾斜度、振动、气味或红外线)、麦克风9008等。另外,传感器9007可以如脉冲传感器及指纹传感器等那样具有测量生物信息的功能。14A-14G illustrate an electronic device. These electronic devices may include a casing 9000, a display portion 9001, a speaker 9003, operation keys 9005 (including a power switch or an operation switch), connection terminals 9006, and sensors 9007 (sensors that measure or detect the following factors: force, displacement, Position, Velocity, Acceleration, Angular Velocity, Rotational Speed, Distance, Light, Liquid, Magnetic, Temperature, Chemical, Sound, Time, Hardness, Electric Field, Current, Voltage, Electricity, Radiation, Flow, Humidity, Inclination, Vibration, Smell or infrared), microphone 9008, etc. In addition, the sensor 9007 may have a function of measuring biological information, such as a pulse sensor and a fingerprint sensor.

图14A至图14G所示的电子设备可以具有各种功能。图14A至图14G所示的电子设备例如可以具有如下功能:将各种数据(静态图像、动态图像、文字图像等)显示在显示部上的功能;触控传感器功能;显示日历、日期及时间等的功能;通过利用各种软件(程序)控制处理的功能;无线通信功能;通过利用无线通信功能来连接到各种计算机网络的功能;通过利用无线通信功能,进行各种数据的发送和接收的功能;读出储存在存储介质中的程序或数据来将程序或数据显示在显示部上的功能;等。注意,图14A至图14G所示的电子设备可具有的功能不局限于上述功能,而该电子设备可以具有各种功能。虽然在图14A至图14G中未图示,但是电子设备可以包括多个显示部。该电子设备也可以具有照相机等及如下功能:拍摄静态图像的功能;拍摄动态图像的功能;将所拍摄的图像储存在存储介质(外部存储介质或内置于照相机的存储介质)中的功能;将所拍摄的图像显示在显示部上的功能;等。The electronic devices shown in FIGS. 14A to 14G may have various functions. The electronic device shown in FIGS. 14A to 14G may have, for example, the following functions: a function of displaying various data (still images, moving images, text images, etc.) on a display unit; a touch sensor function; a calendar, date, and time display function of controlling processing by using various software (programs); wireless communication function; function of connecting to various computer networks by using wireless communication function; transmission and reception of various data by using wireless communication function function; the function of reading out the program or data stored in the storage medium to display the program or data on the display unit; etc. Note that the functions that the electronic device shown in FIGS. 14A to 14G can have are not limited to the above-described functions, but the electronic device can have various functions. Although not illustrated in FIGS. 14A to 14G , the electronic device may include a plurality of display parts. The electronic device may also have a camera or the like and the following functions: a function of capturing a still image; a function of capturing a moving image; a function of storing the captured image in a storage medium (an external storage medium or a storage medium built into the camera); The function of displaying the captured image on the display section; etc.

下面,详细地说明图14A至图14G所示的电子设备。Next, the electronic apparatus shown in FIGS. 14A to 14G will be described in detail.

图14A是便携式信息终端9100的立体图。便携式信息终端9100的显示部9001具有柔性。因此,可以沿着所弯曲的框体9000的弯曲面组装显示部9001。另外,显示部9001具备触摸传感器,而可以用手指或触屏笔等触摸屏幕来进行操作。例如,通过触摸显示于显示部9001上的图标,可以启动应用程序。FIG. 14A is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9100 . The display portion 9001 of the portable information terminal 9100 has flexibility. Therefore, the display part 9001 can be assembled along the curved surface of the curved frame body 9000 . In addition, the display unit 9001 is provided with a touch sensor, and can be operated by touching the screen with a finger, a stylus pen, or the like. For example, by touching an icon displayed on the display unit 9001, an application can be activated.

图14B是便携式信息终端9101的立体图。便携式信息终端9101例如具有电话机、电子笔记本和信息阅读系统等中的一种或多种的功能。具体而言,可以将该便携式信息终端用作智能手机。注意,在图14B中未图示的扬声器9003、连接端子9006、传感器9007等可以与图14A所示的便携式信息终端9100同样地位于便携式信息终端9101中。便携式信息终端9101可以将文字和图像信息显示在其多个面上。例如,可以将三个操作按钮9050(还称为操作图标或只称为图标)显示在显示部9001的一个面上。另外,可以将由虚线矩形表示的信息9051显示在显示部9001的另一个面上。信息9051的例子包括表示电子邮件、社交网络服务(SNS)消息及电话等的接收的显示;电子邮件和SNS消息的标题和发送者姓名;日期;时间;电池余量;以及表示电波等信号的接收强度的显示等。可以在显示有信息9051的位置上显示操作按钮9050等代替信息9051。14B is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9101. The portable information terminal 9101 has, for example, one or more functions of a telephone, an electronic notebook, and an information reading system. Specifically, the portable information terminal can be used as a smartphone. Note that a speaker 9003, a connection terminal 9006, a sensor 9007, and the like not shown in FIG. 14B may be located in the portable information terminal 9101 like the portable information terminal 9100 shown in FIG. 14A. The portable information terminal 9101 can display text and image information on its multiple faces. For example, three operation buttons 9050 (also called operation icons or just icons) may be displayed on one surface of the display portion 9001 . In addition, information 9051 represented by a dotted rectangle can be displayed on the other surface of the display unit 9001 . Examples of the information 9051 include displays indicating receipt of e-mail, social network service (SNS) messages, and telephone calls, etc.; titles and sender names of e-mails and SNS messages; date; time; battery remaining; Display of reception strength, etc. Instead of the information 9051, an operation button 9050 or the like may be displayed at the position where the information 9051 is displayed.

作为框体9000的材料,例如可以使用合金、塑料、陶瓷等。作为塑料,还可以使用增强塑料。增强塑料之一种的碳纤维增强复合材料(CFRP)具有轻量且不腐蚀的优点。作为增强塑料的其他例子,举出包括玻璃纤维的增强塑料及包括芳族聚酰胺纤维的增强塑料。合金是优选的,因为与合金相比,在受到强烈的冲击时,纤维从树脂剥离的可能性更高。作为合金,可以举出铝合金及镁合金。包含锆、铜、镍、钛的非晶合金(也称为金属玻璃)特别具有高弹性强度。该非晶合金在室温下具有玻璃迁移区域,也称为块体凝固非晶合金,实质上具有非晶原子结构。通过利用凝固铸造法,将合金材料浇铸到框体的至少一部分的铸模中并凝固,使用块体凝固非晶合金形成框体的一部分。非晶合金除了锆、铜、镍、钛以外还可以包含铍、硅、铌、硼、镓、钼、钨、锰、铁、钴、钇、钒、磷、碳等。非晶合金也可以利用真空蒸镀法、溅射法、电镀法、无电镀法等形成,而代替凝固铸造法。非晶合金只要在整体上保持没有长程有序(周期结构)的状态,就可以包含微晶或纳米晶。注意,词语合金是指具有单一固相结构的完全固溶体合金及具有两个以上的相的部分溶体的双方。使用非晶合金的框体9000可以具有高弹性强度。通过在框体9000中包含非晶合金,即使便携式信息终端9101摔落而冲击引起暂时变形,也能够恢复到原来的形状,所以可以提高便携式信息终端9101的耐冲击性。As the material of the housing 9000, for example, alloys, plastics, ceramics, or the like can be used. As plastic, reinforced plastic can also be used. Carbon fiber reinforced composite (CFRP), one of the reinforced plastics, has the advantages of being lightweight and non-corrosive. Other examples of reinforced plastics include reinforced plastics including glass fibers and reinforced plastics including aramid fibers. Alloys are preferred because the fibers are more likely to peel from the resin when subjected to a strong impact than alloys. Examples of the alloy include aluminum alloys and magnesium alloys. Amorphous alloys (also called metallic glasses) containing zirconium, copper, nickel, titanium, in particular, have high elastic strength. The amorphous alloy has a glass transition region at room temperature, also known as a bulk solidified amorphous alloy, and has an essentially amorphous atomic structure. By using the solidification casting method, the alloy material is cast into a mold of at least a part of the frame body and solidified, and a part of the frame body is formed by solidifying the amorphous alloy using a bulk. The amorphous alloy may contain beryllium, silicon, niobium, boron, gallium, molybdenum, tungsten, manganese, iron, cobalt, yttrium, vanadium, phosphorus, carbon, and the like in addition to zirconium, copper, nickel, and titanium. Amorphous alloys may be formed by vacuum deposition, sputtering, electroplating, electroless plating, etc. instead of solidification casting. The amorphous alloy may contain microcrystals or nanocrystals as long as it maintains a state without long-range order (periodic structure) as a whole. Note that the term alloy refers to both a complete solid solution alloy having a single solid phase structure and a partial solution having two or more phases. The frame body 9000 using an amorphous alloy can have high elastic strength. By including an amorphous alloy in the housing 9000, even if the portable information terminal 9101 is dropped and temporarily deformed by an impact, the portable information terminal 9101 can be restored to its original shape, so that the impact resistance of the portable information terminal 9101 can be improved.

图14C是便携式信息终端9102的立体图。便携式信息终端9102具有将信息显示在显示部9001的三个以上的面上的功能。在此,信息9052、信息9053、信息9054显示于不同的面上。例如,便携式信息终端9102的使用者能够在将便携式信息终端9102放在上他/她的衣口袋里的状态下确认其显示(这里,信息9053)。具体而言,将打来电话的人的电话号码或姓名等显示在能够从便携式信息终端9102的上方观看的位置。因此,使用者可以确认到该显示而无需从口袋里拿出便携式信息终端9102,并且能够判断是否接电话。14C is a perspective view of the portable information terminal 9102. The portable information terminal 9102 has a function of displaying information on three or more surfaces of the display unit 9001 . Here, information 9052, information 9053, and information 9054 are displayed on different surfaces. For example, the user of the portable information terminal 9102 can confirm its display (here, information 9053) in a state where the portable information terminal 9102 is put in his/her pocket. Specifically, the telephone number, name, etc. of the person making the call are displayed at a position that can be viewed from above the portable information terminal 9102 . Therefore, the user can confirm the display without taking the portable information terminal 9102 out of his pocket, and can judge whether to answer the phone.

图14D是手表型便携式信息终端9200的立体图。便携式信息终端9200可以执行移动电话、电子邮件、文章的阅读及编辑、音乐播放、网络通信、电脑游戏等各种应用程序。显示部9001的显示面被弯曲,图像能够在所弯曲的显示面上进行显示。便携式信息终端9200可以采用作为基于现行通信标准的通信方法的近场通信。在此情况下,例如,可以进行便携式信息终端与可进行无线通信的耳麦之间的相互通信,由此可以进行免提通话。便携式信息终端9200包括连接端子9006,可以通过连接器直接与其他信息终端进行数据的发送和接收。可以通过连接端子9006进行充电。此外,充电工作也可以利用无线供电进行,而不使用连接端子9006。FIG. 14D is a perspective view of the wristwatch-type portable information terminal 9200 . The portable information terminal 9200 can execute various application programs such as mobile phone, e-mail, reading and editing of articles, music playback, network communication, and computer games. The display surface of the display unit 9001 is curved, and images can be displayed on the curved display surface. The portable information terminal 9200 can employ near field communication as a communication method based on an existing communication standard. In this case, for example, mutual communication between the portable information terminal and a headset capable of wireless communication can be performed, whereby hands-free calling can be performed. The portable information terminal 9200 includes a connection terminal 9006, and can directly transmit and receive data with other information terminals through the connector. Charging can be performed through the connection terminal 9006 . In addition, the charging operation can also be performed using wireless power supply without using the connection terminal 9006 .

图14E、图14F及图14G是能够折叠的便携式信息终端9201的立体图。图14E是示出展开的便携式信息终端9201的立体图。图14F是示出展开或折叠中途的便携式信息终端9201的立体图。图14G是示出折叠的便携式信息终端9201的立体图。便携式信息终端9201在折叠时可携带性高,在展开便携式信息终端9201时,无缝拼接的较大的显示区域的一览性强。便携式信息终端9201的显示部9001由铰链9055所连接在一起的三个框体9000来支撑。通过铰链9055在两个框体9000之间的连接部弯折便携式信息终端9201,便携式信息终端9201的形状可以从展开状态可逆性地变为折叠状态。例如,便携式信息终端9201可以以1mm以上且150mm以下的曲率半径弯曲。14E , 14F and 14G are perspective views of the foldable portable information terminal 9201 . FIG. 14E is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9201 unfolded. FIG. 14F is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9201 in the middle of unfolding or folding. FIG. 14G is a perspective view showing the portable information terminal 9201 folded. The portable information terminal 9201 is highly portable when folded, and when the portable information terminal 9201 is unfolded, a large display area that is seamlessly spliced can be easily seen at a glance. The display portion 9001 of the portable information terminal 9201 is supported by three housings 9000 connected together by hinges 9055 . By bending the portable information terminal 9201 at the connecting portion between the two housings 9000 by the hinge 9055, the shape of the portable information terminal 9201 can be reversibly changed from the unfolded state to the folded state. For example, the portable information terminal 9201 may be curved with a curvature radius of 1 mm or more and 150 mm or less.

电子设备的例子是:电视装置(也称为电视或电视接收机);计算机等的显示屏;数码相机或数码摄像机等相机;数码相框;移动电话机(也称为移动电话、移动电话装置);护目镜型显示装置(可穿戴显示器);便携式游戏机;便携式信息终端;声音再现装置;弹珠机等大型游戏机等。Examples of electronic equipment are: television sets (also called televisions or television receivers); display screens of computers, etc.; cameras such as digital cameras or digital video cameras; digital photo frames; mobile phones (also called mobile phones, mobile telephone sets) Goggle-type display devices (wearable displays); portable game machines; portable information terminals; sound reproduction devices; large game machines such as pachinko machines.

另外,本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备可以包括二次电池。优选能够通过非接触电力传送对二次电池充电。In addition, the electronic device of one embodiment of the present invention may include a secondary battery. It is preferable to be able to charge the secondary battery by non-contact power transmission.

二次电池的例子包括使用凝胶电解质的锂聚合物电池(锂离子聚合物电池)等锂离子二次电池、锂离子电池、镍氢电池、镍镉电池、有机自由基电池、铅蓄电池、空气二次电池、镍锌电池、银锌电池等。Examples of secondary batteries include lithium ion secondary batteries such as lithium polymer batteries (lithium ion polymer batteries) using gel electrolytes, lithium ion batteries, nickel metal hydride batteries, nickel cadmium batteries, organic radical batteries, lead storage batteries, air Secondary batteries, nickel-zinc batteries, silver-zinc batteries, etc.

本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备也可以包括天线。通过由天线接收信号,可以在显示部上显示图像或数据等。在电子设备包括二次电池时,可以将天线用于非接触电力传送。The electronic device of one embodiment of the present invention may also include an antenna. By receiving signals through the antenna, images, data, and the like can be displayed on the display unit. When the electronic device includes a secondary battery, the antenna can be used for non-contact power transmission.

图15A至图15C示出能够折叠的电子设备。15A-15C illustrate a foldable electronic device.

图15A所示的电子设备900包括框体901a、框体901b、铰链903、显示部902等。显示部902安装在框体901a及框体901b中。The electronic device 900 shown in FIG. 15A includes a housing 901a, a housing 901b, a hinge 903, a display portion 902, and the like. The display unit 902 is mounted in the casings 901a and 901b.

框体901a与框体901b以能够旋转的方式由铰链903连接。电子设备900可以变形为框体901a和框体901b合上的状态以及如图15A所示那样打开的状态。由此,电子设备的携带时的可携带性好,并且由于具有大显示区域,所以使用时的可见度高。The frame body 901a and the frame body 901b are rotatably connected by a hinge 903 . The electronic device 900 can be deformed into a state in which the frame body 901a and the frame body 901b are closed and a state in which they are opened as shown in FIG. 15A . Thereby, the portability of the electronic device when being carried is good, and since it has a large display area, the visibility when it is used is high.

为了避免在框体901a和框体901b打开时框体901a和框体901b所形成的角度超过预定角度,铰链903优选具有锁定机构。例如,锁定角度(不再继续打开)优选为90°以上且小于180°,典型的是,可以为90°、120°、135°、150°或175°等。由此,可以提高方便性、安全性和可靠性。In order to prevent the angle formed by the frame body 901a and the frame body 901b from exceeding a predetermined angle when the frame body 901a and the frame body 901b are opened, the hinge 903 preferably has a locking mechanism. For example, the locking angle (no further opening) is preferably more than 90° and less than 180°, and typically, it can be 90°, 120°, 135°, 150° or 175°, etc. Thereby, convenience, safety, and reliability can be improved.

显示部902被用作触摸面板,可以用手指或触屏笔等进行操作。The display unit 902 is used as a touch panel, and can be operated with a finger, a stylus pen, or the like.

框体901a和框体901b中的一个设置有无线通信模块,可以通过因特网、局域网(LAN)、Wi-Fi(注册商标)等计算机网络进行数据收发。One of the housings 901a and 901b is provided with a wireless communication module, and data can be sent and received through a computer network such as the Internet, a local area network (LAN), and Wi-Fi (registered trademark).

显示部902优选使用一个柔性显示器形成,此时,可以跨着框体901a和框体901b连续地显示图像。注意,框体901a和框体901b各自可以设置有显示器。The display portion 902 is preferably formed using one flexible display, and in this case, images can be displayed continuously across the frame body 901a and the frame body 901b. Note that each of the frame body 901a and the frame body 901b may be provided with a display.

图15B示出被用作携带型游戏机的电子设备910。电子设备910包括框体911a、框体911b、显示部912、铰链913、操作按钮914a、操作按钮914b等。FIG. 15B shows the electronic device 910 used as a portable game machine. The electronic device 910 includes a casing 911a, a casing 911b, a display portion 912, a hinge 913, an operation button 914a, an operation button 914b, and the like.

可以对框体911b插入盒子915。在盒子915中例如储存有游戏等应用软件,通过交换盒子915,可以利用电子设备910执行各种应用。The case 915 can be inserted into the frame body 911b. Application software such as a game is stored in the box 915 , and various applications can be executed using the electronic device 910 by exchanging the box 915 .

图15B示出显示部912的与框体911a重叠的部分的尺寸和显示部912的与框体911b重叠的部分的尺寸互不相同的例子。具体而言,框体911a中的显示部912的一部分比与设置有操作按钮914a及操作按钮914b的框体911b重叠的显示部912的一部分大。例如,可以通过将显示部912的框体911a一侧用作主屏幕且将显示部912的框体911b一侧用作操作屏幕进行显示,将显示部用于不同目的。FIG. 15B shows an example in which the size of the portion of the display portion 912 overlapping the frame body 911 a and the size of the portion of the display portion 912 overlapping the frame body 911 b are different from each other. Specifically, a part of the display part 912 in the casing 911a is larger than a part of the display part 912 overlapping the casing 911b in which the operation buttons 914a and the operation buttons 914b are provided. For example, the display portion can be used for different purposes by displaying the side of the frame body 911a of the display portion 912 as a main screen and the side of the frame body 911b of the display portion 912 as an operation screen.

在图15C所示的电子设备920中,跨着由铰链923连接的框体921a和框体921b设置有柔性显示部922。In the electronic device 920 shown in FIG. 15C , a flexible display portion 922 is provided across the frame body 921 a and the frame body 921 b connected by the hinge 923 .

在图15C示出一个实施方式,其中在框体921a和框体921b露出时,显示部922以大曲率展开。例如,可以以曲率半径为1mm以上且50mm以下,优选为5mm以上且30mm以下的状态保持显示部922。显示部922的一部分跨着框体921a和框体921b连续地配置有像素,从而能够进行曲面显示。FIG. 15C shows an embodiment in which the display portion 922 is unfolded with a large curvature when the frame body 921a and the frame body 921b are exposed. For example, the display portion 922 may be held in a state where the radius of curvature is 1 mm or more and 50 mm or less, preferably 5 mm or more and 30 mm or less. A part of the display part 922 is provided with pixels continuously arranged across the frame body 921a and the frame body 921b, so that curved surface display can be performed.

铰链923具有上述锁定机构,因此过大力量不施加到显示部922,从而可以防止显示部922的损坏。由此,可以实现可靠性高的电子设备。The hinge 923 has the above-described locking mechanism, so that excessive force is not applied to the display portion 922, so that damage to the display portion 922 can be prevented. Thereby, a highly reliable electronic device can be realized.

图16A示出一种摄像机,包括框体7701、框体7702、显示部7703、操作键7704、镜头7705、连接部7706等。操作键7704及镜头7705被设置在框体7701中,显示部7703被设置在框体7702中。框体7701和框体7702由连接部7706彼此连接,框体7701和框体7702之间的角度可以由连接部7706改变。显示部7703所显示的图像也可以根据框体7701和框体7702之间的连接部7706的角度切换。FIG. 16A shows a video camera including a frame body 7701, a frame body 7702, a display portion 7703, operation keys 7704, a lens 7705, a connection portion 7706, and the like. The operation keys 7704 and the lens 7705 are provided in the housing 7701 , and the display unit 7703 is provided in the housing 7702 . The frame body 7701 and the frame body 7702 are connected to each other by the connecting portion 7706 , and the angle between the frame body 7701 and the frame body 7702 can be changed by the connecting portion 7706 . The image displayed on the display unit 7703 can also be switched according to the angle of the connection portion 7706 between the housing 7701 and the housing 7702 .

图16B示出笔记本型个人计算机,该笔记本型个人计算机包括框体7121、显示部7122、键盘7123及指向装置7124等。另外,因为显示部7122具有高像素密度及高清晰度,所以虽然显示部7122是中小型的,但可以进行8k显示,而可以得到非常清晰的图像。16B shows a notebook-type personal computer including a casing 7121, a display unit 7122, a keyboard 7123, a pointing device 7124, and the like. In addition, since the display unit 7122 has high pixel density and high definition, although the display unit 7122 is small and medium-sized, 8k display can be performed, and a very clear image can be obtained.

图16C是头戴显示器7200的外观。FIG. 16C is an appearance of the head-mounted display 7200 .

头戴显示器7200包括安装部7201、透镜7202、主体7203、显示部7204以及电缆7205等。安装部7201包括电池7206。The head-mounted display 7200 includes a mounting portion 7201, a lens 7202, a main body 7203, a display portion 7204, a cable 7205, and the like. Mounting portion 7201 includes battery 7206 .

通过电缆7205,将电力从电池7206供应到主体7203。主体7203具备无线接收器等以接收图像数据等的视频数据,并且将其显示到显示部7204上。通过利用主体7203中的相机捕捉使用者的眼球及眼睑的动作,然后使用该捕捉的数据算出使用者的视点的坐标,以利用使用者的视点作为输入单元。Power is supplied from the battery 7206 to the main body 7203 through the cable 7205. The main body 7203 is provided with a wireless receiver or the like to receive video data such as image data and display it on the display section 7204 . The camera in the main body 7203 captures the movements of the user's eyeballs and eyelids, and then uses the captured data to calculate the coordinates of the user's viewpoint, using the user's viewpoint as an input unit.

安装部7201也可以以与使用者接触的方式包括多个电极。主体7203也可以具有通过检测出根据使用者的眼球的动作而流过电极的电流,来识别他或她的视线的功能。主体7203也可以具有通过检测出流过该电极的电流来监视使用者的脉搏的功能。安装部7201可以具有温度传感器、压力传感器、加速度传感器等传感器,由此可以将使用者的生物信息显示在显示部7204上。主体7203也可以检测出使用者的头部的动作等以与使用者的头部的动作等同步地使显示在显示部7204上的图像移动。The mounting portion 7201 may include a plurality of electrodes in contact with the user. The main body 7203 may also have a function of recognizing the user's line of sight by detecting the current flowing through the electrodes according to the movement of the user's eyeballs. The main body 7203 may have a function of monitoring the pulse of the user by detecting the current flowing through the electrode. The mounting part 7201 may have sensors such as a temperature sensor, a pressure sensor, an acceleration sensor, and the like, whereby the user's biological information can be displayed on the display part 7204 . The main body 7203 may detect the movement of the user's head or the like and move the image displayed on the display unit 7204 in synchronization with the movement of the user's head or the like.

图16D是照相机7300的外观。照相机7300包括框体7301、显示部7302、操作按钮7303、快门按钮7304以及连接部7305等。镜头7306也可以放在照相机7300上。FIG. 16D is the appearance of the camera 7300 . The camera 7300 includes a housing 7301, a display portion 7302, operation buttons 7303, a shutter button 7304, a connection portion 7305, and the like. A lens 7306 may also be placed on the camera 7300.

连接部7305包括与后面说明的取景器7400或闪光灯装置等连接的电极。The connection portion 7305 includes electrodes to be connected to a viewfinder 7400, a flash device, and the like, which will be described later.

虽然在此照相机7300的镜头7306能够从框体7301拆卸下而交换,镜头7306也可以包括在框体7301中。Although the lens 7306 of the camera 7300 can be detached from the housing 7301 and exchanged here, the lens 7306 may be included in the housing 7301.

通过按下快门按钮7304,可以拍摄图像。另外,也可以通过包括触摸传感器的显示部7302的操作拍摄摄像。By pressing the shutter button 7304, an image can be captured. In addition, it is also possible to capture and image by operating the display unit 7302 including a touch sensor.

在显示部7302中,可以适用本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或触摸传感器。In the display unit 7302, a display device or a touch sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention can be applied.

图16E示出与取景器7400连接的照相机7300。FIG. 16E shows the camera 7300 connected to the viewfinder 7400.

取景器7400包括框体7401、显示部7402以及按钮7403等。The viewfinder 7400 includes a housing 7401, a display unit 7402, a button 7403, and the like.

框体7401包括嵌合到照相机7300的连接部7305的连接部,因此可以将取景器7400连接到照相机7300。该连接部包括电极,可以将从照相机7300经过该电极接收的图像等显示到显示部7402上。The housing 7401 includes a connecting portion to be fitted to the connecting portion 7305 of the camera 7300 , so that the viewfinder 7400 can be connected to the camera 7300 . The connection portion includes electrodes, and images and the like received from the camera 7300 through the electrodes can be displayed on the display portion 7402 .

按钮7403被用作电源按钮。通过利用按钮7403,可以切换显示部7402的显示/非显示。Button 7403 is used as a power button. By using the button 7403, the display/non-display of the display unit 7402 can be switched.

在图16D和图16E中,照相机7300与取景器7400是分开且可拆卸的电子设备,但是照相机7300的框体7301也可以具备具有本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或触摸传感器的取景器。In FIGS. 16D and 16E , the camera 7300 and the viewfinder 7400 are separate and detachable electronic devices, but the housing 7301 of the camera 7300 may include a viewfinder having a display device or a touch sensor according to an embodiment of the present invention.

图17A至图17E是头戴显示器7500及7510的外观图。17A to 17E are external views of the head mounted displays 7500 and 7510 .

头戴显示器7500包括框体7501、两个显示部7502、操作按钮7503及固定带7504。The head mounted display 7500 includes a frame body 7501 , two display parts 7502 , operation buttons 7503 , and a fixing strap 7504 .

头戴显示器7500具有上述头戴显示器7200的功能,还包括两个显示部。The head-mounted display 7500 has the functions of the above-described head-mounted display 7200, and further includes two display units.

通过包括两个显示部7502,使用者能够由一个眼睛看到一个显示部,由另一个眼睛看到另一个显示部。由此,在进行利用视差的三维显示等的情况下也可以显示高分辨率的图像。显示部7502弯曲为大致以使用者的眼睛为中心的圆弧状。因此,使用者的眼睛和显示部的显示面之间的距离为一定,所以使用者可以看到更自然的图像。即使在来自显示部的光的亮度或色度根据使用者观看的角度而改变时,因为使用者的眼睛位于显示部的显示面的法线方向上且可以实质上忽略变化的影响,从而也可以显示更有现实感的图像。By including two display parts 7502, the user can see one display part with one eye and the other display part with the other eye. This makes it possible to display a high-resolution image even when performing three-dimensional display using parallax or the like. The display portion 7502 is curved in an arc shape substantially centered on the user's eyes. Therefore, since the distance between the user's eyes and the display surface of the display unit is constant, the user can see a more natural image. Even when the brightness or chromaticity of the light from the display section changes according to the viewing angle of the user, since the user's eyes are located in the normal direction of the display surface of the display section and the influence of the change can be substantially ignored, it is possible to Displays a more realistic image.

操作按钮7503具有电源按钮等的功能。此外,还可以包括除操作按钮7503外的按钮。The operation button 7503 functions as a power button or the like. In addition, buttons other than the operation button 7503 may also be included.

头戴显示器7510包括框体7501、显示部7502、固定带7504及一对透镜7505。The head-mounted display 7510 includes a housing 7501 , a display portion 7502 , a fixing band 7504 , and a pair of lenses 7505 .

使用者可以通过透镜7505看到显示部7502上的显示。优选的是,弯曲显示部7502。通过弯曲配置显示部7502,使用者可以感受图像的高真实感。The user can see the display on the display part 7502 through the lens 7505 . Preferably, the display portion 7502 is curved. By arranging the display portion 7502 in a curved manner, the user can feel the high realism of the image.

可以将本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置适用于显示部7502。因为本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置可以具有高分辨率,所以即使如图17E所示那样地使用透镜7505放大图像,也不使使用者看到像素而可以显示现实感更高的图像。The display device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the display unit 7502 . Since the display device according to one embodiment of the present invention can have a high resolution, even if an image is enlarged using the lens 7505 as shown in FIG. 17E , a more realistic image can be displayed without allowing the user to see pixels.

图18A示出电视装置的一个例子。在电视装置9300中,显示部9001组装于框体9000中。在此,利用支架9301支撑框体9000。FIG. 18A shows an example of a television apparatus. In the television device 9300 , the display unit 9001 is incorporated in the housing 9000 . Here, the frame body 9000 is supported by the bracket 9301 .

可以通过利用框体9000的操作开关或遥控操作机9311进行图18A所示的电视装置9300的操作。显示部9001也可以具备触摸传感器。通过用手指等触摸显示部9001可以进行电视装置9300的操作。遥控操作机9311也可以具备显示从该遥控操作机9311输出的数据的显示部。通过利用遥控操作机9311的操作键或触摸面板,可以进行频道或音量的控制,并可以对显示在显示部9001上的图像进行控制。The operation of the television device 9300 shown in FIG. 18A can be performed by using an operation switch of the housing 9000 or a remote control operator 9311. The display unit 9001 may include a touch sensor. The television device 9300 can be operated by touching the display unit 9001 with a finger or the like. The remote control unit 9311 may include a display unit that displays data output from the remote control unit 9311 . By using the operation keys of the remote control unit 9311 or the touch panel, the channel and volume can be controlled, and the image displayed on the display unit 9001 can be controlled.

电视装置9300具备接收机或调制解调器等。可以通过利用接收机接收一般的电视广播。此外,通过调制解调器将电视装置连接到有线或无线的通信网络,可以进行单向(从发送者到接收者)或双向(发送者和接收者之间或接收者之间)的信息通信。The television apparatus 9300 includes a receiver, a modem, and the like. General television broadcasts can be received by using a receiver. Furthermore, by connecting the television set to a wired or wireless communication network through a modem, information communication can be performed in one-way (from sender to receiver) or two-way (between sender and receiver or between receivers).

由于本发明的一个实施方式的电子设备或照明装置具有柔性,因此也可以将该电子设备或照明装置沿着房屋或高楼的内壁/外壁的曲面、汽车的内部装饰/外部装饰的曲面组装。Since the electronic device or lighting device of one embodiment of the present invention is flexible, the electronic device or lighting device can also be assembled along the curved surfaces of the inner/outer walls of houses or tall buildings, and the curved surfaces of interior/exterior decorations of automobiles.

图18B是汽车9700的外观。图18C示出汽车9700的驾驶座位。汽车9700包括车体9701、车轮9702、仪表盘9703、灯9704等。本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或发光装置等可用于汽车9700的显示部等。例如,本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或发光装置等可用于图18C所示的显示部9710至显示部9715。FIG. 18B is the appearance of the automobile 9700. FIG. FIG. 18C shows the driver's seat of automobile 9700 . The automobile 9700 includes a body 9701, wheels 9702, a dashboard 9703, lights 9704, and the like. The display device, the light-emitting device, or the like according to one embodiment of the present invention can be used for a display unit of an automobile 9700 or the like. For example, a display device, a light-emitting device, or the like according to an embodiment of the present invention can be used for the display parts 9710 to 9715 shown in FIG. 18C .

显示部9710和显示部9711是设置在汽车的挡风玻璃中的显示装置。通过将透光导电材料用于其电极和布线,可以使本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或发光装置等为能看到相反一侧的透明显示装置。这种透明显示部9710或透明显示部9711在驾驶汽车9700时不会障碍驾驶者的视野。因此,可以将本发明的一个实施方式的显示装置或发光装置等设置在汽车9700的挡风玻璃中。另外,当设置用来驱动显示装置或发光装置等的晶体管等时,优选采用使用有机半导体材料的有机晶体管、使用氧化物半导体的晶体管等具有透光性的晶体管。The display unit 9710 and the display unit 9711 are display devices provided in the windshield of the automobile. By using a light-transmitting conductive material for its electrodes and wirings, the display device, the light-emitting device, or the like according to one embodiment of the present invention can be a transparent display device that can see the opposite side. Such a transparent display portion 9710 or transparent display portion 9711 does not obstruct the driver's field of vision when driving the automobile 9700 . Therefore, the display device, the light-emitting device, or the like according to one embodiment of the present invention can be installed in the windshield of the automobile 9700 . In addition, when providing a transistor for driving a display device, a light-emitting device, or the like, it is preferable to use a light-transmitting transistor such as an organic transistor using an organic semiconductor material or a transistor using an oxide semiconductor.

显示部9712是设置在立柱部分的显示装置。例如,通过将设置在车体中的摄像手段所拍摄的图像显示在显示部9712上,可以补充被立柱部分遮挡的视野。显示部9713是设置在仪表盘上的显示装置。例如,通过将设置在车体中的摄像手段所拍摄的图像显示在显示部9713上,可以补充被仪表盘遮挡的视野。也就是说,通过显示设置在汽车外侧的摄像手段所拍摄的图像,可以补充死角,而可以提高安全性。通过显示补充驾驶者看不到的部分的图像,可以容易、舒适地使驾驶者确认安全。The display portion 9712 is a display device provided in the column portion. For example, by displaying an image captured by an imaging device provided in the vehicle body on the display unit 9712, the field of view partially blocked by the pillar can be supplemented. The display unit 9713 is a display device provided on the instrument panel. For example, by displaying an image captured by an imaging device provided in the vehicle body on the display unit 9713, the field of view blocked by the instrument panel can be supplemented. That is, by displaying the image captured by the imaging means provided outside the vehicle, the blind spot can be supplemented, and the safety can be improved. By displaying an image that complements the portion that the driver cannot see, the driver can be easily and comfortably checked for safety.

图18D示出采用长座椅作为驾驶座位及副驾驶座位的汽车内。显示部9721是设置在车门部分的显示装置。例如,通过将设置在车体中的摄像手段所拍摄的图像显示在显示部9721上,可以补充被车门遮挡的视野。显示部9722是设置在方向盘中的显示装置。显示部9723是设置在长座椅的坐面的中央部的显示装置。另外,通过将显示装置设置在坐面或靠背部分,并且通过以该显示装置的发热为发热源,也可以将该显示装置用作座椅取暖器。FIG. 18D shows an interior of an automobile in which a bench seat is used as the driver's seat and the passenger's seat. The display portion 9721 is a display device provided in the door portion. For example, by displaying an image captured by an imaging device provided in the vehicle body on the display unit 9721, the field of view blocked by the door can be supplemented. The display unit 9722 is a display device provided in the steering wheel. The display unit 9723 is a display device provided in the center of the seating surface of the bench seat. In addition, the display device can also be used as a seat heater by arranging the display device on the seat surface or the backrest portion and using the heat generated by the display device as a heat source.

显示部9714、显示部9715和显示部9722可以显示导航数据、速度计、转速计、里程、油量计、排档指示灯、空调的设定等各种信息。使用者可以适当地改变显示部所显示的内容或布局等。显示部9710至显示部9713、显示部9721及显示部9723也可以显示上述信息。显示部9710至显示部9715、显示部9721至显示部9723还可以被用作照明装置。显示部9710至显示部9715、显示部9721至显示部9723还可以被用作加热装置。The display unit 9714, the display unit 9715, and the display unit 9722 can display various information such as navigation data, a speedometer, a tachometer, a mileage, a fuel gauge, a gear indicator, and air conditioner settings. The user can appropriately change the content and layout displayed on the display unit. The display unit 9710 to the display unit 9713, the display unit 9721, and the display unit 9723 can also display the above-mentioned information. The display parts 9710 to 9715, and the display parts 9721 to 9723 can also be used as lighting devices. The display parts 9710 to 9715 and the display parts 9721 to 9723 can also be used as heating means.

图19A和图19B所示的显示装置9500包括多个显示面板9501、轴部9511、轴承部9512。多个显示面板9501都包括显示区域9502、透光区域9503。The display device 9500 shown in FIGS. 19A and 19B includes a plurality of display panels 9501 , a shaft portion 9511 , and a bearing portion 9512 . Each of the plurality of display panels 9501 includes a display area 9502 and a light-transmitting area 9503 .

多个显示面板9501的每一个具有柔性。以其一部分互相重叠的方式设置两个相邻的显示面板9501。例如,可以互相重叠两个相邻的显示面板9501的透光区域9503。通过使用多个显示面板9501,可以得到具有大屏幕的显示装置。根据其使用可以卷绕显示面板9501,所以显示装置的通用性高。Each of the plurality of display panels 9501 has flexibility. Two adjacent display panels 9501 are arranged in such a manner that a part thereof overlaps with each other. For example, the light-transmitting regions 9503 of two adjacent display panels 9501 may overlap each other. By using a plurality of display panels 9501, a display device having a large screen can be obtained. The display panel 9501 can be rolled according to its use, so the versatility of the display device is high.

另外,在图19A和图19B中,相邻的显示面板9501的显示区域9502彼此分开,但是不局限于此结构,例如,也可以通过没有间隙地彼此重叠相邻的显示面板9501的显示区域9502,得到连续的显示区域9502。In addition, in FIGS. 19A and 19B , the display areas 9502 of adjacent display panels 9501 are separated from each other, but this structure is not limited. For example, the display areas 9502 of adjacent display panels 9501 may be overlapped with each other without a gap. , a continuous display area 9502 is obtained.

本实施方式所示的电子设备包括用来显示某些信息的显示部。注意,本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件也可以应用于不包括显示部的电子设备。虽然在本实施方式中示出了电子设备的显示部具有柔性且可以在弯曲的显示面上进行显示的结构或能够使电子设备的显示部折叠的结构,但该结构不局限于此,也可以采用不具有柔性且在平面部上进行显示的电子设备的显示部的结构。The electronic device shown in this embodiment includes a display unit for displaying some information. Note that the light-emitting element of one embodiment of the present invention can also be applied to an electronic device that does not include a display portion. Although the display part of the electronic device is flexible and can be displayed on a curved display surface or a structure in which the display part of the electronic device can be folded, the structure is not limited to this, and may be The structure of the display portion of an electronic device that has no flexibility and displays on a flat portion is adopted.

本实施方式所示的结构可以与其他实施方式所示的任何结构适当地组合而使用。The configuration shown in this embodiment mode can be used in combination with any configuration shown in other embodiments as appropriate.

(实施方式6)(Embodiment 6)

在本实施方式中,参照图20A至图20C、图21A至图21D对包括本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的发光装置进行说明。In this embodiment mode, a light-emitting device including a light-emitting element according to an embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 20A to 20C and FIGS. 21A to 21D .

<发光装置><Light-emitting device>

图20A是本实施方式所示的发光装置3000的立体图,图20B是沿着图20A所示的点划线E-F切断的截面图。注意,在图20A中,为了避免繁杂而以虚线表示构成要素的一部分。FIG. 20A is a perspective view of the light-emitting device 3000 according to the present embodiment, and FIG. 20B is a cross-sectional view taken along the chain line E-F shown in FIG. 20A . Note that, in FIG. 20A , in order to avoid complexity, some of the constituent elements are indicated by dotted lines.

图20A及图20B所示的发光装置3000包括衬底3001、衬底3001上的发光元件3005、设置于发光元件3005的外周的第一密封区域3007以及设置于第一密封区域3007的外周的第二密封区域3009。The light-emitting device 3000 shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B includes a substrate 3001 , a light-emitting element 3005 on the substrate 3001 , a first sealing region 3007 provided on the outer periphery of the light-emitting element 3005 , and a first sealing region 3007 provided on the outer periphery of the first sealing region 3007 . Two sealing areas 3009.

来自发光元件3005的发光从衬底3001和衬底3003中的一个或两个射出。在图20A及图20B中,说明来自发光元件3005的发光射出到下方一侧(衬底3001一侧)的结构。Light emission from the light emitting element 3005 is emitted from one or both of the substrate 3001 and the substrate 3003 . In FIGS. 20A and 20B , a structure in which light emitted from the light-emitting element 3005 is emitted to the lower side (the substrate 3001 side) will be described.

如图20A及图20B所示,发光装置3000具有发光元件3005被第一密封区域3007及第二密封区域3009包围的双密封结构。通过采用双密封结构,能够适当地抑制从外部侵入发光元件3005一侧的杂质(例如,水、氧等)。但是,并不一定必须要设置第一密封区域3007及第二密封区域3009。例如,可以只设置第一密封区域3007。As shown in FIGS. 20A and 20B , the light-emitting device 3000 has a double-sealing structure in which the light-emitting element 3005 is surrounded by a first sealing region 3007 and a second sealing region 3009 . By adopting the double-sealing structure, impurities (eg, water, oxygen, etc.) intruding into the light-emitting element 3005 side from the outside can be appropriately suppressed. However, it is not always necessary to provide the first sealing area 3007 and the second sealing area 3009 . For example, only the first sealing region 3007 may be provided.

注意,在图20B中,第一密封区域3007及第二密封区域3009以与衬底3001及衬底3003接触的方式设置。但是,不局限于该结构,例如,第一密封区域3007和第二密封区域3009中的一个或两个可以以与设置在衬底3001的上方的绝缘膜或导电膜接触的方式设置。或者,第一密封区域3007和第二密封区域3009中的一个或两个可以以与设置在衬底3003的下方的绝缘膜或导电膜接触的方式设置。Note that in FIG. 20B , the first sealing region 3007 and the second sealing region 3009 are provided in contact with the substrate 3001 and the substrate 3003 . However, not limited to this structure, for example, one or both of the first sealing region 3007 and the second sealing region 3009 may be provided in contact with an insulating film or a conductive film provided over the substrate 3001 . Alternatively, one or both of the first sealing region 3007 and the second sealing region 3009 may be provided in contact with an insulating film or a conductive film provided under the substrate 3003 .

衬底3001及衬底3003分别可以具有与上述实施方式所记载的衬底200及衬底220同样的结构。发光元件3005可以具有与上述实施方式所记载的发光元件同样的结构。The substrate 3001 and the substrate 3003 may have the same structures as those of the substrate 200 and the substrate 220 described in the above-described embodiments, respectively. The light-emitting element 3005 may have the same structure as the light-emitting element described in the above embodiment.

作为第一密封区域3007,可以使用包含玻璃的材料(例如,玻璃粉、玻璃带等)。作为第二密封区域3009,可以使用包含树脂的材料。通过将包含玻璃的材料用于第一密封区域3007,可以提高生产率及密封性。此外,通过将包含树脂的材料用于第二密封区域3009,可以提高抗冲击性及耐热性。但是,用于第一密封区域3007及第二密封区域3009的材料不局限于此,第一密封区域3007可以使用包含树脂的材料形成,第二密封区域3009可以使用包含玻璃的材料形成。As the first sealing region 3007, a material containing glass (eg, glass frit, glass ribbon, etc.) can be used. As the second sealing region 3009, a material containing resin can be used. By using a material containing glass for the first sealing region 3007, productivity and sealing properties can be improved. In addition, by using a resin-containing material for the second sealing region 3009, impact resistance and heat resistance can be improved. However, the materials used for the first sealing region 3007 and the second sealing region 3009 are not limited thereto, the first sealing region 3007 may be formed using a material containing resin, and the second sealing region 3009 may be formed using a material containing glass.

上述玻璃粉例如可以包含氧化镁、氧化钙、氧化锶、氧化钡、氧化铯、氧化钠、氧化钾、氧化硼、氧化钒、氧化锌、氧化碲、氧化铝、二氧化硅、氧化铅、氧化锡、氧化磷、氧化钌、氧化铑、氧化铁、氧化铜、二氧化锰、氧化钼、氧化铌、氧化钛、氧化钨、氧化铋、氧化锆、氧化锂、氧化锑、硼酸铅玻璃、磷酸锡玻璃、钒酸盐玻璃或硼硅酸盐玻璃。为了吸收红外光,玻璃粉优选包含一种以上的过渡金属。The glass frit may contain, for example, magnesium oxide, calcium oxide, strontium oxide, barium oxide, cesium oxide, sodium oxide, potassium oxide, boron oxide, vanadium oxide, zinc oxide, tellurium oxide, aluminum oxide, silicon dioxide, lead oxide, oxide Tin, phosphorus oxide, ruthenium oxide, rhodium oxide, iron oxide, copper oxide, manganese dioxide, molybdenum oxide, niobium oxide, titanium oxide, tungsten oxide, bismuth oxide, zirconium oxide, lithium oxide, antimony oxide, lead borate glass, phosphoric acid Tin glass, vanadate glass or borosilicate glass. In order to absorb infrared light, the glass frit preferably contains one or more transition metals.

作为上述玻璃粉,例如,在衬底上涂敷玻璃粉浆料并对其进行加热或照射激光等。玻璃粉浆料包含上述玻璃粉及使用有机溶剂稀释的树脂(也称为粘合剂)。此外,也可以在玻璃粉中添加吸收激光束的波长的光的吸收剂。例如,作为激光,优选使用Nd:YAG激光或半导体激光等。激光束形状可以为圆形或四角形。As the above-mentioned glass frit, for example, a glass frit paste is applied on a substrate and heated or irradiated with a laser beam. The glass frit paste contains the above-mentioned glass frit and a resin (also referred to as a binder) diluted with an organic solvent. In addition, an absorber that absorbs light of the wavelength of the laser beam may be added to the glass frit. For example, as the laser, an Nd:YAG laser, a semiconductor laser, or the like is preferably used. The laser beam shape can be circular or quadrangular.

作为上述包含树脂的材料,例如可以使用聚酯、聚烯烃、聚酰胺(例如,尼龙或芳族聚酰胺)、聚酰亚胺、聚碳酸酯或丙烯酸树脂、聚氨酯、环氧树脂。或者,可以使用包含硅酮等具有硅氧烷键合的树脂的材料。As the above-mentioned resin-containing material, for example, polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (eg, nylon or aramid), polyimide, polycarbonate or acrylic resin, polyurethane, and epoxy resin can be used. Alternatively, a material containing a resin having a siloxane bond such as silicone can be used.

注意,当作为第一密封区域3007和第二密封区域3009中的一个或两个使用包含玻璃的材料时,该包含玻璃的材料的热膨胀率优选近于衬底3001的热膨胀率。通过采用上述结构,可以抑制由于热应力而在包含玻璃的材料或衬底3001中产生裂缝。Note that when a glass-containing material is used as one or both of the first sealing region 3007 and the second sealing region 3009 , the thermal expansion coefficient of the glass-containing material is preferably close to that of the substrate 3001 . By adopting the above-described structure, it is possible to suppress the generation of cracks in the glass-containing material or the substrate 3001 due to thermal stress.

例如,在将包含玻璃的材料用于第一密封区域3007并将包含树脂的材料用于第二密封区域3009的情况下,可以获得如下优异的效果。For example, in the case where a material containing glass is used for the first sealing region 3007 and a material containing resin is used for the second sealing region 3009, the following excellent effects can be obtained.

第二密封区域3009被设置得比第一密封区域3007更靠近发光装置3000的外周部一侧。在发光装置3000中,越接近外周部,起因于外力等的应变越大。因此,使用包含树脂的材料对产生更大的应变的发光装置3000的外周部一侧,即为第二密封区域3009进行密封,并且使用包含玻璃的材料对设置于第二密封区域3009的内侧的第一密封区域3007进行密封,由此,即便发生起因于外力等的应变,发光装置3000也不容易损坏。The second sealing region 3009 is provided closer to the outer peripheral portion side of the light emitting device 3000 than the first sealing region 3007 . In the light-emitting device 3000, the closer to the outer peripheral portion, the greater the strain due to external force or the like. Therefore, the side of the outer peripheral portion of the light-emitting device 3000 where greater strain is generated, that is, the second sealing region 3009 is sealed with a material containing resin, and the material provided inside the second sealing region 3009 is sealed with a material containing glass. Since the first sealing region 3007 is sealed, the light-emitting device 3000 is not easily damaged even if strain due to external force or the like occurs.

另外,如图20B所示,第一区域3011相当于被衬底3001、衬底3003、第一密封区域3007及第二密封区域3009包围的区域。第二区域3013相当于被衬底3001、衬底3003、发光元件3005及第一密封区域3007包围的区域。In addition, as shown in FIG. 20B , the first region 3011 corresponds to the region surrounded by the substrate 3001 , the substrate 3003 , the first sealing region 3007 , and the second sealing region 3009 . The second region 3013 corresponds to the region surrounded by the substrate 3001 , the substrate 3003 , the light-emitting element 3005 , and the first sealing region 3007 .

第一区域3011及第二区域3013例如优选填充有稀有气体或氮气体等惰性气体。或者,第一区域3011及第二区域3013优选使用丙烯酸树脂或环氧树脂等树脂填充。注意,作为第一区域3011及第二区域3013,与大气压状态相比,更优选为减压状态。The first region 3011 and the second region 3013 are preferably filled with an inert gas such as a rare gas or nitrogen gas, for example. Alternatively, the first region 3011 and the second region 3013 are preferably filled with resin such as acrylic resin or epoxy resin. Note that the first region 3011 and the second region 3013 are preferably in a reduced pressure state rather than an atmospheric pressure state.

图20C示出图20B所示的结构的变形例。图20C是示出发光装置3000的变形例的截面图。FIG. 20C shows a modification of the structure shown in FIG. 20B . FIG. 20C is a cross-sectional view showing a modification of the light emitting device 3000 .

图20C示出衬底3003的一部分设置有凹部,并且,该凹部设置有干燥剂3018的结构。其他结构与图20B所示的结构相同。FIG. 20C shows a structure in which a portion of the substrate 3003 is provided with a concave portion, and the concave portion is provided with a desiccant 3018 . Other structures are the same as those shown in FIG. 20B .

作为干燥剂3018,可以使用通过化学吸附来吸附水分等的物质或者通过物理吸附来吸附水分等的物质。作为可用作干燥剂3018的物质的例子,可以举出碱金属的氧化物、碱土金属的氧化物(例如,氧化钙及氧化钡)、硫酸盐、金属卤化物、高氯酸盐、沸石或硅胶等。As the desiccant 3018, a substance that adsorbs moisture or the like by chemical adsorption or a substance that adsorbs moisture or the like by physical adsorption can be used. Examples of substances that can be used as desiccant 3018 include oxides of alkali metals, oxides of alkaline earth metals (eg, calcium oxide and barium oxide), sulfates, metal halides, perchlorates, zeolites, or Silicone etc.

接着,参照图21A至图21D对图20B所示的发光装置3000的变形实例进行说明。注意,图21A至图21D是说明图20B所示的发光装置3000的变形实例的截面图。Next, a modified example of the light emitting device 3000 shown in FIG. 20B will be described with reference to FIGS. 21A to 21D . Note that FIGS. 21A to 21D are cross-sectional views illustrating modified examples of the light emitting device 3000 shown in FIG. 20B .

在图21A至图21D所示的发光装置中,不设置第二密封区域3009,而只设置第一密封区域3007。此外,在图21A至图21D所示的发光装置中,设置有区域3014代替图20B所示的第二区域3013。In the light-emitting device shown in FIGS. 21A to 21D , the second sealing region 3009 is not provided, but only the first sealing region 3007 is provided. Furthermore, in the light-emitting device shown in FIGS. 21A to 21D , a region 3014 is provided in place of the second region 3013 shown in FIG. 20B .

作为区域3014,例如可以使用聚酯、聚烯烃、聚酰胺(例如,尼龙、芳族聚酰胺)、聚酰亚胺、聚碳酸酯或丙烯酸树脂、聚氨酯、环氧树脂。或者,还可以使用包含硅酮等具有硅氧烷键合的树脂的材料。As the region 3014, for example, polyester, polyolefin, polyamide (eg, nylon, aramid), polyimide, polycarbonate or acrylic resin, polyurethane, epoxy resin can be used. Alternatively, a material containing a resin having a siloxane bond such as silicone can also be used.

当上述材料用于区域3014时,可以实现所谓的固体密封的发光装置。When the above-described materials are used for the region 3014, a so-called solid-sealed light-emitting device can be realized.

在图21B所示的发光装置中,在图21A所示的发光装置的衬底3001一侧设置衬底3015。In the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21B , a substrate 3015 is provided on the side of the substrate 3001 of the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21A .

如图21B所示,衬底3015具有凹凸。通过将具有凹凸的衬底3015设置于发光元件3005的提取光一侧,可以提高来自发光元件3005的光的光提取效率。此外,可以设置具有扩散板的功能的衬底代替图21B所示的具有凹凸的结构。As shown in FIG. 21B , the substrate 3015 has irregularities. By arranging the substrate 3015 having concavities and convexities on the light extraction side of the light emitting element 3005, the light extraction efficiency of the light from the light emitting element 3005 can be improved. In addition, a substrate having the function of a diffusion plate may be provided instead of the structure having concavities and convexities shown in FIG. 21B .

在图21A所示的发光装置中,通过衬底3001一侧提取光,另一方面,在图21C所示的发光装置中,通过衬底3003一侧提取光。In the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21A , light is extracted through the substrate 3001 side, and on the other hand, in the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21C , light is extracted through the substrate 3003 side.

图21C所示的发光装置在衬底3003一侧包括衬底3015。其他结构是与图21B所示的发光装置同样的结构。The light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21C includes a substrate 3015 on the substrate 3003 side. The other structures are the same as those of the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21B .

在图21D所示的发光装置中,不设置图21C所示的发光装置的衬底3003、衬底3015,而设置衬底3016。In the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21D , the substrate 3003 and the substrate 3015 of the light-emitting device shown in FIG. 21C are not provided, but the substrate 3016 is provided.

衬底3016包括位于离发光元件3005近的一侧的第一凹凸以及位于离发光元件3005远的一侧的第二凹凸。通过采用图21D所示的结构,可以进一步提高来自发光元件3005的光的光提取效率。The substrate 3016 includes a first concavity and convexity on a side closer to the light emitting element 3005 and a second concavity and convexity on a side farther from the light emitting element 3005 . By adopting the structure shown in FIG. 21D , the light extraction efficiency of the light from the light emitting element 3005 can be further improved.

因此,通过使用本实施方式所示的结构,能够提供由于水分或氧等杂质而导致的发光元件的劣化得到抑制的发光装置。或者,通过使用本实施方式所示的结构,能够实现光提取效率高的发光装置。Therefore, by using the structure shown in this embodiment mode, it is possible to provide a light-emitting device in which deterioration of the light-emitting element due to impurities such as moisture and oxygen is suppressed. Alternatively, by using the configuration shown in this embodiment mode, a light-emitting device with high light extraction efficiency can be realized.

注意,本实施方式所示的结构可以与其他实施方式所示的任何结构适当地组合。Note that the structure shown in this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any structure shown in other embodiments.

(实施方式7)(Embodiment 7)

在本实施方式中,参照图22A至图22C及图23说明将本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件用于各种照明装置及电子设备的情况的例子。In the present embodiment, an example in which the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention is applied to various lighting devices and electronic equipment will be described with reference to FIGS. 22A to 22C and FIG. 23 .

通过将本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件制造在具有柔性的衬底上,能够实现包括具有曲面的发光区域的电子设备或照明装置。By manufacturing the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention on a flexible substrate, an electronic device or a lighting device including a light-emitting region having a curved surface can be realized.

此外,还可以将应用了本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件的发光装置适用于汽车的照明,例如该照明被设置于仪表盘、挡风玻璃、天花板等。In addition, the light-emitting device to which the light-emitting element according to one embodiment of the present invention is applied can also be applied to the lighting of automobiles, for example, the lighting is provided in a dashboard, a windshield, a ceiling, or the like.

图22A是示出多功能终端3500的一个面的立体图,图22B是示出多功能终端3500的另一个面的立体图。在多功能终端3500的框体3502中组装有显示部3504、照相机3506、照明3508等。可以将本发明的一个实施方式的发光装置用于照明3508。FIG. 22A is a perspective view showing one side of the multifunction terminal 3500 , and FIG. 22B is a perspective view showing the other side of the multifunction terminal 3500 . A display unit 3504 , a camera 3506 , an illumination 3508 , and the like are incorporated in the housing 3502 of the multifunction terminal 3500 . The light emitting device of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for illumination 3508.

将包括本发明的一个实施方式的发光装置的照明3508用作面光源。因此,不同于以LED为代表的点光源,照明3508能够提供指向性低的发光。例如,在将照明3508和照相机3506组合使用的情况下,可以在使照明3508点亮或闪烁的同时使用照相机3506来进行拍摄。因为照明3508具有面光源的功能,可以获得仿佛在自然光下拍摄般的照片。The illumination 3508 including the light emitting device of one embodiment of the present invention is used as a surface light source. Therefore, unlike point light sources represented by LEDs, the illumination 3508 can provide light emission with low directivity. For example, in the case where the illumination 3508 and the camera 3506 are used in combination, the camera 3506 can be used to shoot while the illumination 3508 is turned on or blinked. Because the lighting 3508 has the function of a surface light source, it is possible to obtain photos as if they were taken under natural light.

注意,图22A及图22B所示的多功能终端3500与图14A至图14G所示的电子设备同样地可以具有各种各样的功能。Note that the multifunction terminal 3500 shown in FIGS. 22A and 22B can have various functions like the electronic equipment shown in FIGS. 14A to 14G .

框体3502可以包括扬声器、传感器(该传感器具有测量如下因素的功能:力、位移、位置、速度、加速度、角速度、转速、距离、光、液、磁、温度、化学物质、声音、时间、硬度、电场、电流、电压、电力、辐射线、流量、湿度、倾斜度、振动、气味或红外线)、麦克风等。当在多功能终端3500内部设置具有陀螺仪传感器或加速度传感器等检测倾斜度的传感器的检测装置时,可以判断多功能终端3500的方向(该多功能终端在水平方向上配置还是在垂直方向上配置)而自动切换显示部3504的屏面显示。The frame 3502 may include a speaker, a sensor (the sensor has the function of measuring the following factors: force, displacement, position, velocity, acceleration, angular velocity, rotational speed, distance, light, liquid, magnetism, temperature, chemical substance, sound, time, hardness , electric field, current, voltage, electricity, radiation, flow, humidity, inclination, vibration, smell or infrared), microphone, etc. When a detection device having a sensor for detecting inclination such as a gyro sensor or an acceleration sensor is installed inside the multi-function terminal 3500, the orientation of the multi-function terminal 3500 can be determined (whether the multi-function terminal is arranged in the horizontal direction or in the vertical direction) ) to automatically switch the screen display of the display unit 3504.

另外,也可以将显示部3504用作图像传感器。例如,通过当用手掌或手指触摸显示部3504时拍摄掌纹、指纹等,由此能够进行个人识别。另外,通过在显示部3504中设置发射近红外光的背光或感测光源,也能够拍摄手指静脉、手掌静脉等。注意,可以将本发明的一个实施方式的发光装置适用于显示部3504。In addition, the display unit 3504 may be used as an image sensor. For example, personal identification can be performed by photographing a palm print, a fingerprint, or the like when the display portion 3504 is touched with a palm or a finger. In addition, by providing a backlight or a sensing light source that emits near-infrared light in the display unit 3504, it is also possible to photograph finger veins, palm veins, and the like. Note that the light-emitting device of one embodiment of the present invention can be applied to the display portion 3504 .

图22C是安全灯3600的立体图。安全灯3600在框体3602的外侧包括照明3608,并且,框体3602组装有扬声器3610等。可以将本发明的一个实施方式的发光元件用于照明3608。22C is a perspective view of the safety light 3600. The safety light 3600 includes an illumination 3608 on the outside of the housing 3602, and the housing 3602 incorporates a speaker 3610 and the like. The light-emitting element of one embodiment of the present invention can be used for illumination 3608 .

安全灯3600例如在抓住或握住照明3608时发光。可以在框体3602的内部设置有能够控制安全灯3600的发光方式的电子电路。该电子电路例如可以为能够实现一次或间歇多次的发光的电路或通过控制发光的电流值能够调整发光的光量的电路。此外,也可以组装在照明3608发光的同时从扬声器3610发出很大的警报音的电路。Safety light 3600 illuminates when lighting 3608 is grasped or held, for example. An electronic circuit capable of controlling the light-emitting manner of the safety light 3600 may be provided inside the casing 3602 . The electronic circuit may be, for example, a circuit capable of emitting light once or several times intermittently, or a circuit capable of adjusting the amount of light emitted by controlling the current value of the light emission. Also, a circuit that emits a loud alarm sound from the speaker 3610 at the same time as the illumination 3608 emits light may be incorporated.

安全灯3600能够向所有方向发射光,所以可以发射光或发出光和声音来恐吓歹徒等。另外,安全灯3600可以包括具有摄像功能的数码静态相机等照相机。The Security Light 3600 is capable of emitting light in all directions, so it can emit light or emit light and sound to intimidate criminals, etc. In addition, the security light 3600 may include a camera such as a digital still camera having an imaging function.

图23示出将发光元件用于室内照明装置8501的例子。因为发光元件可以具有大面积,所以也可以形成大面积的照明装置。此外,可以通过使用具有曲面的框体来形成发光区域具有曲面的照明装置8502。本实施方式所示的发光元件为薄膜状,所以框体的设计的自由度高。因此,可以形成能够对应各种设计的照明装置。并且,室内的墙面也可以设置有大型的照明装置8503。另外,也可以在照明装置8501、8502、8503中设置触摸传感器,启动/关闭电源。FIG. 23 shows an example in which a light-emitting element is used in an indoor lighting device 8501. Since the light-emitting element can have a large area, a large-area lighting device can also be formed. In addition, the lighting device 8502 in which the light-emitting region has a curved surface can be formed by using a casing having a curved surface. Since the light-emitting element shown in this embodiment is in the form of a thin film, the degree of freedom in the design of the housing is high. Therefore, it is possible to form a lighting device that can respond to various designs. In addition, a large-scale lighting device 8503 may be installed on the wall of the room. In addition, a touch sensor may be provided in the lighting devices 8501, 8502, and 8503, and the power may be turned on and off.

另外,当将发光元件用于桌子的表面一侧时,可以实现具有桌子的功能的照明装置8504。当将发光元件用于其他家具的一部分时,可以实现具有家具的功能的照明装置。In addition, when the light-emitting element is used for the surface side of the table, the lighting device 8504 having the function of the table can be realized. When the light-emitting element is used for a part of other furniture, a lighting device having the function of furniture can be realized.

如上所述,通过应用本发明的一个实施方式的发光装置,能够得到照明装置及电子设备。注意,不局限于本实施方式所示的照明装置及电子设备,该发光装置可以应用于各种领域的电子设备。As described above, by applying the light-emitting device of one embodiment of the present invention, a lighting device and an electronic device can be obtained. Note that the light-emitting device is not limited to the lighting device and the electronic device shown in this embodiment mode, and the light-emitting device can be applied to electronic devices in various fields.

本实施方式所示的结构可以与其他实施方式所示的任何结构适当地组合。The structure shown in this embodiment mode can be appropriately combined with any structure shown in other embodiment modes.

[实施例1][Example 1]

在本实施例中,说明本发明的一个实施方式的有机化合物之一的3,5-双[3-(9H-2-甲基咔唑-9-基)苯基]吡啶(简称:Me-35DCzPPy)(结构式(100))的合成方法以及化合物的物性。In this example, 3,5-bis[3-(9H-2-methylcarbazol-9-yl)phenyl]pyridine (abbreviation: Me- The synthetic method of 35DCzPPy) (structural formula (100)) and the physical properties of the compound.

<合成例子1><Synthesis example 1>

将3,5-二溴吡啶1.5g(6.4mmol)、3-(2-甲基-9H-咔唑-9-基)苯基硼酸4.3g(14mmol)、三(邻甲苯基)膦0.39g(1.3mmol)、碳酸钾3.5g(26mmol)、甲苯60mL、乙醇12mL以及水6.0mL放在200mL三口烧瓶中。通过在减压下搅拌来脱气该混合物,用氮气替换烧瓶内的空气。对该混合物加入醋酸钯(II)58mg(0.26mmol),在氮气流下,以80℃对所得到的混合物进行搅拌44小时。经过指定时间之后,利用甲苯进行萃取,通过硅胶柱层析法(展开溶剂:甲苯)进行纯化,得到黄色粉末。利用乙酸乙酯使该黄色粉末重结晶,以54%的收率得到2.0g的目的物的白色粉末。以下的(A-1)示出合成方案。1.5 g (6.4 mmol) of 3,5-dibromopyridine, 4.3 g (14 mmol) of 3-(2-methyl-9H-carbazol-9-yl)phenylboronic acid, 0.39 g of tris(o-tolyl)phosphine (1.3 mmol), 3.5 g (26 mmol) of potassium carbonate, 60 mL of toluene, 12 mL of ethanol and 6.0 mL of water were placed in a 200 mL three-necked flask. The mixture was degassed by stirring under reduced pressure, replacing the air in the flask with nitrogen. To this mixture was added 58 mg (0.26 mmol) of palladium (II) acetate, and the resulting mixture was stirred at 80° C. for 44 hours under a nitrogen stream. After a predetermined time, extraction was performed with toluene, and purification was performed by silica gel column chromatography (developing solvent: toluene) to obtain a yellow powder. The yellow powder was recrystallized from ethyl acetate to obtain 2.0 g of a white powder of the object of interest in a yield of 54%. The following (A-1) shows a synthesis scheme.

[化学式6][Chemical formula 6]

Figure BDA0002093500130000941
Figure BDA0002093500130000941

通过梯度升华法,使所得到的白色粉末2.0g升华纯化。在升华纯化中,在压力为2.2Pa且氩流量为10ml/min的条件下以310℃进行加热。升华纯化后,以60%的回收率得到目的物的白色固体1.2g。2.0 g of the obtained white powder was purified by sublimation by gradient sublimation. In the sublimation purification, heating was performed at 310° C. under the conditions of a pressure of 2.2 Pa and an argon flow rate of 10 ml/min. After purification by sublimation, 1.2 g of a white solid of the object was obtained at a recovery rate of 60%.

对所得到的固体进行核磁共振光谱法(1H NMR),下面示出其结果。The obtained solid was subjected to nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ( 1 H NMR), and the results are shown below.

1H NMR(氯仿-d,300MHz):δ=8.94(d,J=2.0Hz,2H)、8.14(t,J=1.9Hz,1H)、8.08-8.12(m,2H)、8.02(d,J=7.8Hz,2H)、7.83-7.86(m,2H)、7.72-7.77(m,4H)、7.60-7.67(m,2H)、7.33-7.44(m,4H)、7.27-7.31(m,2H)、7.20-7.24(m,2H)、7.10-7.14(m,2H). 1 H NMR (chloroform-d, 300MHz): δ=8.94 (d, J=2.0Hz, 2H), 8.14 (t, J=1.9Hz, 1H), 8.08-8.12 (m, 2H), 8.02 (d, J=7.8Hz, 2H), 7.83-7.86(m, 2H), 7.72-7.77(m, 4H), 7.60-7.67(m, 2H), 7.33-7.44(m, 4H), 7.27-7.31(m, 2H), 7.20-7.24(m, 2H), 7.10-7.14(m, 2H).

图24A及图24B示出所得到的固体的1H NMR谱。注意,图24B是示出图24A中的7.0ppm至9.0ppm的范围的放大部分的谱图。测量结果表示,得到目的物的Me-35DCzPPy。24A and 24B show the 1 H NMR spectrum of the obtained solid. Note that FIG. 24B is a spectrum diagram showing an enlarged portion of the range of 7.0 ppm to 9.0 ppm in FIG. 24A . The measurement results showed that Me-35DCzPPy of the target was obtained.

<Me-35DCzPPy的特性><Characteristics of Me-35DCzPPy>

接着,对本实施例中得到的Me-35DCzPPy进行液相色谱-质谱分析(LiquidChromatography Mass Spectrometry,LC-MS分析)。Next, liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry (LC-MS analysis) was performed on the Me-35DCzPPy obtained in this example.

在LC-MS分析中,利用ACQUITY UPLC(沃特世公司制造)进行液相层析法(LC)分离,并利用Xevo G2Tof MS(沃特世公司制造)进行质谱(MS)分析。将ACQUITY UPLC BEH C8(2.1×100mm,1.7μm)用作LC分离中使用的色谱柱,柱温为40℃。作为流动相A使用乙腈,作为流动相B使用0.1%甲酸水溶液。另外,以任意浓度将Me-35DCzPPy溶解于甲苯中,并且利用乙腈稀释混合物来准备样品。注入量为5.0μL。In the LC-MS analysis, liquid chromatography (LC) separation was performed using ACQUITY UPLC (manufactured by Waters Corporation), and mass spectrometry (MS) analysis was performed using Xevo G2Tof MS (manufactured by Waters Corporation). ACQUITY UPLC BEH C8 (2.1 x 100 mm, 1.7 μm) was used as the column used in the LC separation at a column temperature of 40°C. As mobile phase A, acetonitrile was used, and as mobile phase B, 0.1% aqueous formic acid was used. Additionally, Me-35DCzPPy was dissolved in toluene at an arbitrary concentration, and the mixture was diluted with acetonitrile to prepare a sample. The injection volume was 5.0 μL.

在LC分离中,采用改变流动相的组成的梯度法。测量开始后0分钟至1分钟的流动相A与流动相B的比例为65:35,然后改变组成,测量开始后10分钟的流动相A与流动相B的比例为95:5。线性地改变组成。In LC separations, gradient methods are used that change the composition of the mobile phase. The ratio of mobile phase A to mobile phase B was 65:35 from 0 minutes to 1 minute after the start of measurement, and then the composition was changed, and the ratio of mobile phase A to mobile phase B was 95:5 10 minutes after the start of measurement. Change the composition linearly.

在MS分析中,通过电喷雾电离(简称:ESI)法进行离子化。此时,将毛细管电压及样品锥孔电压分别设定为3.0kV及30V,并且以正模式进行检测。在碰撞室内将以上述条件离子化了的成分碰撞到氩气体来使其解离为子离子。与氩碰撞时的能量(碰撞能量)为70eV。测量时的质量范围是m/z=100至1200。图25示出利用飞行时间(TOF)型MS检测被解离的子离子的结果。In MS analysis, ionization is performed by electrospray ionization (abbreviation: ESI) method. At this time, the capillary voltage and the sample cone voltage were set to 3.0 kV and 30 V, respectively, and detection was performed in the positive mode. The components ionized under the above conditions are collided with argon gas in the collision chamber to dissociate into product ions. The energy (collision energy) at the time of collision with argon was 70 eV. The mass range at the time of measurement is m/z=100 to 1200. FIG. 25 shows the results of detection of dissociated product ions by time-of-flight (TOF) type MS.

图25的结果示出,主要在m/z=574附近、m/z=409附近、m/z=180附近检测出Me-35DCzPPy的子离子。图25所示的结果示出来源于Me-35DCzPPy的特征,因此可以视为用于包含在混合物中的Me-35DCzPPy的识别的重要数据。The result of FIG. 25 shows that the daughter ion of Me-35DCzPPy was detected mainly in the vicinity of m/z=574, the vicinity of m/z=409, and the vicinity of m/z=180. The results shown in FIG. 25 show features derived from Me-35DCzPPy, and thus can be regarded as important data for the identification of Me-35DCzPPy contained in the mixture.

注意,可推测m/z=574附近的子离子为由C42H28N3·+(·+表示自由基正离子)表示的甲基从Me-35DCzPPy脱离的状态的自由基正离子。可推测m/z=409附近的子离子为由C30H21N2·+表示的2-甲基咔唑从Me-35DCzPPy脱离的状态的自由基正离子。可推测m/z=180附近的子离子为由C13H10N·+表示的2-甲基咔唑从Me-35DCzPPy脱离的状态的自由基正离子。这表示Me-35DCzPPy具有2-甲基咔唑骨架。注意,有可能上述m/z的±1值被检测为加质子作用或子离子的脱离体。Note that the product ion in the vicinity of m/z=574 is presumed to be a radical cation in a state in which the methyl group represented by C42H28N3 ·+ ( ·+ represents a radical cation) is removed from Me-35DCzPPy. The product ion in the vicinity of m/z=409 is presumed to be a radical positive ion in a state in which 2-methylcarbazole represented by C30H21N2 ·+ is desorbed from Me-35DCzPPy. The product ion in the vicinity of m/z=180 is presumed to be a radical positive ion in a state in which 2-methylcarbazole represented by C13H10N ·+ is desorbed from Me-35DCzPPy. This indicates that Me-35DCzPPy has a 2-methylcarbazole skeleton. Note that it is possible that the above-mentioned ±1 values of m/z are detected as protonation or desorbers of product ions.

接着,图26示出甲苯溶液中的Me-35DCzPPy的吸收光谱和发射光谱。图27示出Me-35DCzPPy的薄膜的吸收光谱和发射光谱。利用真空蒸镀法在石英衬底上形成固体薄膜。甲苯溶液的吸收光谱的测量使用紫外可见分光光度计(由日本分光株式会社制造,V550型)。图26所示的甲苯溶液中的Me-35DCzPPy的吸收光谱是通过如下方法获得的:从甲苯溶液中的Me-35DCzPPy的吸收光谱减去仅将甲苯放入石英皿中测得的甲苯的吸收光谱。使用分光光度计(日立高新技术(Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation)制造的分光光度计U4100)测量薄膜的吸收光谱。使用荧光分光光度计(由日本滨松光子学株式会社制造,FS920)测量发射光谱。Next, FIG. 26 shows the absorption spectrum and the emission spectrum of Me-35DCzPPy in the toluene solution. Figure 27 shows the absorption and emission spectra of thin films of Me-35DCzPPy. A solid thin film is formed on a quartz substrate by a vacuum evaporation method. The absorption spectrum of the toluene solution was measured using an ultraviolet-visible spectrophotometer (manufactured by JASCO Corporation, model V550). The absorption spectrum of Me-35DCzPPy in toluene solution shown in FIG. 26 was obtained by subtracting the absorption spectrum of toluene measured only by putting toluene in a quartz dish from the absorption spectrum of Me-35DCzPPy in toluene solution . The absorption spectrum of the thin film was measured using a spectrophotometer (Spectrophotometer U4100 manufactured by Hitachi High-Technologies Corporation). The emission spectrum was measured using a fluorescence spectrophotometer (manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics Co., Ltd., Japan, FS920).

由图26可知,甲苯溶液中的Me-35DCzPPy在323nm、338nm附近具有吸收峰值并在373nm(激发波长:333nm)具有发光波长的峰值。如图27所示,Me-35DCzPPy的薄膜在210nm、243nm、295nm、326nm、338nm附近具有吸收峰值并在350nm、382nm(激发波长:300nm)附近具有发光波长的峰值。因为上述本发明的一个实施方式的Me-35DCzPPy发射光,所以也可以将其用作发光材料。As can be seen from FIG. 26 , Me-35DCzPPy in the toluene solution has absorption peaks around 323 nm and 338 nm, and has a peak emission wavelength at 373 nm (excitation wavelength: 333 nm). As shown in FIG. 27 , the thin film of Me-35DCzPPy had absorption peaks around 210 nm, 243 nm, 295 nm, 326 nm, and 338 nm, and emission peaks around 350 nm and 382 nm (excitation wavelength: 300 nm). Since the Me-35DCzPPy of one embodiment of the present invention described above emits light, it can also be used as a light-emitting material.

对Me-35DCzPPy的薄膜的磷光光谱进行测量,计算出其T1能级。在该测量中,利用PL显微镜的LabRAM HR-PL(由日本堀场制作所制造),作为激发光的He-Cd激光(325nm)以及CCD检测器,测量温度为10K。该磷光的短波长一侧的第一峰值是451nm(2.75eV)。这表示Me-35DCzPPy具有高T1能级,并适合用作发射蓝色磷光的发光中心物质的主体。The phosphorescence spectrum of the Me-35DCzPPy film was measured, and its T1 energy level was calculated. In this measurement, a LabRAM HR-PL (manufactured by Horiba, Japan) of a PL microscope, a He-Cd laser (325 nm) as excitation light, and a CCD detector were used, and the measurement temperature was 10K. The first peak on the short wavelength side of this phosphorescence is 451 nm (2.75 eV). This indicates that Me-35DCzPPy has a high T1 energy level and is suitable as a host for a luminescent center species emitting blue phosphorescence.

[实施例2][Example 2]

在本实施例中,说明各自包含本发明的一个实施方式的有机化合物的发光元件的制造例子以及该发光元件的特性。图28是示出在本实施例中制造的各元件的结构的截面图。表2及表3表示元件结构的详细。此外,以下示出这里使用的化合物的结构以及简称。注意,关于其他有机化合物,可以参照实施例1及实施方式1。In this example, a production example of a light-emitting element each containing an organic compound according to an embodiment of the present invention and the characteristics of the light-emitting element will be described. FIG. 28 is a cross-sectional view showing the structure of each element manufactured in this embodiment. Table 2 and Table 3 show the details of the element structure. In addition, the structure and abbreviation of the compound used here are shown below. Note that for other organic compounds, reference may be made to Example 1 and Embodiment 1.

在本实施例中,制造发光元件1至发光元件6。在发光元件1中,只有35DCzPPy被用作发光层的主体材料及电子传输层。在发光元件2至发光元件6的每一个中,35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy被用作发光层的主体材料及电子传输层的材料的蒸镀源。表2及表3示出各元件中的35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy的混合比例。In this embodiment, the light-emitting element 1 to the light-emitting element 6 are manufactured. In the light-emitting element 1, only 35DCzPPy was used as the host material of the light-emitting layer and the electron transport layer. In each of Light Emitting Element 2 to Light Emitting Element 6, 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy were used as an evaporation source for the host material of the light emitting layer and the material of the electron transport layer. Table 2 and Table 3 show the mixing ratio of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy in each element.

表4示出被用作主体材料及电子传输层的材料的35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy的物性值。35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy的物性值之间的差异只是HOMO能级之间的很小的差异。Table 4 shows the physical property values of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy used as the host material and the material of the electron transport layer. The difference between the property values of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy is only a small difference between the HOMO levels.

[化学式7][Chemical formula 7]

Figure BDA0002093500130000971
Figure BDA0002093500130000971

[表2][Table 2]

Figure BDA0002093500130000991
Figure BDA0002093500130000991

[表3][table 3]

xx 发光元件1Light-emitting element 1 00 发光元件2Light-emitting element 2 0.0250.025 发光元件3Light-emitting element 3 0.050.05 发光元件4Light-emitting element 4 0.10.1 发光元件5Light-emitting element 5 0.250.25 发光元件6Light-emitting element 6 11

[表4][Table 4]

材料的名称material name HOMO能级(eV)HOMO level (eV) LUMO能级(eV)LUMO level (eV) T1能级(eV)T1 energy level (eV) 35DCzPPy35DCzPPy -5.90-5.90 -2.39-2.39 2.752.75 Me-35DCzPPyMe-35DCzPPy -5.84-5.84 -2.39-2.39 2.752.75

<发光元件的制造><Manufacture of light-emitting element>

《发光元件1至发光元件6的制造》"Manufacture of Light-emitting Element 1 to Light-emitting Element 6"

作为电极101,在玻璃衬底上形成厚度为70nm的ITSO膜。将电极101的电极面积设定为4mm2(2mm×2mm)。As the electrode 101, an ITSO film with a thickness of 70 nm was formed on a glass substrate. The electrode area of the electrode 101 was set to 4 mm 2 (2 mm×2 mm).

接着,作为空穴注入层111,在电极101上,以DBT3P-II:MoO3=1:0.5的重量比通过共蒸镀沉积1,3,5-三(二苯并噻吩-4-基)苯(简称:DBT3P-II)以及MoO3,厚度为20nm。Next, as the hole injection layer 111, on the electrode 101, 1,3,5-tris(dibenzothiophen-4-yl) was deposited by co-evaporation at a weight ratio of DBT3P-II:MoO3 = 1:0.5 Benzene (abbreviation: DBT3P-II) and MoO 3 with a thickness of 20 nm.

接着,作为空穴传输层112,在空穴注入层111上,通过蒸镀沉积9-苯基-9H-3-(9-苯基-9H-咔唑-3-基)咔唑(简称:PCCP),厚度为20nm。Next, as the hole transport layer 112, on the hole injection layer 111, 9-phenyl-9H-3-(9-phenyl-9H-carbazol-3-yl)carbazole (abbreviated as: PCCP) with a thickness of 20 nm.

接着,作为发光层160(1),在空穴传输层112上,以PCCP:35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy:Ir(mpptz-diPrp)3=1:0.3×(1-x):0.3x:0.06的重量比通过共蒸镀沉积PCCP、35DCzPPy、Me-35DCzPPy以及三{2-[5-(2-甲基苯基)-4-(2,6-二异丙基苯基)-4H-1,2,4-三唑-3-基-κN2]苯基-κC}铱(III)(简称:Ir(mpptz-diPrp)3),厚度为30nm,然后,作为发光层160(2),以35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy:Ir(mpptz-diPrp)3=1-x:x:0.06的重量比通过共蒸镀沉积35DCzPPy、Me-35DCzPPy以及Ir(mpptz-diPrp)3,厚度为10nm。注意,在发光层160(1)及发光层160(2)的每一个中,Ir(mpptz-diPrp)3是发射磷光的客体材料。注意,x值依赖于发光元件,表3示出各发光元件中的x值。Next, as the light-emitting layer 160( 1 ), on the hole transport layer 112 , PCCP: 35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy:Ir(mpptz-diPrp) 3 =1:0.3×(1-x):0.3×:0.06 The weight ratios of PCCP, 35DCzPPy, Me-35DCzPPy and tris{2-[5-(2-methylphenyl)-4-(2,6-diisopropylphenyl)-4H-1 were deposited by co-evaporation, 2,4-Triazol-3-yl-κN 2 ]phenyl-κC}iridium(III) (abbreviation: Ir(mpptz-diPrp) 3 ), with a thickness of 30 nm, and then, as the light-emitting layer 160(2), with 35DCzPPy, Me-35DCzPPy and Ir(mpptz-diPrp) 3 were deposited by co-evaporation at a weight ratio of 35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy:Ir(mpptz-diPrp) 3 =1-x:x:0.06 to a thickness of 10 nm. Note that in each of the light-emitting layer 160(1) and the light-emitting layer 160(2), Ir(mpptz-diPrp) 3 is a guest material that emits phosphorescence. Note that the x value depends on the light emitting element, and Table 3 shows the x value in each light emitting element.

接着,作为第一电子传输层118(1),在发光层160(2)上,以35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy=1-x:x的重量比通过共蒸镀沉积35DCzPPy以及Me-35DCzPPy,厚度为10nm。然后,作为第二电子传输层118(2),在第一电子传输层118(1)上,通过蒸镀沉积红菲绕啉(简称:BPhen),厚度为15nm。注意,x值依赖于各发光元件,表3示出各发光元件中的x值。Next, as the first electron transport layer 118(1), on the light-emitting layer 160(2), 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy were deposited by co-evaporation at a weight ratio of 35DCzPPy:Me-35DCzPPy=1-x:x, with a thickness of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy. 10nm. Then, as the second electron transport layer 118(2), on the first electron transport layer 118(1), phenanthroline (abbreviation: BPhen) was deposited by evaporation to a thickness of 15 nm. Note that the x value depends on each light emitting element, and Table 3 shows the x value in each light emitting element.

接着,作为电子注入层119,在第二电子传输层118(2)上,通过蒸镀沉积氟化锂(LiF),厚度为1nm。Next, as the electron injection layer 119, on the second electron transport layer 118(2), lithium fluoride (LiF) was deposited by vapor deposition to a thickness of 1 nm.

接着,作为电极102,在电子注入层119上沉积铝(Al),厚度为200nm。Next, as the electrode 102, aluminum (Al) was deposited on the electron injection layer 119 to a thickness of 200 nm.

接着,在含氮气氛的手套箱中,使用有机EL装置用密封剂将用来密封的玻璃衬底固定于沉积有机材料的玻璃衬底,由此密封发光元件1至6。具体而言,将密封剂涂敷到沉积有机材料的玻璃衬底上的有机材料的周围,贴合该衬底和用来密封的玻璃衬底,然后以6J/cm2照射波长为365nm的紫外光,并且以80℃进行1小时的加热处理。通过以上的步骤,得到发光元件1至发光元件6。Next, the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 were sealed by fixing the glass substrate for sealing to the glass substrate on which the organic material was deposited using a sealant for an organic EL device in a glove box in a nitrogen-containing atmosphere. Specifically, a sealant was applied to the periphery of the organic material on the glass substrate on which the organic material was deposited, the substrate and the glass substrate used for sealing were adhered, and then ultraviolet rays with a wavelength of 365 nm were irradiated at 6 J/cm 2 . light, and heat treatment at 80°C for 1 hour. Through the above steps, the light-emitting element 1 to the light-emitting element 6 were obtained.

<发光元件的特性><Characteristics of light-emitting element>

接着,测定所制造的发光元件1至6的特性。在亮度及CIE色度的测定中,利用色亮度计(由TOPCON TECHNOHOUSE公司制造的BM-5A)。在电致发射光谱的测定中,利用多通道光谱分析仪(由日本滨松光子学株式会社制造的PMA-11)。Next, the characteristics of the manufactured light-emitting elements 1 to 6 were measured. In the measurement of luminance and CIE chromaticity, a colorimeter (BM-5A manufactured by TOPCON TECHNOHOUSE) was used. In the measurement of the electroluminescence spectrum, a multi-channel spectrum analyzer (PMA-11 manufactured by Hamamatsu Photonics Co., Ltd., Japan) was used.

图29示出发光元件1至6的电流效率-亮度特性。图30示出亮度-电压特性。图31示出外部量子效率-亮度特性。在室温下(在保持为23℃的气氛下)进行各发光元件的测量。FIG. 29 shows the current efficiency-brightness characteristics of the light-emitting elements 1 to 6. FIG. FIG. 30 shows luminance-voltage characteristics. Figure 31 shows external quantum efficiency-brightness characteristics. The measurement of each light-emitting element was performed at room temperature (in an atmosphere maintained at 23°C).

表5示出1000cd/m2附近的发光元件1至6的元件特性。Table 5 shows the element characteristics of light-emitting elements 1 to 6 in the vicinity of 1000 cd/m 2 .

[表5][table 5]

Figure BDA0002093500130001021
Figure BDA0002093500130001021

图32示出在以2.5mA/cm2的电流密度将电流供应到发光元件1至6时的电致发射光谱。FIG. 32 shows electroluminescence spectra when a current was supplied to the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 at a current density of 2.5 mA/cm 2 .

如图29、图30、图31、图32及表3所示,发光元件1至6各自的外部量子效率的最大值为26%以上。因此,发光元件1至6都具有极高的外部量子效率。其中,Me-35DCzPPy的含量为0的发光元件1的外部量子效率特别高。As shown in FIGS. 29 , 30 , 31 , 32 , and Table 3, the maximum value of the external quantum efficiency of each of the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 was 26% or more. Therefore, all of the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 have extremely high external quantum efficiencies. Among them, the external quantum efficiency of the light-emitting element 1 in which the content of Me-35DCzPPy is 0 is particularly high.

在表5中,发光元件1至6各自的1000cd/m2附近的驱动电压为4.6V以下,这是作为发射蓝色磷光的发光元件较低的值,发光元件1至6各自具有良好的功率效率。没有基于35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy的混合比例的差异的驱动电压的很大的差异。In Table 5, the driving voltage around 1000 cd/m 2 of each of the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 is 4.6 V or less, which is a low value as a light-emitting element emitting blue phosphorescence, and the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 each have good power efficiency. There was no large difference in driving voltage based on the difference in the mixing ratio of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy.

如图32所示,发光元件1至6各自的电致发光光谱在474nm及501nm附近具有峰值,半峰全宽为68nm左右,因此发光元件1至6发射淡蓝色光。没有基于35DCzPPy和Me-35DCzPPy的混合比例的差异的电致发光光谱的很大的差异。As shown in FIG. 32 , the electroluminescence spectra of the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 each have peaks around 474 nm and 501 nm, and the full width at half maximum is about 68 nm, so the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 emit light blue light. There was no great difference in the electroluminescence spectrum based on the difference in the mixing ratio of 35DCzPPy and Me-35DCzPPy.

<发光元件的可靠性><Reliability of Light Emitting Elements>

接着,对发光元件1至6进行恒流为2.5mA/cm2时的驱动测试。图33示出其结果。如图33所示,发光元件1至4的劣化曲线彼此类似,发光元件1至4的亮度半衰期都是500小时左右,这意味着高可靠性。另一方面,发光元件6具有比发光元件5短的亮度半衰期,该发光元件6中的相对于35DCzPPy的Me-35DCzPPy比例比发光元件5高。发光元件5及6都具有比发光元件1至发光元件4短的亮度半衰期。就是说,当发光元件中的相对于35DCzPPy含量的Me-35DCzPPy含量的百分比为10%以下时,可靠性没有很大的差异,但是,当发光元件中的相对于35DCzPPy含量的Me-35DCzPPy含量的百分比大于10%时,发光元件的可靠性受到负面影响。这有可能是因为上述氢原子的迁移反应的影响给相对于35DCzPPy含量的Me-35DCzPPy含量的百分比大于10%时的浓度带来影响。Next, the light-emitting elements 1 to 6 were subjected to a driving test at a constant current of 2.5 mA/cm 2 . Fig. 33 shows the result. As shown in FIG. 33 , the deterioration curves of the light-emitting elements 1 to 4 were similar to each other, and the luminance half-lives of the light-emitting elements 1 to 4 were all about 500 hours, which means high reliability. On the other hand, the light-emitting element 6 has a shorter luminance half-life than the light-emitting element 5, and the ratio of Me-35DCzPPy to 35DCzPPy in the light-emitting element 6 is higher than that in the light-emitting element 5. The light-emitting elements 5 and 6 each have a luminance half-life shorter than that of the light-emitting elements 1 to 4 . That is, when the percentage of the content of Me-35DCzPPy relative to the content of 35DCzPPy in the light-emitting element was 10% or less, there was no great difference in reliability, but when the content of Me-35DCzPPy relative to the content of 35DCzPPy in the light-emitting element increased When the percentage is more than 10%, the reliability of the light-emitting element is negatively affected. This is probably because the influence of the above-mentioned migration reaction of hydrogen atoms affects the concentration when the percentage of the content of Me-35DCzPPy relative to the content of 35DCzPPy is greater than 10%.

这表示,优选的是,为了得到具有高可靠性的发光元件,咔唑骨架的氢原子被烷基取代的有机化合物的含量低于主体材料的10%。This means that, in order to obtain a light-emitting element having high reliability, the content of the organic compound in which the hydrogen atom of the carbazole skeleton is substituted with an alkyl group is preferably less than 10% of the host material.

符号说明Symbol Description

50:粘合层,51:粘合层,52:粘合层,100:EL层,101:电极,102:电极,106:发光单元,108:发光单元,110:发光单元,111:空穴注入层,112:空穴传输层,113:电子传输层,114:电子注入层,114-a:电子注入层,114-b:电子注入层,115:电荷产生层,116:空穴注入层,117:空穴传输层,118:电子传输层,119:电子注入层,130:发光层,131:主体材料,131_1:有机化合物,131_2:有机化合物,132:客体材料,140:发光层,141:主体材料,141_1:有机化合物,141_2:有机化合物,142:客体材料,150:发光元件,160:发光层,170:发光层,200:衬底,201:树脂层,202:树脂层,220:衬底,252:发光元件,300:显示装置,311:电极,311b:电极,340:液晶元件,351:衬底,360:发光元件,360b:发光元件,360g:发光元件,360r:发光元件,360w:发光元件,361:衬底,362:显示部,364:电路部,365:布线,366:电路部,367:布线,372:FPC,373:IC,374:FPC,375:IC,400:显示装置,401:晶体管,402:晶体管,403:晶体管,404:发光元件,405:电容器,406:连接部,410:像素,411:绝缘层,412:绝缘层,413:绝缘层,414:绝缘层,415:绝缘层,416:间隔物,417:粘合层,419:连接层,421:电极,422:EL层,423:电极,424:光学调整层,425:着色层,426:遮光层,451:开口,471:衬底,472:衬底,476:绝缘层,478:绝缘层,501:晶体管,503:晶体管,505:电容器,506:连接部,511:绝缘层,512:绝缘层,513:绝缘层,514:绝缘层,517:粘合层,519:连接层,529:液晶元件,543:连接体,545T:香豆素,562:电极,563:液晶,564a:取向膜,564b:取向膜,572:衬底,576:绝缘层,578:绝缘层,599:偏振片,600A:ALS模型,601:源极一侧驱动电路,602:像素部,603:栅极一侧驱动电路,604:密封衬底,605:密封剂,607:空间,608:布线,610:元件衬底,611:开关用TFT,613:电极,614:绝缘物,616:EL层,617:电极,618:发光元件,623:n沟道型TFT,624:p沟道型TFT,700:显示面板,701:树脂层,702:树脂层,800:显示面板,900:电子设备,901:框体,901a:框体,901b:框体,902:显示部,903:铰链部,910:电子设备,911a:框体,911b:框体,912:显示部,913:铰链部,914a:操作按钮,914b:操作按钮,915:盒子,920:电子设备,921a:框体,921b:框体,922:显示部,923:铰链部,1001:衬底,1002:基底绝缘膜,1003:栅极绝缘膜,1006:栅电极,1007:栅电极,1008:栅电极,1020:层间绝缘膜,1021:层间绝缘膜,1022:电极,1024B:电极,1024G:电极,1024R:电极,1025B:下部电极,1025G:下部电极,1025R:下部电极,1026:分隔壁,1028:EL层,1029:电极,1031:密封衬底,1032:密封剂,1033:基材,1034B:着色层,1034G:着色层,1034R:着色层,1036:覆盖层,1037:层间绝缘膜,1040:像素部,1041:驱动电路部,1042:周边部,3000:发光装置,3001:衬底,3003:衬底,3005:发光元件,3007:密封区域,3009:密封区域,3011:区域,3013:区域,3014:区域,3015:衬底,3016:衬底,3018:干燥剂,3054:显示部,3500:多功能终端,3502:框体,3504:显示部,3506:照相机,3508:照明,3600:灯,3602:框体,3608:照明,3610:扬声器,6000:显示模块,6001:上盖,6002:下盖,6005:FPC,6006:显示面板,6009:框架,6010:印刷电路板,6011:电池,6015:发光部,6016:受光部,6017a:导光部,6017b:导光部,6018:光,7121:框体,7122:显示部,7123:键盘,7124:指向装置,7200:头戴显示器,7201:安装部,7202:透镜,7203:主体,7204:显示部,7205:电缆,7206:电池,7300:照相机,7301:框体,7302:显示部,7303:操作按钮,7304:快门按钮,7305:连接部,7306:镜头,7400:取景器,7401:框体,7402:显示部,7403:按钮,7500:头戴显示器,7501:框体,7502:显示部,7503:操作按钮,7504:固定带,7505:透镜,7510:头戴显示器,7701:框体,7702:框体,7703:显示部,7704:操作键,7705:镜头,7706:连接部,8501:照明装置,8502:照明装置,8503:照明装置,8504:照明装置,9000:框体,9001:显示部,9003:扬声器,9005:操作键,9006:连接端子,9007:传感器,9008:麦克风,9050:操作按钮,9051:信息,9052:信息,9053:信息,9054:信息,9055:铰链部,9100:便携式信息终端,9101:便携式信息终端,9102:便携式信息终端,9200:便携式信息终端,9201:便携式信息终端,9300:电视装置,9301:支架,9311:遥控操作机,9500:显示装置,9501:显示面板,9502:显示区域,9503:区域,9511:轴部,9512:轴承部,9700:汽车,9701:车体,9702:车轮,9703:仪表盘,9704:灯,9710:显示部,9711:显示部,9712:显示部,9713:显示部,9714:显示部,9715:显示部,9721:显示部,9722:显示部,9723:显示部。50: adhesive layer, 51: adhesive layer, 52: adhesive layer, 100: EL layer, 101: electrode, 102: electrode, 106: light-emitting unit, 108: light-emitting unit, 110: light-emitting unit, 111: hole injection layer, 112: hole transport layer, 113: electron transport layer, 114: electron injection layer, 114-a: electron injection layer, 114-b: electron injection layer, 115: charge generation layer, 116: hole injection layer , 117: hole transport layer, 118: electron transport layer, 119: electron injection layer, 130: light-emitting layer, 131: host material, 131_1: organic compound, 131_2: organic compound, 132: guest material, 140: light-emitting layer, 141: Host material, 141_1: Organic compound, 141_2: Organic compound, 142: Guest material, 150: Light-emitting element, 160: Light-emitting layer, 170: Light-emitting layer, 200: Substrate, 201: Resin layer, 202: Resin layer, 220: Substrate, 252: Light-emitting element, 300: Display device, 311: Electrode, 311b: Electrode, 340: Liquid crystal element, 351: Substrate, 360: Light-emitting element, 360b: Light-emitting element, 360g: Light-emitting element, 360r: Light-emitting element, 360w: Light-emitting element, 361: Substrate, 362: Display portion, 364: Circuit portion, 365: Wiring, 366: Circuit portion, 367: Wiring, 372: FPC, 373: IC, 374: FPC, 375: IC, 400: Display device, 401: Transistor, 402: Transistor, 403: Transistor, 404: Light-emitting element, 405: Capacitor, 406: Connection, 410: Pixel, 411: Insulating layer, 412: Insulating layer, 413: Insulating layer, 414: insulating layer, 415: insulating layer, 416: spacer, 417: adhesive layer, 419: connecting layer, 421: electrode, 422: EL layer, 423: electrode, 424: optical adjustment layer, 425: coloring layer, 426: light shielding layer, 451: opening, 471: substrate, 472: substrate, 476: insulating layer, 478: insulating layer, 501: transistor, 503: transistor, 505: capacitor, 506: connection, 511: insulating layer, 512: insulating layer, 513: insulating layer, 514: insulating layer, 517: adhesive layer, 519: connecting layer, 529: liquid crystal element, 543: connecting body, 545T: coumarin, 562: electrode, 563 : Liquid crystal, 564a: Alignment film, 564b: Alignment film, 572: Substrate, 576: Insulating layer, 578: Insulating layer, 599: Polarizer, 600A: ALS model, 601: Source side driver circuit, 602: Pixel Section, 603: Gate side driver circuit, 604: Sealing substrate, 605: Sealant, 607: Space, 608: Wiring, 610: Element substrate, 611: Switching TFT, 613: Electrode, 61 4: insulator, 616: EL layer, 617: electrode, 618: light-emitting element, 623: n-channel TFT, 624: p-channel TFT, 700: display panel, 701: resin layer, 702: resin layer, 800: display panel, 900: electronic device, 901: housing, 901a: housing, 901b: housing, 902: display unit, 903: hinge unit, 910: electronic device, 911a: housing, 911b: housing, 912: Display, 913: Hinge, 914a: Operation button, 914b: Operation button, 915: Case, 920: Electronic device, 921a: Case, 921b: Case, 922: Display, 923: Hinge, 1001 : substrate, 1002: base insulating film, 1003: gate insulating film, 1006: gate electrode, 1007: gate electrode, 1008: gate electrode, 1020: interlayer insulating film, 1021: interlayer insulating film, 1022: electrode, 1024B: electrode, 1024G: electrode, 1024R: electrode, 1025B: lower electrode, 1025G: lower electrode, 1025R: lower electrode, 1026: partition wall, 1028: EL layer, 1029: electrode, 1031: sealing substrate, 1032: sealing agent, 1033: base material, 1034B: colored layer, 1034G: colored layer, 1034R: colored layer, 1036: cover layer, 1037: interlayer insulating film, 1040: pixel portion, 1041: driver circuit portion, 1042: peripheral portion, 3000: Light-emitting device, 3001: Substrate, 3003: Substrate, 3005: Light-emitting element, 3007: Sealed region, 3009: Sealed region, 3011: Region, 3013: Region, 3014: Region, 3015: Substrate, 3016: Backing Bottom, 3018: Desiccant, 3054: Display, 3500: Multifunction Terminal, 3502: Frame, 3504: Display, 3506: Camera, 3508: Lighting, 3600: Lamp, 3602: Frame, 3608: Lighting, 3610 : Speaker, 6000: Display module, 6001: Top cover, 6002: Bottom cover, 6005: FPC, 6006: Display panel, 6009: Frame, 6010: Printed circuit board, 6011: Battery, 6015: Light-emitting section, 6016: Light-receiving section , 6017a: Light guide, 6017b: Light guide, 6018: Light, 7121: Frame, 7122: Display, 7123: Keyboard, 7124: Pointing device, 7200: Head-mounted display, 7201: Mounting, 7202: Lens , 7203: Main body, 7204: Display, 7205: Cable, 7206: Battery, 7300: Camera, 7301: Housing, 7302: Display, 7303: Operation buttons, 7304: Shutter button, 7305: Connection, 7306: Lens , 7400: Viewfinder, 7401: Frame, 7402: Display, 7403: Button, 7500: Head-mounted display, 7501: Frame, 7502: Display, 7503: Operation button, 7504: Fixing strap, 7505: Lens, 7510: Head-mounted display, 7701: Housing, 7702: Housing, 7703: Display, 7704: Operation keys, 7705: Lens, 7706: Connection, 8501: Lighting, 8502: Lighting, 8503: Lighting, 8504: Lighting, 9000 : Housing, 9001: Display, 9003: Speaker, 9005: Operation key, 9006: Connection terminal, 9007: Sensor, 9008: Microphone, 9050: Operation button, 9051: Information, 9052: Information, 9053: Information, 9054: information, 9055: hinge part, 9100: portable information terminal, 9101: portable information terminal, 9102: portable information terminal, 9200: portable information terminal, 9201: portable information terminal, 9300: television set, 9301: stand, 9311: remote control operation Machine, 9500: Display Unit, 9501: Display Panel, 9502: Display Area, 9503: Area, 9511: Shaft Section, 9512: Bearing Section, 9700: Automobile, 9701: Body, 9702: Wheel, 9703: Dashboard, 9704 : Lamp, 9710: Display, 9711: Display, 9712: Display, 9713: Display, 9714: Display, 9715: Display, 9721: Display, 9722: Display, 9723: Display.

本申请基于2016年12月27日提交到日本专利局的日本专利申请第2016-253548号,通过引用将其完整内容并入在此。This application is based on Japanese Patent Application No. 2016-253548 filed in the Japan Patent Office on December 27, 2016, the entire contents of which are hereby incorporated by reference.

Claims (8)

1.一种发光元件,包括:1. A light-emitting element, comprising: 一对电极之间的EL层,The EL layer between a pair of electrodes, 其中,所述EL层包含发光层,Wherein, the EL layer includes a light-emitting layer, 所述发光层含有第一有机化合物及烃基取代物,The light-emitting layer contains a first organic compound and a hydrocarbon-based substituent, 所述第一有机化合物含有取代或未取代的咔唑骨架,the first organic compound contains a substituted or unsubstituted carbazole skeleton, 所述烃基取代物具有所述第一有机化合物的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的结构,The hydrocarbyl substituent has a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, 并且,所述烃基取代物相对于所述第一有机化合物的重量比大于0且为0.025以下。In addition, the weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent to the first organic compound is greater than 0 and 0.025 or less. 2.根据权利要求1所述的发光元件,2. The light-emitting element according to claim 1, 其中所述烃基取代物在所述咔唑骨架的2位至少包括所述碳原子数为1至6的烃基。wherein the hydrocarbon group substituent includes at least the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms at the 2-position of the carbazole skeleton. 3.根据权利要求1所述的发光元件,3. The light-emitting element according to claim 1, 其中所述碳原子数为1至6的烃基是甲基。wherein the hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is a methyl group. 4.一种发光元件,包括:4. A light-emitting element, comprising: 一对电极之间的EL层,The EL layer between a pair of electrodes, 其中:in: 所述EL层包含发光层,the EL layer includes a light-emitting layer, 所述发光层含有第一有机化合物及烃基取代物,The light-emitting layer contains a first organic compound and a hydrocarbon-based substituent, 所述第一有机化合物由下述通式(G1)表示,The first organic compound is represented by the following general formula (G1),
Figure DEST_PATH_IMAGE001
Figure DEST_PATH_IMAGE001
A表示取代或未取代的碳原子数为1至25的含氮杂芳环,A represents a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing heteroaromatic ring having 1 to 25 carbon atoms, Ar表示碳原子数为6至13的亚芳基,Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms, n表示0或1,n represents 0 or 1, R1至R8分别独立地表示氢、碳原子数为1至6的烃基、碳原子数为3至6的环式烃基和取代或未取代的碳原子数为6至25的芳烃基中的任一个,R 1 to R 8 each independently represent hydrogen, a hydrocarbon group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, a cyclic hydrocarbon group having 3 to 6 carbon atoms, and a substituted or unsubstituted aromatic hydrocarbon group having 6 to 25 carbon atoms. either, 所述烃基取代物具有所述第一有机化合物的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的结构,以及The hydrocarbyl substituent has a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and 所述烃基取代物相对于所述第一有机化合物的重量比大于0且为0.025以下。The weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent to the first organic compound is greater than 0 and 0.025 or less.
5.一种发光元件,包括:5. A light-emitting element, comprising: 一对电极之间的EL层,The EL layer between a pair of electrodes, 其中:in: 所述EL层包含发光层,the EL layer includes a light-emitting layer, 所述发光层含有第一有机化合物及烃基取代物,The light-emitting layer contains a first organic compound and a hydrocarbon-based substituent, 所述第一有机化合物由下述通式(G2)表示,The first organic compound is represented by the following general formula (G2),
Figure DEST_PATH_IMAGE002
Figure DEST_PATH_IMAGE002
A表示取代或未取代的含氮六元杂芳环,A represents a substituted or unsubstituted nitrogen-containing six-membered heteroaromatic ring, Ar表示碳原子数为6至13的亚芳基,Ar represents an arylene group having 6 to 13 carbon atoms, n表示0或1,n represents 0 or 1, 所述烃基取代物具有所述第一有机化合物的至少一个氢原子被碳原子数为1至6的烃基取代的结构,以及The hydrocarbyl substituent has a structure in which at least one hydrogen atom of the first organic compound is substituted with a hydrocarbyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms, and 所述烃基取代物相对于所述第一有机化合物的重量比大于0且为0.1以下。The weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent to the first organic compound is greater than 0 and 0.1 or less.
6.根据权利要求5所述的发光元件,6. The light-emitting element according to claim 5, 其中所述烃基取代物相对于所述第一有机化合物的重量比大于0且为0.05以下。The weight ratio of the hydrocarbyl substituent relative to the first organic compound is greater than 0 and less than 0.05. 7.根据权利要求1、4和5中任一项所述的发光元件,7. The light-emitting element according to any one of claims 1, 4 and 5, 其中所述发光层还包含客体材料,wherein the light-emitting layer further comprises a guest material, 并且所述客体材料将三重激发能量转换为发光。And the guest material converts triplet excitation energy into luminescence. 8.根据权利要求7所述的发光元件,8. The light-emitting element according to claim 7, 其中所述客体材料呈现450nm以上且530nm以下的发光峰值。The guest material exhibits a luminescence peak at 450 nm or more and 530 nm or less.
CN201780077274.2A 2016-12-27 2017-12-19 Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device Active CN110073511B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2016-253548 2016-12-27
JP2016253548 2016-12-27
PCT/IB2017/058090 WO2018122677A1 (en) 2016-12-27 2017-12-19 Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
CN110073511A CN110073511A (en) 2019-07-30
CN110073511B true CN110073511B (en) 2022-06-07

Family

ID=62710505

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
CN201780077274.2A Active CN110073511B (en) 2016-12-27 2017-12-19 Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device

Country Status (5)

Country Link
US (1) US11063225B2 (en)
JP (3) JP7083635B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102575341B1 (en)
CN (1) CN110073511B (en)
WO (1) WO2018122677A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11251430B2 (en) 2018-03-05 2022-02-15 The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York ϵ-VOPO4 cathode for lithium ion batteries
EP3582077B1 (en) 2018-06-13 2024-10-30 Tobii AB Eye tracking device and method for manufacturing an eye tracking device
JP7369939B2 (en) * 2019-04-04 2023-10-27 パナソニックIpマネジメント株式会社 image display device
US11482687B2 (en) 2019-11-08 2022-10-25 Semiconductor Energy Laboratory Co., Ltd. Light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
US11594170B2 (en) * 2020-07-13 2023-02-28 Visera Technologies Company Limited Micro light-emitting diode display panel, micro light-emitting diode display device, and fingerprint identification method

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1773744A (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-17 三星Sdi株式会社 organic light emitting device
CN101142223A (en) * 2005-03-16 2008-03-12 富士胶片株式会社 Platinum complex compound and organic electroluminescent device

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6617051B1 (en) 1998-12-28 2003-09-09 Idemitsu Kosan Co., Ltd. Organic electroluminescence device
JP5040070B2 (en) * 2004-05-25 2012-10-03 三菱化学株式会社 Charge transport material, laminate and organic electroluminescent device
KR100603404B1 (en) 2004-11-27 2006-07-20 삼성에스디아이 주식회사 Organic electroluminescent element
JP4362461B2 (en) 2004-11-05 2009-11-11 三星モバイルディスプレイ株式會社 Organic electroluminescence device
EP1919928B1 (en) 2005-03-16 2012-10-24 Fujifilm Corporation Platinum complex compound and organic electroluminescent device
JP5117199B2 (en) * 2007-02-13 2013-01-09 富士フイルム株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device
JP5333211B2 (en) 2007-03-29 2013-11-06 大日本印刷株式会社 Organic electroluminescence device and method for manufacturing the same
JP5325402B2 (en) * 2007-08-03 2013-10-23 ケミプロ化成株式会社 Novel bicarbazole derivative, host material and organic electroluminescence device using the same
JP2012174901A (en) 2011-02-22 2012-09-10 Showa Denko Kk Organic light emitting element and method for manufacturing the same
KR20250004040A (en) * 2012-03-14 2025-01-07 가부시키가이샤 한도오따이 에네루기 켄큐쇼 Light-emitting element
JP2017120903A (en) 2015-12-29 2017-07-06 株式会社半導体エネルギー研究所 LIGHT EMITTING ELEMENT, DISPLAY DEVICE, ELECTRONIC DEVICE, AND LIGHTING DEVICE

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1773744A (en) * 2004-11-05 2006-05-17 三星Sdi株式会社 organic light emitting device
CN101142223A (en) * 2005-03-16 2008-03-12 富士胶片株式会社 Platinum complex compound and organic electroluminescent device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2018107451A (en) 2018-07-05
KR102575341B1 (en) 2023-09-05
US20200098997A1 (en) 2020-03-26
WO2018122677A1 (en) 2018-07-05
JP2022107735A (en) 2022-07-22
KR20190097142A (en) 2019-08-20
US11063225B2 (en) 2021-07-13
CN110073511A (en) 2019-07-30
JP7083635B2 (en) 2022-06-13
JP2023112102A (en) 2023-08-10

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7055829B2 (en) Light emitting elements, display devices, electronic devices, and lighting devices
TWI788167B (en) Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic device, and lighting device
TWI804457B (en) Light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device
TWI778467B (en) Light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device
TWI740841B (en) Compound, light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device
TWI737594B (en) Light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device
CN106935718B (en) Light-emitting element, display device, electronic equipment and lighting device
JP6851175B2 (en) Dibenzocarbazole compounds, light emitting elements, light emitting devices, display devices, electronic devices, and lighting devices
TW202127700A (en) Light-emitting element, display device, electronic device, and lighting device
CN110073511B (en) Light-emitting element, light-emitting device, electronic equipment and lighting device
JP2017139220A (en) Light-emitting device, display device, electronic device, and lighting system

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
PB01 Publication
PB01 Publication
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
SE01 Entry into force of request for substantive examination
GR01 Patent grant
GR01 Patent grant